WO2011052084A1 - Production management apparatus, production management system, production management program, and production management method - Google Patents

Production management apparatus, production management system, production management program, and production management method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011052084A1
WO2011052084A1 PCT/JP2009/068727 JP2009068727W WO2011052084A1 WO 2011052084 A1 WO2011052084 A1 WO 2011052084A1 JP 2009068727 W JP2009068727 W JP 2009068727W WO 2011052084 A1 WO2011052084 A1 WO 2011052084A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
allocation
information
management
storage unit
parts
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2009/068727
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
恒裕 南里
実 鍋山
哲二 家合
浩一 佐藤
哲也 上原
太加志 内田
昌浩 根岸
昭治 鈴木
肇 長谷川
悟 中野
Original Assignee
富士通フロンテック株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士通フロンテック株式会社 filed Critical 富士通フロンテック株式会社
Priority to PCT/JP2009/068727 priority Critical patent/WO2011052084A1/en
Priority to JP2011538181A priority patent/JP5355706B2/en
Publication of WO2011052084A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011052084A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/06Buying, selling or leasing transactions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q50/00Information and communication technology [ICT] specially adapted for implementation of business processes of specific business sectors, e.g. utilities or tourism
    • G06Q50/04Manufacturing
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P90/00Enabling technologies with a potential contribution to greenhouse gas [GHG] emissions mitigation
    • Y02P90/30Computing systems specially adapted for manufacturing

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a production management apparatus, a production management system, a production management program, and a production management method for managing product production.
  • SCM Serial Chain Management
  • the SCM manages a series of processes in product production between companies and departments, and balances the balance between supply and demand. This supports the optimization of production processes from parts procurement to logistics.
  • a system used for business is provided separately between each department in a company or between companies.
  • each department manages information by a separate business system.
  • order information managed in a sales department database is transferred to a factory at night to create a production plan and obtain a delivery date response (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
  • each company often has its own internal network, and it is difficult to directly link information between companies.
  • Patent Document 2 it is necessary to input progress information to the system based on documents obtained by the worker of the ordering company via the FAX apparatus.
  • information managed separately by both companies is shared through people. For this reason, there is a problem that information may not be properly shared due to information shift due to an artificial input error or the like. Further, in this case, the worker of the ordering company needs to make an inquiry to the ordering company to correct the data. For this reason, there is a problem that the burden on the worker is large.
  • the present invention has been made in view of these points, and a production management device, a production management system, a production management program, and production management capable of easily reflecting the progress of a part manufacturing process in a product manufacturing plan. It aims to provide a method.
  • This production management apparatus includes a part process management unit, an allocation processing unit, and a production plan management unit.
  • the part process management unit receives the progress information of the manufacturing process transmitted each time the part passes a predetermined checkpoint from the terminal device that manages the manufacturing process of the part, the part process management unit stores the article management information based on the received progress information. The delivery date of the part included in the part management information stored in the part is updated.
  • the allocation processing unit updates the product based on the updated part management information and the requirement information indicating the required number of parts for the product stored in the article management information storage unit.
  • the allocation details information indicating the allocation result is generated and stored in the component allocation details storage unit.
  • the production plan management unit generates production plan information for managing the product manufacturing schedule based on the allocation detail information stored in the part allocation detail storage unit.
  • This production management system has a terminal device and a production management device.
  • the terminal device stores the component identification information, communicates with the wireless tag attached to the component, and stores the component identification information and the communication device stored in the communication device provided at a predetermined check point of the component manufacturing line.
  • the progress information acquisition unit generates the progress information including the component identification information, the communication device identification information, and the time stamp indicating the time when the component has passed the checkpoint, and transmits the generated progress information.
  • the production management apparatus includes a parts process management unit, an allocation processing unit, and a production plan management unit.
  • the part process management unit When the part process management unit receives the progress information from the terminal device, the part process management unit updates the delivery date of the part included in the part management information stored in the article management information storage unit based on the received progress information.
  • the allocation processing unit updates the product based on the updated part management information and the requirement information indicating the required number of parts for the product stored in the article management information storage unit.
  • the allocation details information indicating the allocation result is generated and stored in the component allocation details storage unit.
  • the production plan management unit When the allocation processing unit generates the allocation detail information, the production plan management unit generates production plan information for managing the product manufacturing schedule based on the allocation detail information stored in the part allocation detail storage unit.
  • a production management method for performing the same processing as that of the production management apparatus is provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating a production management apparatus according to the first embodiment.
  • the production management apparatus 1 performs product production management in a manufacturing company (manufacturer).
  • the production management device 1 can communicate with a terminal device 2 that manages a manufacturing process of components used for production of a product.
  • the parts are manufactured, for example, on a manufacturing line 5 of a factory of a parts supply company (supplier).
  • the production management apparatus 1 includes an article management information storage unit 1a, a part allocation detail storage unit 1b, a production plan information storage unit 1c, a part process management unit 1d, an allocation processing unit 1e, and a production plan management unit 1f.
  • the article management information storage unit 1a stores master information (article master) of products and parts and a bill of materials (BOM: Bills Of Materials) that defines the parts configuration of the product.
  • BOM Bills Of Materials
  • the bill of materials can be used for requirement calculation in material requirements planning (MRP).
  • MRP material requirements planning
  • the required number of each part obtained for the product by the required amount calculation is the required amount information.
  • the article management information storage unit 1a stores part management information including the delivery date of the parts for which the manufacturing order is being placed.
  • the part allocation detail storage unit 1b stores allocation detail information that is an allocation result of parts necessary for manufacturing a product.
  • the production plan information storage unit 1c stores production plan information including a product production schedule.
  • the part process management unit 1 d updates the delivery date of the corresponding part included in the part management information stored in the article management information storage unit 1 a based on the progress information of the part manufacturing process received from the terminal device 2.
  • the allocation processing unit 1e allocates parts to the product based on the part management information updated by the part process management unit 1d and the requirement information stored in the article management information storage unit 1a, and generates allocation detail information. Stored in the part allocation details storage unit 1b.
  • the production plan management unit 1f generates production plan information for managing the production schedule of the product based on the allocation details information stored in the parts allocation details storage unit 1b.
  • the terminal device 2 includes a progress information acquisition unit 2a.
  • the progress information acquisition unit 2 a generates progress information indicating the process progress of a part every time the part passes a predetermined check point in the production line 5, and transmits the progress information to the production management device 1.
  • the check point in the production line 5 can be provided by a communication device that communicates with a wireless tag, for example. Specifically, first, a wireless tag storing component identification information is preliminarily attached to a component in progress. Then, for example, a communication device is provided at each check point, with each location that passes when the manufacturing process 5a, 5b, 5c, which is a subdivision of the manufacturing line 5 is completed and moves to the next process, as a check point. That is, as the check points, for example, an entrance of the manufacturing process 5a, between the manufacturing processes 5a and 5b, between the manufacturing processes 5b and 5c, and an exit of the manufacturing process 5c can be considered.
  • the communication device transmits the component identification information and the communication device identification information to the terminal device 2 at the timing when the component receives the component identification information from the wireless tag attached to the component after passing through each checkpoint.
  • the progress information acquisition unit 2a can acquire in which process the in-process component is in by receiving the component identification information and the communication device identification information. Further, the progress information acquisition unit 2a can generate progress information based on the information received from the communication device.
  • the part process management unit 1d receives the progress information of the part manufacturing process from the terminal device 2 every time the part passes a predetermined checkpoint in the manufacturing line 5. Based on the received progress information, the parts process management unit 1d updates the delivery date of the corresponding part included in the part management information stored in the article management information storage unit 1a. Then, the allocation processing unit 1e allocates parts to the product based on the part management information updated by the part process management unit 1d and the required amount information stored in the article management information storage unit 1a, and the allocation details information It is generated and stored in the part allocation details storage unit 1b. Further, the production plan management unit 1f generates production plan information for managing the production schedule of the product based on the allocation detail information stored in the parts allocation detail storage unit 1b.
  • the production line 5 has three production steps 5a, 5b, and 5c that are sequentially performed to produce parts.
  • any of the manufacturing processes 5a, 5b, 5c is not completed on the scheduled date or completed earlier than the scheduled date due to material procurement or trouble.
  • the part process management unit 1d immediately acquires such progress information in the production line 5 via the terminal device 2 and reflects it in the delivery date of the part included in the part management information.
  • the allocation processing unit 1e reallocates parts based on the part management information updated by the part process management unit 1d, and stores the result in the part allocation detail storage unit 1b. Then, the production plan management unit 1f recreates a product production plan based on the re-allocation result.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an overall configuration of a production management system according to the second embodiment.
  • This production management system is constructed between the product manufacturing company 20, the center 30, and the suppliers 40, 40a, 40b.
  • the sales terminal device 21, the ordering terminal device 22, the warehouse terminal device 26, the management server 100 of the center 30, the terminal devices 41 and 42 of the suppliers 40, 40 a and 40 b, and the line terminal device 200 are connected to the network 10.
  • the network 10 is, for example, the Internet, a VPN (Virtual Private Network), and other dedicated communication networks provided for the production management system.
  • VPN Virtual Private Network
  • the product manufacturing company 20 manufactures the product 50 according to the order from the customer and delivers it to the customer.
  • the product manufacturing company 20 manufactures a product 50 by assembling and processing parts supplied from the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
  • the product manufacturing company 20 stores the parts in the warehouse 25, and orders the parts from the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b regularly or as necessary (for example, when there is a shortage).
  • the product manufacturing company 20 can perform these operations using the sales terminal device 21, the ordering terminal device 22, and the warehouse terminal device 26.
  • the sales terminal device 21 is an information processing device used by employees in the sales department.
  • the sales terminal device 21 is used to input the contents of orders received from customers to the production management system.
  • the ordering terminal device 22 is an information processing device used by employees in the material department.
  • the ordering terminal device 22 is used for ordering parts from the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
  • the warehouse terminal device 26 is a terminal installed in the warehouse 25.
  • the warehouse terminal device 26 manages the inventory of parts stored in the warehouse 25. For example, information such as that a new part has been delivered to the warehouse 25 and that a part has been delivered from the warehouse 25 is collected.
  • a tag reader that communicates with, for example, a wireless tag attached to a warehousing product or a warehousing product is provided at a key point (a warehousing point or a warehousing point) in the warehouse 25.
  • the warehouse terminal apparatus 26 detects that the corresponding goods have been received. The same applies to the goods delivered.
  • the center 30 provides each function of the production management system to the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b by the management server 100.
  • the management server 100 centrally manages various data necessary for the operation of the production management system.
  • the management server 100 executes various processing functions realized in the production management system.
  • the management server 100 provides a GUI (Graphical User Interface) for making these processing functions available to the employees of the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
  • GUI Graphic User Interface
  • the suppliers 40, 40 a, and 40 b accept part orders from the product manufacturing company 20 via the management server 100.
  • the suppliers 40, 40 a, 40 b manufacture parts in accordance with the order contents and deliver them to the warehouse 25 of the product manufacturing company 20. Further, the suppliers 40, 40 a, 40 b notify the product manufacturing company 20 of the progress of the parts manufacturing process via the management server 100.
  • the supplier 40 can perform these operations using the terminal devices 41 and 42 and the line terminal device 200.
  • the terminal devices 41 and 42 are information processing devices used by employees of the supplier 40.
  • the employee of the supplier 40 can receive an order for parts from the product manufacturing company 20 using the terminal devices 41 and 42.
  • the line terminal device 200 is provided in the component manufacturing line 45.
  • the parts manufacturing line 45 is a manufacturing line for manufacturing parts supplied by the supplier 40 to the product manufacturing company 20.
  • the line terminal device 200 acquires the progress information of the manufacturing process in the component manufacturing line 45 in real time and transmits it to the management server 100.
  • the management server 100 may be composed of a plurality of server devices in order to improve responsiveness and reliability.
  • a Web server that provides a GUI to the Web browsers of the terminal devices of the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b, and functions such as product order / part order / inventory management / manufacturing management / shipment management are provided. It may be configured by an AP (Application) server and a DB (DataBase) server that stores and manages various data used in the production management system.
  • AP Application
  • DB DataBase
  • the Internet can be considered as the network 10.
  • HTTPS Hypertext Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer
  • the above functions can be used on the single system platform provided by the management server 100 in the sales terminal device 21, the ordering terminal device 22, and the warehouse terminal device 26.
  • the management server 100 accepts each employee's password input via each terminal device, so that a business menu corresponding to the department to which the employee belongs can be used.
  • the management server 100 can also function as an LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) server that manages information for that purpose (information that defines the association between an employee ID (Identifier) and a department to which the employee belongs).
  • LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
  • the management server 100 is accessed from a general-purpose computer that can communicate with the management server 100 with the ID or password of each employee, the business menu corresponding to the department to which the employee belongs can be used. Therefore, convenience is good.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a configuration of a parts production line.
  • the progress status of the component manufacturing process is managed by the Kanban 60.
  • the kanban 60 has a memory for storing various information for that purpose and a wireless communication function for transmitting the information.
  • the kanban 60 is provided in a parts box 70 for transporting in-process parts between the process lines. Details of the kanban 60 will be described later.
  • the component manufacturing line 45 includes a line terminal device 200, a communication device 300, gates 310, 320, 330, 340, a mobile terminal device 350, and a printer 360.
  • the line terminal device 200 has the same configuration as that described with the same reference numerals in FIG.
  • the line terminal device 200 communicates with the communication device 300 via a wireless or wired network.
  • the communication device 300 communicates with the line terminal device 200, the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 and the mobile terminal device 350 through a wireless or wired network.
  • the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 are gates provided to divide each process line of the component manufacturing line 45. Gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 correspond to the checkpoints described in the first embodiment.
  • the gate 310 is provided at the entrance of the A process line which is the first process line.
  • the gate 320 is provided at the entrance of the B process line which is the second process line (exit of the A process line).
  • the gate 330 is provided at the inlet of the C process line which is the third process line (the outlet of the B process line).
  • the gate 340 is provided at the exit of the C process line. At the end of the gate 340, the completed part is packed. The packed part 80 is conveyed toward the warehouse 25.
  • the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 have communication devices 311, 321, 331, and 341.
  • the communication devices 311, 321, 331, 341 communicate wirelessly with the Kanban 60.
  • the communication devices 311, 321, 331, and 341 transmit the information received from the Kanban 60 and the gate identification information given in advance to the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 to the line terminal device 200 via the communication device 300.
  • the portable terminal device 350 is a small terminal device for notifying the line terminal device 200 of a progress notification point in the middle of each process line or a failure in a part process.
  • the mobile terminal device 350 communicates with the Kanban 60 to acquire information necessary for failure notification and the like, and transmits the information to the line terminal device 200 via the communication device 300.
  • a handy terminal can be used as the mobile terminal device 350.
  • the printer 360 rewrites information written in the Kanban 60 and information held in the memory of the Kanban 60. By using the printer 360, the Kanban 60 can be reused for each part to be manufactured.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a hardware configuration of the management server.
  • the management server 100 includes a central processing unit (CPU) 101, a read only memory (ROM) 102, a random access memory (RAM) 103, a hard disk drive (HDD) 104, a graphic processing device 105, an input interface 106, and a recording medium reading device. 107 and a communication interface 108.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ROM read only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • HDD hard disk drive
  • the CPU 101 controls the entire management server 100.
  • the ROM 102 stores a BIOS (Basic Input / Output System) program on the management server 100.
  • BIOS Basic Input / Output System
  • the RAM 103 temporarily stores at least a part of an OS (Operating System) program and application software (hereinafter referred to as an application) program to be executed by the CPU 101.
  • the RAM 103 stores various data necessary for processing by the CPU 101.
  • the HDD 104 stores an OS program and an application program.
  • the HDD 104 stores various data necessary for processing by the CPU 101.
  • other types of storage devices such as SSD (Solid State Drive) may be used.
  • the graphic processing device 105 is connected to the monitor 11.
  • the graphic processing device 105 displays an image on the screen of the monitor 11 in accordance with a command from the CPU 101.
  • the input interface 106 is connected to the keyboard 12 and the mouse 13.
  • the input interface 106 transmits a signal sent from the keyboard 12 or the mouse 13 to the CPU 101.
  • the recording medium reading device 107 is a reading device that reads data stored in the recording medium 14.
  • a function that the management server 100 should have can be realized by causing a computer to execute a program describing the processing content of the function.
  • Such a program can be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium 14 and distributed.
  • the program may be stored from the recording medium 14 in a program distribution server device (not shown) connected to the network 10.
  • the management server 100 can download the program from the program distribution server device via the network 10.
  • a magnetic recording device for example, a magnetic recording device, an optical disk, a magneto-optical recording medium, or a semiconductor memory can be used.
  • Magnetic recording devices include HDDs, flexible disks (FD), magnetic tapes, and the like.
  • Optical discs include CD (Compact Disc), CD-R (Recordable) / RW (ReWritable), DVD (Digital Versatile Disc), DVD-R / RW / RAM, and the like.
  • Magneto-optical recording media include MO (Magneto-Optical disk).
  • Semiconductor memories include flash memories such as USB (Universal (Serial Bus) memories.
  • the communication interface 108 is connected to the network 10.
  • the communication interface 108 performs data communication with other information processing apparatuses via the network 10.
  • the sales terminal device 21, the ordering terminal device 22, the warehouse terminal device 26, the terminal devices 41 and 42, and the line terminal device 200 can also be realized by the same hardware configuration as that of the management server 100.
  • FIG. 5 is a first diagram showing a functional configuration of the management server.
  • the management server 100 includes a management information storage unit 110, an ordered / ordered product management unit 120, a parts allocation processing unit 130, and a production plan management unit 140. These functions are realized by the CPU 101 executing a predetermined program. All or at least a part of these functions may be realized by dedicated hardware.
  • the management information storage unit 110 centrally stores and manages management information necessary for the operation of the production management system.
  • the management information storage unit 110 includes the article management information storage unit 1a, the parts allocation details storage unit 1b, and the production plan information storage unit 1c described in the first embodiment.
  • Each piece of information stored in the management information storage unit 110 is referred to / updated by the ordered / ordered product management unit 120, the parts allocation processing unit 130, and the production plan management unit 140.
  • the ordered product management unit 120 accepts an order input for a product from the sales terminal device 21.
  • the order management unit 120 orders parts to the suppliers 40, 40 a, 40 b based on the order input from the ordering terminal device 22, the product production plan, and the parts inventory status.
  • the order-ordered product management unit 120 receives information related to parts received from the warehouse terminal device 26 into the warehouse 25 and parts delivered from the warehouse 25.
  • the ordered / ordered product management unit 120 accepts the progress information of the manufacturing process in the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b for the ordered parts that are being manufactured (ordered parts).
  • the ordered product management unit 120 updates management information (referred to as component management information) related to components stored in the management information storage unit 110 based on the received information.
  • the parts allocation processing unit 130 determines whether it is necessary to allocate or reallocate the ordered product. to decide. Then, the part allocation processing unit 130 executes a part allocation process for the ordered product for which it is determined that allocation or re-allocation is necessary. The part allocation processing unit 130 stores the allocation result in the management information storage unit 110.
  • the production plan management unit 140 refers to the management information storage unit 110 and performs a production plan for a product that has been newly allocated or re-allocated based on the allocation result by the component allocation processing unit 130. Based on the result, the production plan management unit 140 issues a product manufacturing instruction, a delivery date reply, a product shipping instruction, etc. to the product factory of the product manufacturing company 20.
  • FIG. 6 is a second diagram showing the functional configuration of the management server.
  • the management information storage unit 110 includes an article master storage unit 111, a component requirement information storage unit 112, a part order information storage unit 113, a component inventory information storage unit 114, and an article process information storage unit 115.
  • the article master storage unit 111 stores an article master and a parts table.
  • the component requirement information storage unit 112 stores component requirement information indicating the required amount of components for the ordered product.
  • the part ordering information storage unit 113 stores part ordering information indicating the quantity and delivery date of the remaining parts ordered from the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
  • the parts inventory information storage unit 114 stores inventory information for managing inventory parts stored in the warehouse 25.
  • the article process information storage unit 115 stores part process information for managing the progress status of the remaining parts in the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
  • the ordered / ordered product management unit 120 includes an order management unit 121, a part order management unit 122, an inventory management unit 123, and a part process management unit 124.
  • the order management unit 121 generates order information based on an order input from the sales terminal device 21 and stores it in the component requirement information storage unit 112. Then, the order management unit 121 refers to the article master storage unit 111 to calculate the required amount of parts for the ordered product, generates the component requirement information, and stores it in the component requirement information storage unit 112.
  • the part ordering management unit 122 generates part ordering information based on the ordering input from the ordering terminal device 22. Further, the part order management unit 122 generates part ordering information periodically based on the production plan or according to the inventory status of the parts stock stored in the parts stock information storage unit 114.
  • the part ordering information is information for managing the ordered remaining parts, and is a part of the part management information.
  • the part order management unit 122 stores the generated part order information in the part order information storage unit 113.
  • the inventory management unit 123 reflects the newly received goods and the information of the delivered goods in the inventory information stored in the parts inventory information storage unit 114 based on the goods storage / reception information received from the warehouse terminal device 26. To do.
  • the inventory information is information for managing parts inventory, and is part of the parts management information. That is, parts ordering information and inventory information correspond to parts management information.
  • the part process management unit 124 updates the manufacturing process of the remaining parts stored in the article process information storage unit 115 based on the gate passage information received from the line terminal device 200.
  • the gate passage information corresponds to the progress information described in the first embodiment.
  • the part process management unit 124 updates the delivery date of the remaining part included in the part ordering information stored in the part ordering information storage unit 113 in accordance with the progress of the manufacturing process of the remaining part.
  • the relational line between the part order information storage unit 113 and the part process management unit 124 is omitted.
  • FIG. 7 is a third diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the management server.
  • the management information storage unit 110 includes an article master storage unit 111, a component requirement information storage unit 112, a component order information storage unit 113, a component inventory information storage unit 114, an allocation target component information storage unit 116, and a component allocation specification storage unit 117.
  • the article master storage unit 111, the component requirement information storage unit 112, the component order information storage unit 113, and the component inventory information storage unit 114 are the same as those described with the same reference numerals in FIG.
  • the allocation target part information storage unit 116 stores a management code (hereinafter referred to as a figure number) of an article to be allocated or re-allocated.
  • the part allocation detail storage unit 117 stores a part allocation detail that is a result of allocation of parts for a product.
  • the parts allocation processing unit 130 includes an allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131, an allocation method determination unit 132, a reserve allocation processing unit 133, and a quantity allocation processing unit 134.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 refers to the component requirement information storage unit 112, the component order information storage unit 113, and the component inventory information storage unit 114, and in the component requirement information, inventory information, and component ordering information, Extract the updated record (update record).
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 when acquiring the figure number included in the update record, stores it in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
  • the allocation method determination unit 132 refers to the allocation target figure number stored in the allocation target component information storage unit 116 and identifies a component to be allocated. Then, the allocation method determination unit 132 refers to the article master storage unit 111 and determines whether the allocation method for the part is a reserve allocation or a quantity allocation. In the case of reserve allocation, the allocation method determination unit 132 outputs the allocation target figure number to the reserve allocation processing unit 133. In the case of quantity allocation, the allocation method determination unit 132 outputs the allocation target figure number to the quantity allocation processing unit 134.
  • reserve allocation is an allocation method in which a part once allocated to a product is maintained in a state allocated to the product. That is, when reserving a certain part, if a reserve allocation result already exists for the part, the shortage is additionally allocated in addition to the reserve allocation result. In addition, the reserved parts are not allocated to other products in principle. For this reason, it is suitable for the case where it is possible to reliably secure a component having a large fluctuation in required amount.
  • quantity allocation is an allocation method for reallocating all necessary parts when a part is re-allocated. If you use quantity reservation, depending on the progress of the manufacturing process of the ordered parts, such as when the delivery date of the remaining parts is advanced or when the delivery date of the remaining parts is delayed, Can be flexibly changed. For this reason, it is suitable when using a component whose delivery date is easy to move around.
  • the allocation source indicates a holding source such as an inventory or a stock that includes the corresponding part or replacement part in an available manner.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 is based on the article master storage unit 111, the component requirement information storage unit 112, the component order information storage unit 113, the component inventory information storage unit 114, and Referring to the part allocation detail storage unit 117, reserve allocation processing for the part indicated by the corresponding figure number is performed.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 includes an article master storage unit 111, a component requirement information storage unit 112, a component order information storage unit 113, a component inventory information storage unit 114, and Referring to the part allocation detail storage unit 117, the quantity allocation process for the part indicated by the corresponding figure number is performed.
  • the management server 100 has an allocation processing work area 150.
  • the allocation processing work area 150 is a temporary storage area used by the reserve allocation processing unit 133 and the quantity allocation processing unit 134 for allocation processing. Details of the allocation processing work area 150 will be described later.
  • FIG. 8 is a fourth diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the management server.
  • the management information storage unit 110 includes a part allocation detail storage unit 117, a part surface alignment information storage unit 118, and a delivery date response information storage unit 119.
  • the parts allocation detail storage unit 117 has the same configuration as that described with the same reference numerals in FIG.
  • the part surface alignment information storage unit 118 stores component surface alignment information for managing the time when all the parts necessary for manufacturing the product are in the warehouse 25 and the manufacture of the product can be started.
  • the component surface alignment information storage unit 118 stores manufacturing plan management information for managing the manufacturing process of the factory, which is generated based on the component surface alignment information.
  • the delivery date response information storage unit 119 stores delivery date response information indicating the product delivery date.
  • the production plan management unit 140 includes a surface alignment information update processing unit 141, a manufacturing management unit 142, a delivery date response information generation unit 143, and a delivery date response processing unit 144.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 extracts the update record in the component allocation details stored in the component allocation details storage unit 117, generates the component surface alignment information for the allocation target product, and stores it in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118. Store.
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 generates manufacturing plan management information based on the component surface alignment information stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118 and stores it in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118. Further, the manufacturing management unit 142 transmits a product manufacturing instruction to the factory based on the manufacturing plan management information.
  • the delivery date response information generation unit 143 generates delivery date response information based on the component surface alignment information and the manufacturing plan management information stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118, and stores it in the delivery date response information storage unit 119.
  • the delivery date reply processing unit 144 When the delivery date reply processing unit 144 receives a delivery date reply request from the sales terminal device 21 or the like, the delivery date reply processing unit 144 delivers the delivery date to the monitor connected to the request source terminal device based on the delivery date reply information stored in the delivery date reply information storage unit 119. Output the answer screen.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the line terminal device.
  • the line terminal device 200 includes a gate passage information storage unit 210, a passage information reception unit 220, and a passage information transmission unit 230. These functions are realized by the CPU of the line terminal device executing a predetermined program. Note that all or at least a part of these functions may be realized by dedicated hardware.
  • the gate passage information storage unit 210 stores gate passage information indicating the passage state of the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 of the Kanban 60.
  • the passage information receiving unit 220 receives the component identification information, the gate identification information, and the time stamp when the component has passed through each gate from the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 via the communication device 300, and the gate passage information storage unit 210. To store. Note that the passage information receiving unit 220 may set, as the gate passage information, the part identification information and the time stamp when the gate identification information is received from the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340.
  • the passage information transmission unit 230 transmits the gate passage information stored in the gate passage information storage unit 210 to the management server 100.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the configuration of the kanban.
  • the kanban 60 has a form part 61 and a wireless tag part 62.
  • the form section 61 is an area where a character string indicating the detailed information of the ordered part is printed.
  • the form section 61 includes, for example, a command ID for managing the order contents on the supplier 40 side, a user name indicating the name of the supplier supplier, an item name indicating the name of the part, and an order name for managing the order contents at the product manufacturing company.
  • Character string indicating information such as order number, figure number of corresponding part and figure number-version number, order number indicating order quantity, issue date indicating the date when Kanban 60 was issued, scheduled delivery date indicating delivery date, etc. Is printed.
  • the operator of the component manufacturing line 45 can confirm the type and delivery date of the components stored in the component box 70 by visually recognizing the character string printed on the form unit 61.
  • the wireless tag unit 62 is a communication device that wirelessly communicates with the communication devices 311, 321, 331, and 341.
  • the wireless tag unit 62 includes a memory.
  • the wireless tag unit 62 stores the same information (including at least the command ID) as the information printed on the form unit 61 in this memory.
  • Communication between the wireless tag unit 62 and the communication devices 311, 321, 331, and 341 can be realized by, for example, RFID (Radio Frequency IDentifier) technology.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the article master.
  • the article master 111 a is stored in advance in the article master storage unit 111.
  • the item master 111a is provided with items including an item ID, an item name, an item number, a version number item, and an allocation category item.
  • Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information related to one article.
  • identification information for uniquely identifying the item is set.
  • information indicating the product name information indicating the name of the product is set.
  • information indicating the figure number of the article is set.
  • a version number indicating the version of the figure number is set. Different figure numbers (revised editions, etc.) of the same article can be managed depending on the version number.
  • the item indicating the allocation category when the article is a part, information indicating whether the part is a reserve allocation target or a quantity allocation target is set.
  • the article master 111a for example, information that the article ID is “PD001”, the article name is “automatic transaction apparatus Z1”, the figure number is “DR001”, the version number is “V01”, and the allocation category is “ ⁇ ” (no setting). Is set. Since the article indicated by the product name “automatic transaction apparatus Z1” is a product manufactured by the product manufacturing company 20 and delivered to the customer, the provision category is not set.
  • the article master 111a for example, information that the article ID is “PD011”, the article name is “part Y11”, the drawing number is “DR011”, the version number is “V01”, and the allocation classification is “reserve allocation” is set.
  • the allocation classification is “quantity allocation” is set.
  • FIG. 12 shows an example of the data structure of the article configuration table.
  • the article configuration table 111 b is stored in advance in the article master storage unit 111.
  • the article configuration table 111b is a parts table that defines a hierarchical structure of parts for a product.
  • the item configuration table 111b includes an item indicating an item ID, an item indicating an upper item ID, and an item indicating a required quantity. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information regarding one component.
  • an article ID of an article that is a component (part) of the upper article is set.
  • an article ID of an article (upper article) in a one-stage higher hierarchy constituted by the corresponding article is set.
  • information indicating the quantity of the parts necessary for manufacturing the article indicated by the upper article ID is set.
  • the article configuration table 111b for example, information that the article ID is “PD011”, the upper article ID is “PD001”, and the required quantity is “10” is set. This indicates that the article indicated by the article ID “PD011” is a part of the article indicated by the upper article ID “PD001”, and ten “PD011” are required for manufacturing “PD001”. Yes.
  • a higher article ID “PD001” is set for the article IDs “PD011”, “PD012”, and “PD013”. This indicates that three types of parts “PD011”, “PD012”, and “PD013” are necessary to manufacture the upper article “PD001”.
  • the part with the article ID “PD022” is the part with the upper article ID “PD002” and the upper article with the article IDs “PD221” and “PD222” as parts.
  • This part is a part manufactured by the product manufacturing company 20 and is called an intermediate product.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the order reception table.
  • the order table 112 a is generated / updated by the order management unit 121 and stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112. Items including an item indicating an order number, an item indicating an item ID, an item indicating a quantity, an item indicating a delivery date, and an item indicating a priority classification are set in the order table 112a.
  • the information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information related to one order content.
  • the item indicating the order number identification information for identifying the contents of the order is set.
  • the product ID the product ID of the ordered product is set.
  • a value indicating the order quantity is set.
  • the item indicating the delivery date information indicating the delivery date of the corresponding product is set.
  • a flag indicating whether or not to preferentially secure a part for manufacturing the product is set. For example, when the flag “1” is set in the priority classification, it indicates that the product is a priority target. Further, when the flag “0” is set in the priority classification, it indicates that the product is not a priority target.
  • information indicating that the order number is “OR001”, the item ID is “PD001”, the quantity is “10”, the delivery date is “2009/9/25”, and the priority classification is “1” is set in the order table 112a.
  • information indicating that the order number is “OR002”, the item ID is “PD002”, the quantity is “5”, the delivery date is “2009/9/30”, and the priority classification is “0” is set in the order table 112a. . Since the priority classification is “0”, the product with the product ID “PD002” is not subject to priority in this order.
  • the order management unit 121 acquires information indicating whether or not the order is a priority target when receiving an order input. Then, an item indicating the priority classification of the corresponding record in the order reception table 112a is set according to the received information. For example, for a product whose delivery date is approaching to a customer, the sales terminal device 21 is set to be a priority object in order to prioritize manufacturing over other products.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the parts requirement table.
  • the component requirement table 112 b is generated / updated by the order management unit 121 and stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112.
  • the component requirement table 112b is requirement information indicating the required number of each component obtained for a product by requirement calculation.
  • the parts requirement table 112b includes an item indicating a requirement ID, an item indicating an order number, an item indicating a drawing number, an item indicating a version number, an item indicating a required number, an item indicating a required date, and an item indicating a priority classification. It has been. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate required information for one part.
  • identification information for identifying the content of the required information is set.
  • an order number corresponding to the order associated with the required information is set.
  • a figure number of a part necessary for manufacturing the upper product is set.
  • the version number the version number for the figure number is set.
  • the required number the quantity of parts necessary for manufacturing the upper product is set.
  • a date on which the corresponding part is required in order to start production of the upper product is set.
  • a flag indicating whether or not the part is a priority target is set.
  • the order management unit 121 can set the item indicating the priority classification by associating the part requirement record with the order record set in the order table 112a using the order number as a key.
  • the requirement ID is “SY001”
  • the order number is “OR001”
  • the drawing number is “DR011”
  • the version number is “V01”
  • the required number is “100”
  • the required date is “2009 / Information of “9/1” and priority classification “1” is set.
  • the number of parts indicated by the drawing number “DR011” and the version number “V01” is “100” by “2009/9/1” for the product to be ordered in the order indicated by the order number “OR001”. It is necessary and indicates that this part is a part used in the priority product.
  • the product to be ordered for the order number can be acquired by referring to the order table 112a. Thereby, the required number of a certain part corresponding to a certain product can be specified.
  • the order reception table 112a also includes various basic information such as the name of the customer who has received the order and the date and time of the order.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating an example of the data structure of the component order remaining table.
  • the component order remaining table 113 a is generated / updated by the component order management unit 122 and stored in the component order information storage unit 113.
  • an item indicating the order ID an item indicating the supplier ID
  • an item indicating the ordering command ID an item indicating the drawing number
  • an item indicating the version number an item indicating the order quantity
  • an available number The item which shows, the item which shows the warehouse division, and the item which shows the note delivery date is provided.
  • the information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information regarding one remaining part.
  • identification information for identifying the remaining part is set.
  • identification information for identifying the supplier of the ordering party is set.
  • identification information for identifying the ordering content is set on the supplier side.
  • the item indicating the figure number the figure number of the remaining part is set.
  • the version number the version number for the figure number is set.
  • the item indicating the order quantity the quantity of parts ordered to the supplier is set.
  • a quantity that can be reserved for the order quantity is set.
  • Information for identifying a building or a section in the warehouse 25 in which the corresponding part is to be stored is set in the item indicating the warehouse classification.
  • the scheduled delivery date for the remaining parts is set in the item indicating the remaining delivery date.
  • the order remaining ID is “FA001”
  • the supplier ID is “S001”
  • the ordering command ID is “HT01-001”
  • the figure number is “DR011”
  • the version number is “V01”
  • the order is placed.
  • Information that the quantity is “50”, the available capacity is “50”, the warehouse classification is “AD01”, and the order delivery date is “2009/8/31” is set. This indicates that the order with the content indicated by the order number “FA001” has been made to the supplier (supplied as supplier 40) identified by the supplier ID “S001”. Further, it is indicated that the supplier 40 is instructed to manufacture the remaining parts to the part manufacturing line 45 by the ordering command ID “HT01-001”.
  • the contents of the order are for the part with the drawing number “DR011” and the version number “V01”, the quantity is “50”, and the quantity that can be allocated to the product is “50”. . Further, when delivered to the warehouse 25, it is received in the building or section indicated by “AD01”, and the delivery date is “2009/8/31”.
  • the item indicating the note remaining delivery date is set by the parts order management unit 122 at the beginning of ordering the parts.
  • the note delivery time can be changed according to the progress of the process in the part manufacturing line 45.
  • the part process management unit 124 changes the item indicating the order delivery date in the part order remaining table 113a according to the progress of the process in the part manufacturing line 45.
  • the part order remaining table 113a is part ordering information for managing the delivery date of parts in this way.
  • the component order remaining table 113a is a part of the component management information.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating an example of a data structure of the parts inventory table.
  • the parts inventory table 114 a is generated / updated by the inventory management unit 123 and stored in the parts inventory information storage unit 114.
  • the parts inventory table 114a is provided with an item indicating an inventory ID, an item indicating a drawing number, an item indicating a version number, an item indicating the number of inventory, and an item indicating a warehouse classification.
  • the information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information related to the inventory of one part.
  • identification information for identifying the inventory content is set.
  • the figure number the figure number of the corresponding part is set.
  • a version number corresponding to the figure number is set.
  • the quantity of stocks stored is set.
  • the item indicating the number of stocks is also an allocatable number indicating the quantity that can be allocated from the stock.
  • the warehouse division information indicating a building or a section which is a storage location in the warehouse 25 is set.
  • the parts inventory table 114a for example, information that the inventory ID is “SK001”, the drawing number is “DR011”, the version number is “V01”, the inventory number is “30”, and the warehouse classification is “AD01” is set. This is the part inventory indicated by the inventory ID “SK001”, the part indicated by the drawing number “DR011” and the version number “V01”, and the quantity “30” is stored in the location indicated by the warehouse classification “AD01”. It has been shown.
  • the parts inventory table 114a is inventory information for managing parts inventory.
  • the parts inventory table 114a is a part of parts management information.
  • the component order remaining table 113a and the component inventory table 114a correspond to the component management information.
  • FIG. 17 shows an example of the data structure of the product standard process table.
  • the product standard process table 115a is stored in the article process information storage unit 115 in advance.
  • the product standard process table 115a defines standard process days required for manufacturing products manufactured by the product manufacturing company 20.
  • the product standard process table 115a is provided with an item indicating the item ID, an item indicating the standard number of days, an item indicating the test process, and an item indicating the total number of days until trial. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate standard process information for one product.
  • the item ID for identifying the product is set in the item indicating the item ID.
  • the item indicating the standard number of days the number of days required for manufacturing a product is set for each process.
  • items indicating standard days are provided with items indicating assembly processes P1, P2, and P3 and a test process, and a required number of days is set for each process.
  • the item indicating the total number of days until trial is completed the total number of days required from the start of manufacturing to the completion of the test process is set.
  • the article ID is “PD001”
  • the assembly process P1 is “2 days”
  • the assembly process P2 is “3 days”
  • the assembly process P3 is “5 days”
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the part standard process table.
  • the parts standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d are stored in advance in the article process information storage unit 115.
  • the part standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d are information on standard processes related to parts manufactured by the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b. Although only the part standard process table 115b will be described below, the part standard process tables 115c and 115d have the same configuration.
  • the part standard process table 115b is provided with an item indicating the item ID, an item indicating the standard number of days, an item indicating the number of delivery days, and an item indicating the total number of days. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information regarding one component.
  • an item ID for identifying the part is set.
  • the item indicating the standard number of days the number of days required for manufacturing a product is set for each process.
  • items indicating the standard days are provided with items indicating the A process, the B process, and the C process, and a necessary number of days is set for each process.
  • the number of delivery days the number of days required for delivery from the supplier 40 to the warehouse 25 is set.
  • the total number of days the total number of days required for delivery including the start of production to the number of delivery days is set.
  • the item ID is “PD011”
  • the A process is “1 day”
  • the B process is “2 days”
  • the C process is “1 day”
  • the delivery is “1 day”
  • the parts process management unit 124 can appropriately change the setting contents of the parts standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d based on information input from the terminal devices 41 and 42 by the employees of the suppliers 40, 40b, and 40c. You can also. If it does in this way, it will become possible to respond flexibly to the change of the manufacturing process of parts.
  • the product standard process table 115a and the part standard process table 115b are not limited to the number of processes described above, and may have a larger number of processes. Moreover, you may have a different number of processes for every product and components. Further, even for the same part, different numbers of processes may be defined for each supplier or factory.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an example of the data structure of the process performance management table.
  • the process result management table 115e is generated by the component process management unit 124 and stored in the article process information storage unit 115.
  • the process result management table 115e includes an item indicating an ordering command ID, an item indicating a production start date / time result, an item indicating each process completion scheduled date / time, an item indicating each process completion result date / time, an item indicating the number of delivery days, and a total of all processes And an item indicating a note delivery date are provided.
  • Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other, and indicates information related to the progress of the manufacturing process of one component.
  • an order command ID for instructing the manufacture of the part is set.
  • the date and time when the manufacture of the part is started is set.
  • the scheduled completion date and time of each process scheduled from the production start date and time results is set.
  • items indicating the process completion schedule date and time include items indicating the A process, the B process, and the C process, and the schedule completion date and time is set for each process.
  • the date and time of the result of completion of each process is set.
  • items indicating the process completion record date and time include items indicating the A process, the A record, the B process, the B record, the C process, and the C record, and the completion record date and the number of record days are set for each process.
  • the in the item indicating the number of delivery days the number of days required for delivery is set.
  • the total number of days (scheduled days or actual days) required for manufacturing parts is set.
  • the remaining delivery date the remaining delivery date of the corresponding part calculated based on the total of all processes is set.
  • the ordering command ID is “HT01-001” and the production start date / time result is “2009/8/25 9:00: 00” is set. This indicates that production of the part indicated by the ordering command ID “HT01-001” is started at the supplier 40 on the corresponding day.
  • the A process at the scheduled completion date and time of each process is “2009/8/26 9:00: 00”, and the B process is “2009”. / 8/27, 9:00: 0, and C process is set to “2009/8/28, 9:00: 00”.
  • the component process management unit 124 can obtain the scheduled completion date and time of each process at the scheduled completion date and time by referring to the component standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d and the production start date and time results.
  • the A process of the process completion record date and time is “2009/8/26 15:00:00” and the A record is “1” for the record of the ordering command ID “HT01-001”.
  • B process is” 2009/8/28 21:00: 00 "
  • B performance is” 2.25 days
  • C process is” 2009/8/30 9:00:00 "
  • C performance is Information of “1.5 days” is set. This indicates that the completion date and time of the results of each process is the set date and time, and the actual number of days actually required for each process is the number of days set as the A, B, and C results.
  • the A process result is the number of days in the period from the production start date and time to the completion result date and time of the A process.
  • the B process performance is the number of days in the period from the completion performance date / time of the A process to the completion performance date / time of the B process.
  • the C process performance is the number of days in the period from the completion performance date / time of the B process to the completion performance date / time of the C process.
  • the delivery date is “1 day”
  • the total of all processes is “6 days”
  • the remaining delivery date is “2009/8/31” for the record of the ordering command ID “HT01-001”.
  • “Is set. This takes “one day” from the completion of parts manufacture to delivery to the warehouse 25, and “6 days” in total for all processes ( 1.25 days + 2.25 days + 1.5 days + 1) Day).
  • the remaining delivery date can be obtained, for example, as a date and time obtained by adding the number of delivery days to the completion result date and time of the C process as the final process.
  • it can also obtain
  • the process completion record date and time of the C process is “-” (no setting) for the record of the ordering command ID “HT01-002”.
  • the part process management unit 124 calculates the total of all processes with reference to the part standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d for the C process.
  • the ordering command ID “HT01-002” indicates a manufacturing process in the part manufacturing line 45 of the part indicated by the article ID “PD012”.
  • the part process management unit 124 reflects the order delivery date obtained in this way in the item indicating the order delivery date in the part delivery table. Thereby, in the parts order remaining table 113a, it is possible to manage an accurate order remaining time according to the progress of the manufacturing process in the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the update figure number table.
  • the updated figure number table 116 a is generated by the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 and stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
  • the updated figure number table 116a is provided with an item showing the figure number and an item showing the version number.
  • the information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other, and constitutes information related to a part for which one update has been performed.
  • the figure number of the updated part is set.
  • the version number for the figure number is set.
  • the order management unit 121 receives a change in the order quantity of a product and updates the record of the requirement ID “SY001” in the component requirement table 112b stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112. Then, the allocation target figure number obtaining unit 131 refers to the record of the requirement ID “SY001” in the part requirement table 112b, extracts the figure number and version number of the target part, and sets them in the updated figure number table 116a. The same applies to the update of each record of the component order remaining table 113a stored in the component order information storage unit 113 and the component inventory table 114a stored in the component inventory information storage unit 114.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the allocation target figure number table.
  • the allocation target figure number table 116 b is generated based on the updated figure number table 116 a by the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 and stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
  • the allocation target figure number table 116b is provided with an item indicating the figure number and an item indicating the version number. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other, and indicates information of a part to be allocated.
  • the allocation target figure number table 116b is a collection of records with duplicate figure numbers and version numbers from the updated figure number table 116a.
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the allocation details table.
  • the allocation detail table 117a is generated / updated by the reserve allocation processing unit 133 or the quantity allocation processing unit 134, and is stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117.
  • an item indicating an order number, an item indicating a required ID, an item indicating a drawing number, an item indicating a version number, an item indicating a required date, an item indicating a required number, and a required remaining number before allocation are shown.
  • an item an item indicating the number of allocations, an item indicating the allocation category, an item indicating the number of stocks / the number of orders, an item indicating inventory ID / the remaining order ID, and an item indicating the remaining delivery date.
  • Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information related to one allocation result.
  • an order number related to the provision contents is set.
  • a required ID related to the provision contents is set.
  • the figure number of the allocation target part is set.
  • the version number the version number for the figure number is set.
  • the required date of the part is set in the item indicating the required date.
  • the required number the required number of parts is set.
  • the remaining number excluding the allocated number that has already been allocated in the allocation process until immediately before the required number is set.
  • the quantity allocated in the current allocation process (indicated by the corresponding record) is set.
  • a category indicating whether the allocation is from the inventory or the allocation from the backlog is set.
  • the quantity of stocks / remaining parts that are the source of allocation is set.
  • inventory ID / remaining note ID an inventory ID or a remaining note ID serving as a reservation source is set.
  • the remaining delivery date is set for a part allocated from the remaining purchase date.
  • the order number is “OR001”
  • the required ID is “SY001”
  • the figure number is “DR011”
  • the version number is “V01”
  • the required date is “2009/9/1”
  • the required remaining number before allocation is “100”
  • the allocation number is “30”
  • the allocation category is “inventory”
  • the inventory number / order number is “30”
  • the inventory ID / remaining ID is “SK001”.
  • the order number is “OR001”
  • the required ID is “SY001”
  • the figure number is “DR011”
  • the version number is “V01”
  • the required date is “2009/9/1”
  • the required number is “100”
  • the required remaining number before allocation is “50”
  • the allocated number is “50”
  • the allocation category is “remaining order”
  • the inventory quantity / order quantity is “50”
  • the inventory ID / remaining ID is “50”.
  • the information is set to FA001 ”and the note delivery date“ 2009/8/31 ”.
  • the order number is “OR001”
  • the required ID is “SY003”
  • the drawing number is “DR013”
  • the version number is “V01”
  • the required date is “2009/9/1”
  • the required number is “50”
  • the required remaining number before allocation is “10”
  • the allocated number is “0”
  • the allocation category is “out of stock”
  • the inventory number / order number is “0”
  • the inventory ID / remaining ID is “ -"(No setting) and note remaining delivery date is set as"-"(no setting).
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the allocation history table.
  • the allocation history table 117b is generated in the reserve allocation processing unit 133 or the quantity allocation processing unit 134 and is stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117.
  • the allocation history table 117b is a log that records the figure number and version number of a part that has been allocated and the corresponding order number.
  • the allocation history table 117b includes an item indicating an order number, an item indicating a drawing number, and an item indicating a version number. Information about the parts that have been allocated is shown by associating pieces of information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item with each other.
  • an order number related to the part for which the allocation process has been performed is set.
  • the figure number of the part subjected to the allocation process is set.
  • the version number the version number for the figure number is set.
  • the allocation history table 117b for example, information that the order number is “OR001”, the figure number is “DR011”, and the version number is “V01” is set. This indicates that an allocation process has been performed for an order with the order number “OR001” of the part indicated by the figure number “DR011” and the version number “V01”.
  • FIG. 24 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the surface alignment target management table.
  • the surface alignment target management table 118 a is generated by the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 and stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118. Information indicating the order number is set in the surface alignment target management table 118a.
  • an order number indicating the order contents to be subjected to the surface alignment processing is set.
  • information indicating that the order number is “OR001” is set in the surface alignment target management table 118a. This indicates that the arrangement processing is necessary for this order because the provision for the parts related to the order product indicated by the order number “OR001” has been updated. That is, by referring to the surface alignment target management table 118a, it is possible to identify orders that require surface alignment processing.
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the component surface alignment table.
  • the component surface alignment table 118b is generated / updated by the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 based on the allocation detail table 117a, and is stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118.
  • the parts surface alignment table 118b includes an item indicating an order number, an item indicating a drawing number, an item indicating a version number, an item indicating a required number, an item indicating the number of inventory reservations, an item indicating an inventory part surface alignment date, Item indicating the number of remaining reserves (within delivery date), item showing the number of remaining reserves (delayed), item showing the remaining order delivery date, item showing the date of the remaining parts, and unarranged (within delivery date) There are provided an item, an item indicating unarranged (delayed), an item indicating an unarranged part delivery date, and an item indicating an unarranged part surface alignment date.
  • the information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other, and indicates information for managing the surface alignment date of the parts.
  • the order number related to the current assortment record is set.
  • the figure number of the target part is set.
  • the version number for the figure number is set.
  • the required number the required number necessary for allocation is set.
  • the number allocated from stock is set in the item indicating the number of stocks reserved.
  • the surface alignment date of the part allocated from the inventory is set.
  • the required date of each part is set as it is.
  • the quantity of the parts allocated from the remaining stock with the remaining delivery date within the initial delivery date is set.
  • the initial delivery date is the delivery date of the parts initially desired by the product manufacturing company 20 to the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b based on the delivery date of the product to the customer.
  • the quantity of the parts allocated from the remaining remnants that are not yet delivered in the initial delivery date is set.
  • the remaining delivery date is set according to the progress of the parts manufacturing process at the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
  • the remaining part surface alignment date the date when the remaining part group which is a component part of the upper article is aligned in the warehouse 25 is set.
  • the quantity that can be ordered from the current time to the suppliers 40, 40a, 40b and received into the warehouse 25 within the initial delivery date is set.
  • the In the item indicating unarranged (delayed) a quantity that is not reserved in the shortage state and cannot be received in the warehouse 25 within the initial delivery date even if an order is made to the suppliers 40, 40a, 40b from the present time is set.
  • an assumed delivery date when an unallocated product is ordered at the present time is set.
  • an expected date when an unarranged part group as a component part of the upper article is aligned in the warehouse 25 is set.
  • the order number is “OR001”
  • the drawing number is “DR011”
  • the version number is “V01”
  • the required number is “100”
  • the inventory allocation number is “50”
  • the inventory component surface alignment The date is “2009/9/1”
  • the remaining reserve number (within delivery date) is “50”
  • the remaining reserve number (delayed) is “0”
  • the remaining order delivery date is “2009/8/31”
  • the remaining part alignment date is "2009/9/2”
  • unarranged (within delivery date) is "0”
  • unarranged (delayed) is "0”
  • unarranged component delivery date is "-” (no setting)
  • the information that the unarranged part surface alignment date is “2009/9/3” is set.
  • the part designated by the figure number “DR011” and the version number “V01” has been allocated from the stock by the quantity “50”.
  • the required date in the allocation detail table 117a is set as it is as the date of the arrangement.
  • the quantity of “50” is allocated for the part from the remaining order within the due date (referred to as the remaining part within the due date), and the remaining order due date is referred to as the delayed due date (referred to as the delayed due date part). Indicates that it has not been allocated.
  • the later delivery date “2009/8/31”, which is the later of the remaining delivery date within the due date and the late delivery date, is set. That is, in this record, the necessary quantity “100” is prepared as the required number by “2009/8/31”. In this record, since no provision is made from the late delivery due date, the remaining delivery date for the remaining parts within the delivery date is set. In addition, if it is allocated from the delayed delivery date, the delivery date of the late delivery date component is usually later, so the delivery date of the late delivery date component is set.
  • both unarranged (within the delivery date) and unarranged (delayed) will be “0”, and the undelivered part delivery date will be “-” ( No setting).
  • the latest estimated delivery date is set for the parts group of unarranged products by the same determination as the remaining component surface alignment date.
  • the order number is “OR001”, the figure number is “DR012”, the version number is “V01”, the required number is “50”, the inventory allocation number is “30”, and the inventory parts
  • the date of arrangement is “2009/9/1”, the number of remaining provisions (within delivery date) is “10”, the number of remaining provisions (delay) is “10”, and the remaining order delivery date is “2009/9/2”
  • the remaining part surface alignment date is "2009/9/2”
  • unarranged (within delivery date) is "0”
  • unarranged (delayed) is "0”
  • unarranged component delivery date is "-" (no setting)
  • the information that the unarranged part surface alignment date is “2009/9/3” is set.
  • each setting included in this record is the same as the setting of the part surface alignment record of the figure number “DR011” described above.
  • the setting of the number of remaining orders (delay) is “10”. In other words, provisions are made based on the late delivery deadline. Therefore, in the note remaining payment date, the note remaining date related to this delivery date delayed remaining is set.
  • the order number is “OR001”, the figure number is “DR013”, the version number is “V01”, the required number is “50”, the inventory allocation number is “20”, and the inventory part
  • the date of arrangement is “2009/9/1”, the number of remaining reserves (within delivery date) is “20”, the number of remaining reserves (delayed) is “0”, and the remaining order delivery date is “2009/8/30”
  • the remaining part surface alignment date is "2009/9/2”, unarranged (within delivery date) is "0”, unarranged (delayed) is "10”, unarranged component delivery date is "2009/9/3" ",
  • the information that the unarranged part surface alignment date is" 2009/9/3 "is set.
  • the meaning of each setting included in this record is the same as the setting of the part surface alignment record of the figure number “DR011” described above.
  • the expected delivery date can be determined according to whether it is within the initial delivery date or delayed from the initial delivery date.
  • the initial delivery date for example, the required date set in the component required table 112b can be used. Whether or not there is a delay can be determined based on the current date and the initial delivery date by referring to the part standard process table 115b and using the total number of days required for the standard process of each part as the lead time from part ordering to part delivery. .
  • FIG. 26 shows an example of the data structure of the manufacturing plan management table.
  • the production plan management table 118 c is generated / updated by the production management unit 142 based on the component surface alignment table 118 b and stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118.
  • the production plan management table 118c includes an item indicating an order number, an item indicating a product drawing number, an item indicating a version number (product), an item indicating a part drawing number, an item indicating a version number (part), and the number of uses (inventory).
  • the order number of the product is set in the item indicating the order number.
  • the drawing number of the product is set.
  • the version number (product) the version number for the product drawing number is set.
  • the item indicating the part diagram number the diagram number of the component part is set.
  • the version number for the part diagram number is set.
  • the number of parts that should be used to start manufacturing the product is set in the item indicating the number used (inventory).
  • the parts here are parts indicated by the part drawing number and the version number included in the record (the same applies hereinafter).
  • start date inventory
  • date of trial inventory
  • a date on which a product manufactured from stock parts is trialed is set.
  • the number of use within the delivery date that should be used in order to start manufacturing the product is set.
  • the number of uses residual delay
  • the number of delivery date delayed remaining parts to be used for starting the manufacture of the product is set.
  • the date of commencement the remaining order
  • a date on which the manufacturing can be started including the remaining part is set.
  • the date indicating the date of trial of the product manufactured with the remaining part is set in the item indicating the date of trial (the remaining part).
  • the unarranged part within the delivery date refers to a part (a part corresponding to an item indicating an unarranged (within delivery date) in the part alignment table 118b) that is expected to be received within the initial delivery date if an order is placed at the present time.
  • the number of uses (unarranged delay) the number of undelivered parts that are to be used for starting the manufacture of the product is set.
  • the delivery date unarranged parts are parts that are not expected to be received within the initial delivery date even if an order is placed at the present time (parts corresponding to items indicating unarranged (delayed) in the parts alignment table 118b).
  • the start date a date when the manufacture can be started using the unarranged part is set even if the unarranged part is ordered.
  • a date on which a product manufactured from the unarranged parts will be retriald is set.
  • the order number is “OR001”, the product drawing number is “DR001”, the version number (product) is “V01”, the part drawing number is “DR011”, and the version number (part) is “ V01 ”, the number of uses (inventory) is“ 40 ”, the start date (inventory) is“ 2009/9/1 ”, the date of trial (inventory) is“ 2009/9/15 ”, the number of uses ( “Inside delivery deadline” is “40”, the number of uses (outside delay) is “0”, the available date (outside) is “2009/9/1”, and the date of trial (outside) is “2009/9/15”, the number of uses (within the unarranged delivery date) is “0”, the number of uses (unarranged delay) is “20”, and the start date (unarranged) is “2009/9/3” The information that the date of trial (unarranged) is “2009/9/17” is set.
  • the product indicated by the product drawing number “DR001” and the version number “V01” is used by using the part indicated by the part drawing number “DR011” and the version number “V01” from the stock “40”, and “2009 / 9/1 ′′ indicates that manufacturing can be started.
  • the date of the scheduled trial is “2009/9/15”.
  • the allocation quantity from the inventory is “50”.
  • the parts “PD011”, “PD012”, and “PD013” of the parts group necessary for manufacturing the product “PD001” are required in a quantity ratio of 2: 1: 1. .
  • the number of parts allocated (usable number) indicated by the part diagram number “DR013” and the version number “V01” is “20”. That is, the quantity of products that can be manufactured is determined by the usable number “20” of the parts with the part diagram number “DR013”. For this reason, at the time of “2009/9/1” when only stock items can be used, the quantity “40” from the stock for the part (corresponding to “PD011”) indicated by the part diagram number “DR011” and the version number “V01”. You just have to use it.
  • “20” is set as the quantity that can be used for manufacturing together with the inventory, including those that are scheduled to be received as the remaining parts within the delivery date, in the number of uses (within the remaining delivery date).
  • parts with part numbers “DR011” and “DR013” are newly available for “50” and “20”, respectively. It is a result.
  • the quantity that can be used from the stock items and the remaining parts within the delivery date is respectively for each part number “DR011”, “DR012”, “DR013” (considering already used parts).
  • the usable quantity of “DR013” is “0”. Accordingly, the manufacture of the product cannot be started, and “0” is set in the item indicating the number of uses (remaining delay).
  • “2009/9/1” including the remaining parts within the delivery date and the remaining parts due to the delivery date indicates that it is possible to start manufacturing including the remaining parts.
  • the date of the scheduled trial is “2009/9/15”.
  • the latest delivery date of the late delivery deadline parts must be set as the available date It becomes.
  • “DR012” is received as a delayed delivery due part, production cannot be started due to a shortage of the part “DR013”. Set to year, month, day (remaining note).
  • “0” is set as the quantity that can be used together with stocks and unordered items as unarranged parts within the delivery date, in the number of uses (within the unarranged delivery date).
  • “0” is set for the records “DR012” and “DR013”. This is because, according to the item indicating unarranged (within the delivery date) of the component surface alignment table 118b, all the parts available as unarranged items within the period are “0”, which is enough to manufacture a new product. This is because the parts cannot be used.
  • the production can be started using all available parts.
  • “20” is set in the item indicating the number of uses of this record (unarranged delay).
  • “2009/9/3” including parts not yet arranged within the delivery date and parts not arranged late in the delivery date indicates that it is possible to start production including all the parts that are not yet arranged.
  • the date of the scheduled trial is “2009/9/17”.
  • the production plan management table 118c can be used as information for managing the production schedule of products.
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 can issue a product manufacturing instruction to the product factory of the product manufacturing company 20 with reference to the manufacturing plan management table 118c.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the delivery date reply table.
  • the delivery date response table 119a is generated / updated by the delivery date response information generation unit 143 based on the manufacturing plan management table 118c, and is stored in the delivery date response information storage unit 119.
  • the delivery date reply table 119a includes an item indicating an order number, an item indicating a drawing number, an item indicating a version number, an item indicating the number of manufacturable items, an item indicating a final surface alignment (start) scheduled date, and a final scheduled date of trial. Items to be shown are provided.
  • the information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other, and indicates information for delivery date management for one order.
  • the order number is set in the item indicating the order number.
  • the figure number of the product to be delivered is set.
  • the version number the version number for the figure number is set.
  • the number of products that can be manufactured is the quantity of products that can be manufactured at each point when stock items, unordered items (within delivery date / each delivery date delay), and unarranged products (within delivery date / each delivery date delay) are available. Is set.
  • the final surface alignment (start) scheduled date a date indicating the final surface alignment scheduled date is set.
  • the final scheduled date the final scheduled date when production starts from the final scheduled date is set.
  • the order number is “OR001”
  • the figure number is “DR001”
  • the version number is “V01”
  • the stock is “4” for the number of manufacturable items
  • “4” is in the remaining delivery date
  • the remaining delay is Is “0”
  • within the non-arranged delivery date is “0”
  • the unarranged delay is “2”
  • the final surface alignment (starting) scheduled date is “2009/9/3”
  • the final scheduled date for testing is “2009/9 / Information "17” is set.
  • the date when all the parts necessary for manufacturing the product for the number of orders are prepared is “2009/9/3”. Further, it is shown that the date of completion of the trial is “2009/9/17” on the assumption that the production is started on the final surface alignment scheduled date.
  • the delivery date reply processing unit 144 When the delivery date reply processing unit 144 receives a delivery date reply request from the sales terminal device 21, for example, the delivery date reply processing unit 144 makes a delivery date reply based on the delivery date reply table 119a stored in the delivery date reply information storage unit 119.
  • the delivery date reply table 119a reflects the progress of the parts manufacturing process at the suppliers 40, 40a, 40b. For this reason, the employee of the sales department who operates the sales terminal device 21 can obtain an accurate delivery date answer.
  • FIG. 28 is a diagram showing the configuration of the work area for allocation processing.
  • the work area for allocation process 150 is used as a work area for the allocation process of the reserve allocation processing unit 133.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the allocation target figure number table 116b stored in the allocation target component information storage unit 116, extracts various data used for allocation processing from the management information storage unit 110, and allocates the allocation processing work Store in area 150.
  • the allocation processing work area 150 includes a free requirement storage unit 151, a free order remaining storage unit 152, a free stock storage unit 153, an allocation detail reserve storage unit 154, and an allocation work information storage unit 155.
  • a record updated in the component requirement information storage unit 112 (a record for a newly ordered product) is temporarily stored.
  • the free order storage unit 152 temporarily stores a remnant record that has been updated and is not yet assigned to any order in the part order table 113a stored in the part order information storage unit 113. Stored.
  • the updated part can be obtained by referring to the figure number and the version number registered in the allocation target figure number table 116b stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
  • whether or not allocation is performed for the remaining order record of the part is determined by checking whether the item indicating “stock ID / remaining ID” in the allocation detail table 117a stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117 is appropriate. It can be distinguished by whether or not the note remaining ID of the remaining record is set. Specifically, if it is set, provision is made from the remainder of the part. Moreover, when it is not set, the allocation is not performed from the remainder of the part.
  • the free inventory storage unit 153 temporarily stores an inventory record that has been updated and is not yet assigned to any order in the component inventory table 114a stored in the component inventory information storage unit 114. .
  • the updated part can be acquired by referring to the figure number and the version number registered in the allocation target figure number table 116b stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116 as described above. Whether or not the inventory record of the part has been allocated is determined based on the item corresponding to “stock ID / remaining ID” in the allocation detail table 117a stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117. Can be distinguished by whether or not a stock ID is set. Specifically, if set, provision is made from the inventory of the part. If not set, provision is not made from the inventory of the part.
  • the allocation detail reserve storage unit 154 either the inventory ID or the remaining inventory ID is set in the item indicating “inventory ID / remaining inventory ID” in the allocation detail table 117 a stored in the parts allocation detail storage section 117.
  • the provision detail record is temporarily stored. That is, the allocation detail reserve storage unit 154 stores an allocation detail record that has already been allocated to any allocation source.
  • the allocation work information storage unit 155 is an area for temporarily storing an allocation detail record newly generated by the reserve allocation processing unit 133.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the allocation detail record stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 in the part allocation detail storage unit 117.
  • each data stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112, the part order information storage unit 113, and the component inventory information storage unit 114 can be updated in real time. For this reason, simply allocating a reserve allocation target part based on the information in the part requirement information storage unit 112, the part order information storage unit 113, and the part inventory information storage unit 114, the information stored in these storage units is used. However, there may be a case where processing cannot be performed properly.
  • extraction of parts that are reserved for reserve requires a certain amount of time for checking the parts that are reserved for reserve (checking the status of previous allocations, the unallocated inventory, and the status of unallocated reserves). There are cases. This is because the determination process needs to be performed with reference to a large number of records. Then, during the checking process, for example, a part that was a remaining part may be changed to a stock part when it is received in the warehouse 25.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 extracts a snapshot obtained by extracting information at a certain timing in the component requirement information storage unit 112, the part order information storage unit 113, the component inventory information storage unit 114, and the component allocation detail storage unit 117. And reserve reserve processing. Thereby, the above-mentioned problem of double allocation can be avoided.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 uses the allocation processing work area 150 for allocation processing, so that the component requirement information storage unit 112, the part order information storage unit 113, the component inventory information storage unit 114, and the component allocation allocation unit
  • the reserve allocation process can be appropriately performed while maintaining the consistency of the data managed by each of the detail storage units 117.
  • the work area 150 for allocation processing can also be used as a work area for allocation processing of the quantity allocation processing unit 134.
  • FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating a data structure example of the gate passage history table.
  • the gate passage history tables 211, 212, and 213 are history of progress of parts production lines (logs of gate passage times) in the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
  • the gate passage history tables 212 and 213 have the same configuration.
  • the gate passage history table 211 is generated / updated by the passage information receiving unit 220 and stored in the gate passage information storage unit 210.
  • an item indicating an ordering command ID, an item indicating a gate ID, and an item indicating a passage date and time are provided in the gate passage history table 211.
  • Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate one gate passage information.
  • the order command ID stored in the kanban 60 is set.
  • the gate ID the gate ID of each of the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 is set.
  • the passage date and time the date and time of passing through the gate is set.
  • gate IDs “Gate01”, “Gate02”, “Gate03”, and “Gate04” are set in the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340.
  • the gate passage table 211 for example, information that the ordering command ID is “HT01-002”, the gate ID is “Gate01”, and the passage date and time is “2009/8/24 9:00:00” is set.
  • the passage information receiving unit 220 receives gate passage information from the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 via the communication device 300.
  • the timing is the timing immediately after each gate and the Kanban 60 communicate.
  • the passage information transmission unit 230 sequentially notifies the component process management unit 124 of the contents of the gate passage history record newly added to the gate passage information storage unit 210.
  • the passage information receiving unit 220 uses the ordering instruction ID and the gate as the time stamp of the passage time obtained at each gate from the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340. It can be considered to be received together with the ID. Alternatively, a time stamp when the passage information receiving unit 220 receives information including the ordering command ID and the gate ID from the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 may be set.
  • FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the note remaining delivery date update process. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 30 will be described in order of step number.
  • the part process management unit 124 receives gate passage information from the line terminal device 200.
  • the part process management unit 124 refers to the ordering command ID included in the received gate passage information.
  • the part process management unit 124 updates the record of the corresponding order command ID in the process result management table 115e stored in the article process information storage unit 115.
  • the item to be updated can be specified by the gate ID included in the gate passage information. For example, if the gate ID is “Gate01”, the passage date / time is set in the item indicating the production start date / time result in the process performance management table 115e. If the gate ID is “Gate02”, the passage date and time is set in the item indicating each process completion record date and time (A process) in the table.
  • the part process management unit 124 calculates the actual number of days of each process every time the passage date and time is set in the item indicating each process of each process completion actual date and time. For example, in the case of an item indicating the A record, the number of days required from the production start date / time record to the A process completion record date / time is calculated and set. If it is an item indicating the B performance, the number of days required from the process completion performance date / time of the A process to the process completion performance date / time of the B process is calculated and set.
  • the part process management unit 124 indicates an item indicating the production start date / time result of the process result management table 115e, an item indicating each process result (A, B, C result) of each process completion result date and time, and the number of delivery days. Based on the number of days set in the item, the total of all processes and the order delivery date are calculated. In addition, when the completion performance date / time is not set in the item indicating each process performance, the standard days are acquired with reference to the part standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d stored in the article process information storage unit 115, Calculate the total of all processes and the remaining delivery date.
  • Step ST5 The part process management unit 124 sets the calculated order delivery date as an item indicating the order delivery date in the record of the corresponding order command ID in the part order remaining table 113a stored in the part order information storage unit 113. .
  • the part process management unit 124 when the part process management unit 124 receives the gate passage information from the line terminal device 200, the part process management unit 124 acquires the progress of the part manufacturing process based on the gate ID and the passage time included in the gate passage information. Change the remaining delivery date.
  • step ST3 if there is no process result management record for the corresponding order command ID, the part process management unit 124 receives the order command ID that is not registered in the process result management table 115e and receives the order command. It is conceivable to generate a process result management record for ID. Alternatively, it may be generated in advance at the timing when parts are ordered from the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b (timing when the ordering command ID is newly generated).
  • step ST5 the part process management unit 124 delays the parts delivery date with respect to the sales terminal device 21, the ordering terminal device 22, and the terminal devices 41 and 42 when the order delivery date is changed after the initial delivery date. It is conceivable to send an alarm indicating that this is to be done. By notifying the delay of parts delivery in this way, the employees of the product manufacturing company 20 and suppliers 40, 40a, 40b are notified of the delivery delay earlier, reviewing the production plan, expanding the allocation of parts production resources, etc. Can be encouraged.
  • FIG. 31 is a sequence diagram illustrating a process of acquiring gate passage information. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 31 will be described in order of step number.
  • Step ST11 When the gate 310 communicates with the Kanban 60 and obtains the ordering instruction ID, the gate 310 transmits to the line terminal device 200 gate passage information including the obtained ordering instruction ID, the gate ID of the gate 310, and the passage date and time. The line terminal device 200 receives the gate passage information.
  • Step ST12 The line terminal device 200 transmits the gate passage information received in step ST11 to the management server 100.
  • the management server 100 receives the gate passage information, and for the record of the corresponding order command ID in the process result management table 115e stored in the article process information storage unit 115, the item indicating the production start date / time record includes the pass date / time of the gate 310. Set.
  • the passage date / time to the item indicating the production start date / time record, it is possible to set information on the scheduled process completion date and delivery date of the corresponding part with reference to the part standard process table 115b.
  • Step ST13 When the gate 320 communicates with the Kanban 60 and obtains the ordering instruction ID, the gate 320 transmits gate ordering information including the acquired ordering instruction ID, the gate ID of the gate 320, and the passage date and time to the line terminal device 200.
  • the line terminal device 200 receives the gate passage information.
  • Step ST14 The line terminal device 200 transmits the gate passage information received in step ST13 to the management server 100.
  • the management server 100 receives the gate passage information, and sets the passage date and time of the gate 320 in the item indicating each process completion record date (A process) for the record of the corresponding order command ID in the process record management table 115e. Then, the actual number of days required for the process A is calculated and set in an item indicating each process completion result date (A result).
  • the actual number of days of the A process can be calculated by the number of days required from the production start date and time to the completion actual result date and time of the A process. As a result, the total of all processes and the remaining delivery date are updated based on the completion results up to process A.
  • Step ST15 When the gate 330 communicates with the Kanban 60 and obtains the ordering instruction ID, the gate 330 transmits gate passage information including the obtained ordering instruction ID, the gate ID of the gate 330, and the passage date and time to the line terminal device 200.
  • the line terminal device 200 receives the gate passage information.
  • Step ST16 The line terminal device 200 transmits the gate passage information received in step ST15 to the management server 100.
  • the management server 100 receives the gate passage information, and sets the passage date and time of the gate 330 in the item indicating each process completion result date and time (B process) for the record of the corresponding ordering command ID in the process result management table 115e. Then, the actual number of days required for the process B is calculated, and set in an item indicating each process completion record date (B record).
  • the actual number of days of the B process can be calculated from the number of days required from the completion actual result date / time of the A process to the completion actual result date / time of the B process. As a result, the total of all processes and the remaining delivery date are updated according to the completion results up to the B process.
  • Step ST17 When the gate 340 communicates with the Kanban 60 and obtains the ordering command ID, the gate 340 transmits gate passage information including the obtained ordering command ID, the gate ID of the gate 340, and the passage date and time to the line terminal device 200.
  • the line terminal device 200 receives the gate passage information.
  • the line terminal device 200 transmits the gate passage information received in step ST17 to the management server 100.
  • the management server 100 receives the gate passage information, and sets the passage date and time of the gate 340 in an item indicating each process completion record date and time (C process) for the record of the corresponding order command ID in the process result management table 115e.
  • the actual number of days required for the C process is calculated, and set in an item indicating each process completion actual date and time (C actual result).
  • the actual number of days of the C process can be calculated from the number of days required from the completion actual result date / time of the B process to the completion actual result date / time of the C process.
  • the total of all processes and the remaining delivery date are updated based on the completion results up to the C process.
  • the line terminal apparatus 200 receives gate passage information from the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340. Then, the line terminal device 200 stores the received gate passage information in the gate passage information storage unit 210 and transmits it to the management server 100.
  • the management server 100 can acquire the progress status of the manufacturing process in the supplier 40 in real time. Next, a production management process procedure in the management server 100 will be described.
  • FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing the production management process. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 32 will be described in order of step number.
  • Step S1 Upon receiving an input of a new order from the sales terminal device 21, the management server 100 generates a new order record and stores it in the order table 112a stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112. In addition, the management server 100 generates a part requirement record based on the article master, the article configuration table, and the new order record stored in the article master storage unit 111, and the component requirement table stored in the part requirement information storage unit 112. 112b.
  • the management server 100 when receiving an input of a new order from the ordering terminal device 22, the management server 100 generates a part order record for the newly ordered part and stores it in the part order table 113 a stored in the part order information storage unit 113. Store. Also, the management server 100 updates the order delivery date of each part set in the part order remaining table 113a based on the gate passage information received from the line terminal device 200.
  • the management server 100 when the management server 100 receives an input of a new warehousing from the warehouse terminal device 26, the management server 100 generates a parts inventory record and stores it in the parts inventory table 114a stored in the parts inventory information storage unit 114.
  • Step S2 When any of the records in the component requirement table 112b, the component order remaining table 113a, and the component inventory table 114a is updated, the management server 100 acquires the figure number and version number of the component included in the record. To generate an update figure number record. The management server 100 registers the generated update figure number record in the update figure number table 116 a stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
  • the management server 100 generates an allocation target figure number table 116b based on the updated figure number table 116a and stores it in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
  • the management server 100 performs an allocation process for the part of the figure number and version number registered in the allocation target figure number table 116b, and generates an allocation detail record.
  • the management server 100 registers the generated allocation detail record in the allocation detail table 117 a stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117.
  • the management server 100 registers the order number, the figure number, and the version number of the product to be allocated in the allocation history table 117b stored in the component allocation details storage unit 117.
  • Step S5 The management server 100 identifies the order number for which the allocation process has been performed based on the allocation history table 117b, generates a surface alignment target management table 118a, and stores it in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118.
  • Step S6 The management server 100 performs a surface alignment process on the order number registered in the surface alignment target management table 118a, and generates a component surface alignment record.
  • the management server 100 registers the generated component surface alignment record in the component surface alignment table 118b stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118.
  • the management server 100 performs a manufacturing management process for the product based on the component surface alignment table 118b, and generates a manufacturing plan management record.
  • the management server 100 registers the generated manufacturing plan management record in the manufacturing plan management table 118 c stored in the part surface alignment information storage unit 118.
  • the management server 100 generates a delivery date reply table 119a based on the manufacturing plan management table 118c and stores it in the delivery date reply information storage unit 119.
  • the management server 100 receives a delivery date reply request from the sales terminal device 21, the management server 100 responds with delivery date reply information based on the delivery date reply table 119a.
  • the business terminal device 21 generates a delivery date reply screen based on the delivery date reply information and displays it on the monitor.
  • the management server 100 when the record is updated in the component requirement table 112b, the component order remaining table 113a, and the component inventory table 114a, the management server 100 performs an allocation process for the corresponding component.
  • the management server 100 executes surface alignment processing based on the result, and updates manufacturing management information and delivery date reply information.
  • FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing an update diagram number registration process. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 33 will be described in order of step number.
  • Step S11 The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 refers to the component requirement table 112b stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112 and determines whether or not the component requirement record has been updated. If there is an update in the component requirement record, the process proceeds to step S12. If there is no update in the component requirement record, the process proceeds to step S13.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 acquires the figure number and version number from the updated part requirement record. Then, the process proceeds to step S17.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 refers to the component order remaining table 113a stored in the part ordering information storage unit 113, and determines whether or not the part order remaining record has been updated. If there is an update in the part order remaining record, the process proceeds to step S14. If there is no update in the part order remaining record, the process proceeds to step S15.
  • the allocation target figure number obtaining unit 131 obtains the figure number and version number from the updated part order record. Then, the process proceeds to step S17.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 refers to the component inventory table 114a stored in the component inventory information storage unit 114, and determines whether or not the component inventory record has been updated. If there is an update in the parts inventory record, the process proceeds to step S16. If there is no update in the parts inventory record, the process is completed.
  • Step S16 The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 acquires the figure number and version number from the updated parts inventory record. Then, the process proceeds to step S17.
  • Step S17 The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 registers the acquired figure number and version number in the updated figure number table 116a stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 updates the parts to the updated figure number table 116a at the timing when any update of the parts requirement table 112b, the parts order remaining table 113a, and the parts inventory table 114a is detected. Register the figure number and version number.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 periodically refers to the component requirement table 112b, the component order remaining table 113a, and the component inventory table 114a to identify an updated record.
  • the figure number / version number of the updated part is registered in the updated figure number table 116a.
  • the drawing number / version number of the same part can be registered in the updated drawing number table 116a as a target to be allocated.
  • the allocation target figure number generation process shown below collects duplicate figure numbers and version numbers, and generates information for identifying the parts that are the targets of the allocation process.
  • FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing allocation target figure number generation processing. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 34 will be described in order of step number.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 acquires the updated figure number table 116a stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 arranges the records in the updated figure number table 116a by the figure number and the version number. For example, the records are sorted in ascending order of figure number / version number.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 extracts one record from each of the arranged records in a predetermined order (for example, ascending order of stored array numbers).
  • a predetermined order for example, ascending order of stored array numbers.
  • Step S ⁇ b> 24 Whether the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 is not registered in the allocation target figure number table 116 b stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116 with the figure number / version number included in the extracted record. Determine whether or not. If it is unregistered, the process proceeds to step S25. If it is not unregistered, that is, if it is registered, the process proceeds to step S26.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 registers the figure number / version number included in the extracted record in the allocation target figure number table 116b.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 deletes the record extracted in step S23 from the updated figure number table 116a. For example, the same figure number / version number stored in the array continuously by sorting can be deleted at once in this step.
  • Step S27 The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 has performed registration determination processing (processing of steps S23 to S26) in the allocation target figure number table 116b for all the records that have been aligned in the updated figure number table 116a. Determine. If all records have been processed, the process is completed. If there is an unprocessed record, the process proceeds to step S23.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 aggregates the duplicated figure number / version number records included in the updated figure number table 116a to generate the allocation target figure number table 116b. It is conceivable that the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 executes the above allocation figure number generation process at predetermined time intervals. Further, it is conceivable to execute at a timing when a predetermined number of records are registered in the updated figure number table 116a.
  • the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 may identify it with the allocation target figure number table 116b.
  • the updated figure number table 116a is the same as the allocation target figure number table 116b, the above allocation figure number generation process need not be performed.
  • every time an update record is generated in any of the component requirement table 112b, the component order remaining table 113a, and the component inventory table 114a the subsequent allocation process is performed on the record, so that immediacy is improved.
  • the immediacy required when operating the system (the update frequency of the manufacturing plan, delivery date reply information, etc.) ) Can be adjusted. For example, by changing the interval for executing the allocation diagram number generation process to 10 seconds, 1 minute, 10 minutes, etc., it is possible to construct an environment in consideration of the influence on the entire business department.
  • FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing the allocation process. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 35 will be described in order of step number.
  • the allocation method determination unit 132 refers to the allocation target figure number table 116b stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116 and acquires one allocation target figure number record.
  • the allocation method determination unit 132 refers to the article master 111a stored in the article master storage unit 111 based on the figure number / version number included in the acquired allocation target figure number record. Then, the allocation method determination unit 132 determines whether or not the corresponding component is a reserve allocation target component. If it is a reserve allocation target, the figure number / version number is output to the reserve allocation processing unit 133, and the process proceeds to step S33. If it is not a reserve allocation target, the figure number / version number is output to the quantity allocation processing unit 134, and the process proceeds to step S35.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 executes reserve allocation pre-processing based on the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132. Specifically, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 is stored in the allocation processing work area 150 in the component requirement information storage unit 112, the component order information storage unit 113, the component inventory information storage unit 114, and the component allocation detail storage unit 117. A part of each information is extracted as a snapshot and stored in the work area 150 for allocation processing.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 executes reserve allocation processing using information such as free requirements, free inventory, and free stock provided in the allocation processing work area 150 in the reserve allocation pre-processing, Generate an allocation detail record for parts.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 registers the generated allocation details record in the allocation details table 117 a stored in the parts allocation details storage unit 117. Then, the process proceeds to step S36.
  • Step S35 The quantity allocation processing unit 134 executes the quantity allocation process based on the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132, and generates an allocation detail record for the allocation target part.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 registers the generated allocation details record in the allocation details table 117a. Then, the process proceeds to step S36.
  • Step S36 The allocation method determination unit 132 determines whether allocation processing has been performed for all allocation target figure number records in the allocation target figure number table 116b. If all records have been allocated, the process is completed. If there is a record for which the allocation process has not been executed, the process proceeds to step S31.
  • the allocation method determination unit 132 determines whether to reserve for each part or to allocate a quantity with reference to the allocation target figure number record stored in the allocation target figure number table 116b and the article master 111a. To do. Then, according to the determined allocation processing method, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 and the quantity allocation processing unit 134 perform allocation processing for each component.
  • FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing reserve allocation pre-processing. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 36 will be described in order of step number.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 extracts the component requirement record stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112 using the figure number and version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132 as a key. Thereafter, each process is executed using the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132 as a key.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the extracted component requirement record in the free requirement storage unit 151.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 uses the figure number / version number as a key, the component order remaining table 113a stored in the component order information storage unit 113, and the allocation detail table stored in the component allocation detail storage unit 117. With reference to 117a, a part order record that is not allocated to any higher order article is extracted. Specifically, first, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the part order remaining table 113a, and identifies the part order remaining record of the corresponding figure number / version number.
  • the extracted part order record can be identified as a part order record that has not been assigned to any higher-level item.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the component inventory table 114a and the allocation details table 117a stored in the component inventory information storage unit 114 using the figure number and the version number as a key, and for any higher-level article. Extract parts inventory records that have not been allocated. Specifically, first, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the parts inventory table 114a and identifies the parts inventory record of the corresponding figure number / version number. Then, an inventory ID that is set in the part inventory record and that is not set as an allocation source in each record of the corresponding figure number / version number in the allocation detail table 117a is specified. As a result, the extracted parts inventory record can be identified as a parts inventory record that has not been assigned to any higher-level item. Then, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the extracted parts inventory record in the free inventory storage unit 153.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the extracted part order remaining record in the free order remaining storage unit 152. Also, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the extracted parts inventory record in the free inventory storage unit 153.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 uses the figure number / version number as a key, and the allocation details record that has already been associated (allocated) with the remaining parts or the inventory components from the allocation details table 117a. To extract.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 can specify a record that is set in the item indicating the inventory ID / remaining ID among the allocation detail records of the corresponding figure number / version number in the allocation detail table 117a as the allocated record.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the allocated allocation detail record in the allocation detail reserve storage unit 154.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 obtains the total S ⁇ b> 1 of the required number of records whose priority classification is “1” among the component required records stored in the free requirement storage unit 151.
  • the reserve allocation process part 133 was set to the item which shows the allocation number of the record by which the required ID corresponding to priority classification "1" was set among the allocation detailed records stored in the allocation detailed reserve memory
  • the sum S2 of values is obtained.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 determines whether the difference S3 can be allocated from the free stock. If allocation is not possible, an allocation detail record having a priority classification of “0” in the component requirement record corresponding to the requirement ID is specified among the allocation detail records stored in the allocation detail reserve storage unit 154. Then, among the specified provision detail records, the provision date record set in the item indicating the required date is the latest provision detail record, and the parts inventory record is used as the provision source. Allocation is made to the allocation detail record corresponding to the priority category “1” by the amount obtained by subtracting the amount that can be allocated from the free stock from the difference S3. That is, the order number and the required ID set in the allocation detail record having the priority order “0” and the different order number are changed to the order number and the required ID of the corresponding record in the priority order “1”.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores information on free requirements, free inventory, free stock, and reserved details in the allocation processing work area 150 as pre-processing for reserve allocation processing.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 when it is not possible to secure the necessary number of allocations from the free stock for the allocation detail record that is the target of the priority allocation, Reserve from the detail record. At this time, the allocation is performed from the latest allocation schedule record that is not subject to priority allocation, from the latest allocation date. In this way, the influence on the production plan and delivery date of each product can be minimized.
  • step S48 need not be executed.
  • the reserve allocation process in step S34 will be described.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 uses the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132 as a key, and the allocation details record registered in the allocation details table 117a stored in the parts allocation details storage unit 117 Is deleted. This is because the allocation detail record of the corresponding figure number / version number is duplicated in the allocation detail reserve storage unit 154, and the allocation processing is performed again by the following processing. Thereafter, each process is executed using the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132 as a key.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 acquires one part requirement record stored in the free requirement storage unit 151 using the figure number and the version number as a key. [Step S53] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 acquires the required ID set in the component required record.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 searches the allocation details record stored in the allocation details reserve storage unit 154 using the acquired required ID as a key. [Step S55] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 determines whether there is an allocation detail record in which the corresponding required ID is set. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S56. If not, the process proceeds to step S58.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores all allocation detail records extracted as a result of the search in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the allocation detail record stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 and determines whether there is a required remaining number for the corresponding component required record. If there is no required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S70. If there is a required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S58.
  • the presence / absence of the required remaining number can be determined from the difference between the required remaining number before allocation set in the allocation detail record and the allocated number. For example, when the required remaining number before allocation of the allocation detail record is “60” and the allocation number is “10”, the difference between these is “50”.
  • Step S58 The reserve allocation processing unit 133 searches the parts inventory record stored in the free inventory storage unit 153 using the figure number and version number as a key.
  • Step S59 The reserve allocation processing unit 133 determines whether there is a parts inventory record in which the corresponding figure number / version number is set. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S60. If not, the process proceeds to step S63.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 generates an allocation detail record for the corresponding order number, required ID, component diagram number / version number based on the component inventory record acquired as a result of the search.
  • the allocation detail record is generated in association with the parts inventory record. That is, when a plurality of parts inventory records can be acquired, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 generates a plurality of allocation detail records whose allocation category is “inventory” for each inventory ID of each parts inventory record.
  • a value obtained by subtracting the total number of allocations from the required number is set in the order in which the allocation detail records are generated.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the generated allocation detail record in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the allocation detail record stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 and determines whether there is a required remaining number for the corresponding component required record. If there is no required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S70. If there is a required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S63.
  • Step S ⁇ b> 63 The reserve allocation processing unit 133 searches the part order remaining record stored in the free order remaining storage unit 152 using the figure number / version number as a key. [Step S64] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 determines whether there is a part order remaining record in which the corresponding figure number / version number is set. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S65. If not, the process proceeds to step S67.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 generates an allocation detail record for the corresponding order number, required ID, part diagram number / version number, based on the part order record acquired as a result of the search.
  • the allocation detail record is generated in association with the part order record.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 generates a plurality of allocation detail records whose allocation category is “Notes” for each item ID of each component note record.
  • a value obtained by subtracting the sum of the allocation numbers so far from the required number in the order in which the allocation detail records are generated is set.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the generated allocation detail record in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the allocation detail record stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 to determine whether there is a required remaining number for the corresponding component required record. If there is a required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S68. If there is no required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S69.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 generates an allocation detail record for the allocation category “shortage” in which the required remaining number and the allocation number “0” are set, and stores the allocation detail record in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 registers the order number and figure number / version number of the newly generated allocation detail record in the allocation history table 117b stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117.
  • Step S70 The reserve allocation processing unit 133 determines whether or not reserve allocation processing has been executed for all the component requirement records stored in the free requirement storage unit 151. If all the component requirement records have been processed, the process proceeds to step S71. If there is an unprocessed part requirement record, the process proceeds to step S52. Note that the part requirement record for which the reserve allocation process is performed this time is treated as being processed, and is excluded from the record acquisition process in step S52.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 registers all allocation details records stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 in the allocation details table 117a stored in the part allocation details storage unit 117.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 clears information stored in the allocation processing work area 150. In this way, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 can perform allocation in consideration of the allocated products that have already been allocated from inventory or inventory.
  • the reserve allocation processing unit 133 performs the reserve allocation processing with priority from the closest to the required date. At that time, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 allocates from the free order remaining from the order with the short remaining order. As a result, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the order delivery date is not in time even though the required date for parts is approaching.
  • FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing the quantity allocation process. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 39 will be described in order of step number.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 uses the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132 as a key, and the allocation details record registered in the allocation details table 117a stored in the part allocation details storage unit 117 Is deleted. This is because the allocation detail record of the corresponding figure number / version number is recreated by the following processing. Thereafter, each process is executed using the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132 as a key.
  • Step S82 The quantity allocation processing unit 134 acquires one component requirement record from the component requirement table 112b stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112 using the figure number / version number as a key.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 acquires the required number set in the component required record. [Step S84] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 searches for a component inventory record from the component inventory table 114a stored in the component inventory information storage unit 114 using the figure number and the version number as a key.
  • Step S85 The quantity allocation processing unit 134 determines whether there is a parts inventory record in which the corresponding figure number / version number is set. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S86. If not, the process proceeds to step S89.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 generates an allocation detail record for the order number, required ID, part diagram number / version number of the corresponding part requirement record, based on the part inventory record acquired as a result of the search.
  • the allocation detail record is generated in association with the parts inventory record as described in step S60 of FIG.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 stores the generated allocation detail record in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 refers to the allocation detail record stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 to determine whether there is a required remaining number for the corresponding component required record. If there is no required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S95. If there is a required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S89.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 searches for a part order record from the part order table 113a stored in the part order information storage unit 113 using the figure number and the version number as a key. [Step S90] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 determines whether there is a part order remaining record in which the corresponding figure number / version number is set. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S91. If not, the process proceeds to step S93.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 generates an allocation detail record for the order number, the required ID, and the part diagram number / version number of the corresponding part requirement record based on the part order remaining record acquired as a result of the search.
  • the allocation detail record is generated in association with the component order remaining record as described in step S65 of FIG.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 stores the generated allocation detail record in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 refers to the allocation detail record stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 to determine whether there is a required remaining number for the corresponding component required record. If there is a required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S94. If there is no required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S95.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 generates an allocation detail record for the allocation category “shortage” in which the required remaining number and the allocation number “0” are set, and stores the allocation detail record in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 registers the order number and figure number / version number of the newly generated allocation detail record in the allocation history table 117b stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117.
  • Step S96 The quantity allocation processing unit 134 determines whether or not the quantity allocation process has been executed for all the part requirement records for the same drawing number / version number in the component requirement table 112b. If all parts required records for the same drawing number / version number have been processed, the process proceeds to step S97. If there is an unprocessed part requirement record, the process proceeds to step S82. It should be noted that the part requirement records for the same drawing number / version number that have undergone the current quantity allocation process are treated as processed and are excluded from the record acquisition process in step S82.
  • Step S97 The quantity allocation processing unit 134 registers all the allocation details records stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 in the allocation details table 117a stored in the parts allocation details storage unit 117. Then, the quantity allocation processing unit 134 clears the information stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
  • the quantity allocation processing unit 134 performs the quantity allocation process by reallocating all necessary parts for a certain part. At this time, the quantity allocation processing unit 134 performs the quantity allocation process with priority from the closest date. At that time, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 allocates from the component order remaining table 113a in the order of the remaining order delivery date. As a result, as in the case of the reserve allocation process, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the due date is not in time even though the required date for the parts is approaching.
  • the allocation process is sequentially executed for the parts of each figure number / version number registered in the allocation target figure number table 116b.
  • the surface alignment target extraction process in step S5 will be described.
  • FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing surface alignment target extraction processing.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 refers to the allocation history table 117b stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117, and acquires the order number of the allocation detail record updated in the allocation detail table 117a. If there are a plurality of allocation history records with the same order number in the allocation history table 117b, they are aggregated into one record. The process for that can be performed by the same method as the allocation object figure number generation process shown, for example in FIG.
  • Step S ⁇ b> 102 The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 registers the acquired order number in the surface alignment target management table 118 a stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118. [Step S103] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 deletes the allocation history record for the acquired order number from the allocation history table 117b.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 aggregates the records of the duplicate order numbers included in the allocation history table 117b to generate the surface alignment target management table 118a.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 can identify an order number to be subjected to surface alignment processing by referring to the surface alignment object management table 118a.
  • FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing the surface alignment process. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 41 will be described in order of step number.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 acquires one surface alignment target record from the surface alignment target management table 118 a stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118. [Step S112] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 acquires an order number included in the surface alignment target record.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 deletes the component surface alignment record registered in the component surface alignment table 118b stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118 using the acquired order number as a key. This is because the part surface alignment record of the corresponding order number is re-created by the following processing.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 acquires an allocation detail record from the allocation detail table 117a stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117 using the order number as a key.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 generates one component surface alignment record in which the same order number, figure number / version number, and required number are set from the acquired allocation detail record. That is, when the plane order information update processing unit 141 acquires a plurality of allocation detail records having the same order number from the allocation detail table 117a but having different figure numbers / version numbers, one part is assigned to each figure number / version number. Generate a flush record.
  • the allocation detail record having the order number “OR001” in the allocation detail table 117a has three types of figure numbers “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” (all version numbers are “V01”). Accordingly, the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 generates three component surface alignment records corresponding to the three types of figure numbers for the order number “OR001”.
  • Step S115 The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 determines whether there is an allocation detail record whose allocation category is “inventory” among the acquired allocation detail records. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S116. If not, the process proceeds to step S118.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 calculates the total number of allocations included in the allocation detail record whose allocation category is “inventory” for each figure number / version number, and generates the calculated values.
  • Set in the item indicating the number of inventory reserves in the side-by-side record. For example, in the allocation detail table 117a, there are 3 records for the part with the drawing number “DR011” whose allocation classification is “inventory”. Then, from the total number of allocations set in each allocation detail record, the inventory allocation number can be calculated as “30 + 10 + 10 50”.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 sets the date of the required date set in the allocation detail record in the item indicating the inventory component surface alignment date of the component surface alignment record of each figure number / version number. .
  • the required date of the part with the drawing number “DR011” is “2009/9/1”. Therefore, “2009/9/1” is set as the inventory part surface alignment date.
  • Step S118 The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 determines whether there is an allocation detail record whose allocation classification is “remaining” among the acquired allocation detail records. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S119. If not, the process proceeds to step S121.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 executes the following processing for the allocation detail record whose allocation classification is “remaining order”.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 calculates the total number of allocations for each drawing number / version number even though the remaining delivery date is within the initial delivery date. Set in the item indicating the number of remaining reserves (within delivery date). For example, in the allocation detail table 117a, there is one record in which the allocation classification is “Note” for the part of the drawing number “DR011”.
  • the order delivery date set in the allocation detail record is “2009/8/31”, which is in time for the initial delivery date (required date) “2009/9/1”.
  • the allocation number “50” is set to the remaining allocation number (within the delivery date) of the part surface alignment record of the figure number “DR011”.
  • the required date of the allocation details table 117a is treated as the initial delivery date (the same applies hereinafter).
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 calculates the total number of allocations for each drawing number / version number, although the remaining order delivery date is delayed from the initial delivery date, and generates the calculated value for each component surface alignment record.
  • the record “2009/9/2” is not in time for the initial delivery date (required date) “2009/9/1” (in the case of A2). Accordingly, the allocation number “10” is set as the remaining allocation number (delay) of the part surface alignment record of the figure number “DR012”.
  • each part number and version number For each part number and version number, set the date with the latest order delivery date in the item indicating the order delivery date in each part alignment record. For example, in the allocation details table 117a, there are those with a part number “DR012” of the drawing number “2009/9/1” and “2009/9/2” for the order remaining delivery date. In this case, “2009/9/2”, which is the latest date for the part surface alignment record of the drawing number “DR012”, is set as the order delivery date.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 acquires a date with the latest order delivery date among the component surface alignment records having the same order number.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 sets the acquired date as an item indicating the remaining part surface alignment date of the component surface alignment record of each drawing number / version number. For example, in the part surface alignment table 118b, the latest date of the order delivery date is “2009/9/2” among the three records having the order number “OR001”. Therefore, “2009/9/2” is set for the remaining part surface alignment date of these three records.
  • Step S121 The surface arrangement information update processing unit 141 determines whether or not there is an unallocated item among the acquired allocation details records, that is, an allocation details record whose allocation category is “out of stock”. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S122. If not, the process proceeds to step S124.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 executes the following processing for an allocation detail record whose allocation classification is “unallocated”.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 calculates the total of the estimated delivery date within the initial delivery date for each figure number and version number, and has not arranged each component surface alignment record that generated the calculated value (within the delivery date) ).
  • the assumed delivery date is an expected delivery date when an order is placed with the suppliers 40, 40a and 40b from the present time. For example, it is assumed that the total number of days required for manufacturing and delivery of each part set in the part standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d stored in the article process information storage unit 115 is regarded as a standard lead time until the part is received.
  • the delivery date can be calculated.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 calculates, for each drawing number / version number, the total of the estimated delivery date delayed from the initial delivery date, and has not arranged each component surface alignment record that generated the calculated value (delay ).
  • delay For example, in the allocation details table 117a, there is a “out of stock” part for the part number “DR013”.
  • the standard lead time for the part number “DR013” takes “4 days” from the part standard process table 115b. Therefore, assuming that the current date is August 30, 2009, if an order is placed with the supplier 40 for the part “DR013” from the present time, the estimated delivery date can be calculated as “2009/9/3”. However, this estimated delivery date is not in time for the initial delivery date “2009/9/1”. For this reason, the quantity “10” for the shortage is set in the unallocated (delayed) part surface alignment record of the drawing number “DR013”.
  • the date with the latest expected delivery date for each part number / version number is set in the item indicating the undelivered part delivery date of each part alignment record.
  • the component surface alignment table 118b only the component “DR013” includes those in the “out of stock” state. For this reason, “2009/9/3”, which is an assumed delivery date for “DR013” not yet arranged (delayed), is set as the unallocated parts delivery date. For other records, "-" (no setting) is displayed.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 acquires a date with the latest estimated delivery date (unarranged component delivery date) among the component surface alignment records having the same order number.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 sets the acquired date as an item indicating the unarranged component surface alignment date of the component surface alignment record of each drawing number / version number.
  • the part surface alignment table 118b of the three records of the order number “OR001”, only the part “DR013” has the unarranged part delivery date set. For this reason, the date “2009/9/3” is set as the unarranged parts alignment date of each record.
  • Step S124 The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 determines whether or not the surface alignment processing has been completed for all the surface alignment target records registered in the surface alignment object management table 118a. If it has been processed, the process is completed. If not, the process proceeds to step S111. Note that the surface alignment target record that has been subjected to the surface alignment processing this time is treated as processed. That is, the corresponding record is excluded from the record acquisition process in step S111. When the process is completed, the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 clears information registered in the surface alignment target management table 118a.
  • the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 performs surface alignment processing for the allocation detail record of the order number that has been updated in the allocation detail table 117a. It should be noted that it is conceivable that the date of surface preparation of unreserved parts / unarranged parts will be ahead of the original delivery date for all parts corresponding to a certain order number. In that case, it is conceivable that the surface finish date of the remaining parts / unarranged parts is the later one for the stock parts. If it does in this way, it will become possible to set up the manufacture start of a product ahead of time by the below-mentioned processing. For this reason, adjustment with the manufacturing schedule of other products becomes possible from an earlier date, and manufacturing resources can be utilized more efficiently.
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 can generate a product manufacturing plan based on the component surface alignment table 118b generated as described above. Next, the manufacturing management information generation process in step S7 will be described.
  • FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing manufacturing management information generation processing. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 42 will be described in order of step number.
  • Step S ⁇ b> 131 The manufacturing management unit 142 acquires a component surface alignment record of the updated order number from the component surface alignment table 118 b stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118. At this time, the manufacturing management unit 142 acquires all the component surface alignment records having the same order number.
  • Step S132 The manufacturing management unit 142 deletes the manufacturing plan management record registered in the manufacturing plan management table 118c stored in the part surface alignment information storage unit 118 using the order number as a key. This is because the production plan management record of the corresponding order number is recreated by the following processing.
  • Step S133 The manufacturing management unit 142 generates a manufacturing plan management record for each order number and each drawing number / version number of the part surface alignment record acquired in step S131. Then, the manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the quantity of each part that can be used for manufacturing the product based on the inventory allocation number set for each part in the acquired part surface alignment record. The manufacturing management unit 142 sets the calculated quantity of each part to an item indicating the number of used (inventory) of each newly generated manufacturing plan management record.
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 refers to the article master 111a and the article configuration table 111b stored in the article master storage unit 111, and in order to generate the product “PD001”, each of these parts is in a 2: 1: 1 ratio. Detect that it is necessary. As a result, the manufacturing management unit 142 can recognize that the usable number “20” of “DR013” determines the upper limit number of products manufactured by inventory parts.
  • the number of parts used can be specified as “40”, “20”, and “20”.
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 performs setting for each item of the newly generated manufacturing plan management record.
  • the production management unit 142 sets the date set in the item indicating the inventory part surface alignment date of the component surface alignment record in the item indicating the date of commencement (stock).
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the date until the trial has been completed and sets it as an item indicating the date of trial (inventory), assuming that the production has started on the date of commencement date (inventory).
  • the production management unit 142 refers to the product standard process table 115a stored in the article process information storage unit 115, and adds the total number of days until the trial to the date of the start date (stock). Calculations can be made.
  • the start date (inventory) for the manufacturing plan management record with the order number “OR001” is “2009/9/1”. Further, the corresponding product “PD001” requires “15 days” until trial is completed according to the product standard process table 115a. Therefore, “2009/9/15” is set as the date of trial (inventory).
  • Step S135 The manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the quantity of each part that can be used for manufacturing the product including the remaining parts in the delivery date.
  • the production management unit 142 sets the calculated quantity of each part as an item indicating the number of use of each production plan management record (within the order delivery date).
  • the number of parts used, including parts within the remaining delivery date is “40”, “20”, “20”. " Therefore, “40”, “20”, and “20” are set in the items indicating the number of used parts (within the order delivery date).
  • the production management unit 142 calculates the quantity of each part that can be used in the production of the product, including the delivery delay delayed parts.
  • the production management unit 142 sets the calculated quantity of each part as an item indicating the number of uses (remaining delay) of each production plan management record.
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 sets an item indicating the date (starting) that can be started as follows. (C1) The manufacturing management unit 142, when the product can be manufactured including the undelivered parts with late delivery date, includes the item with the delivery date delayed with the remaining delivery date in the item indicating the start date. Set a later date.
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 If the manufacturing management unit 142 cannot manufacture the product including the undelivered parts due to the delivery date and can manufacture the product including the unordered parts within the due date, the manufacturing management unit 142 will indicate the date when the product can start. The latest date is set in the item to be indicated.
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the date until the trial has been completed and sets the item indicating the date of trial (the remainder), assuming that the production has started on the date of the commencement date (the remainder).
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 can perform this calculation by referring to the product standard process table 115a and adding the total number of days until the trial is completed to the date of the start date (note remaining).
  • the start date (note) is “2009/9/1” for the manufacturing plan management record of the order number “OR001”. Further, the corresponding product “PD001” requires “15 days” until trial is completed according to the product standard process table 115a. Therefore, “2009/9/15” is set as the date of trial (note remaining).
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the quantity of each part that can be used for manufacturing the product, including unarranged parts within the delivery date.
  • the production management unit 142 sets the calculated quantity of each part as an item indicating the number of use of each production plan record (within an unallocated delivery date).
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the quantity of each part that can be used in the manufacture of the product, including parts that have not yet been delivered.
  • the production management unit 142 sets the calculated quantity of each part as an item indicating the number of uses (unarranged delay) of each production plan record.
  • Step S140 The manufacturing management unit 142 sets an item indicating the date (unarranged) that can be started as follows. (D1) When the manufacture management unit 142 can manufacture a product including undelivered parts, the latest delivery date of the undelivered parts in the item indicating the start date (unarranged) is the latest. Set the date.
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 does not manufacture the product including the parts that are not yet delivered due to delivery, and if the product can be manufactured including the parts that are not yet delivered within the delivery date, The latest date of the assumed delivery date of the parts not yet arranged within the delivery date is set in the item shown.
  • the item indicating the date (unarranged) that can be started is “-” (no setting).
  • the production plan management record of the order number “OR001” can be manufactured including the parts that have not been delivered due to the delivery date (in the case of D1).
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 obtains “2009/9/3” having the latest estimated delivery date from the parts surface alignment record among the undelivered parts that have not been delivered, and sets them as possible start dates (unarranged).
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the date until the trial has been completed and sets it as an item indicating the date of trial (unarranged), assuming that the manufacturing has started on the date of commencement (unarranged).
  • the production management unit 142 can perform this calculation by referring to the product standard process table 115a and adding the total number of days until the trial is completed to the date of commencement date (unarranged).
  • the start date (unarranged) for the manufacturing plan management record of the order number “OR001” is “2009/9/3”. Further, the corresponding product “PD001” requires “15 days” until trial is completed according to the product standard process table 115a. Therefore, “2009/9/17” is set as the date of trial (unarranged).
  • Step S141 The manufacturing management unit 142 determines whether or not the production plan information has been generated for the part surface alignment records of all the order numbers for which the component surface alignment table 118b has been updated. If there is an unprocessed part surface alignment record, the process proceeds to step S131. If all the component surface alignment records have been processed, the processing is completed. Note that the part surface alignment record for which the production plan information generation process is performed this time is handled as processed. That is, the corresponding record is excluded from the record acquisition process in step S131.
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 can generate the manufacturing plan management table 118c based on the component surface alignment table 118b.
  • the manufacturing plan management table 118c reflects the process progress of parts in the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b immediately. Therefore, the production management unit 142 can accurately manage the date when the production of each product can be started by the production plan management table 118c.
  • the manufacturing management unit 142 can manage the competition status of manufacturing schedules with other products based on the manufacturing plan management table 118c. In addition, it is possible to perform manufacturing management such as assigning to each product on the factory line, changing the schedule for starting the manufacturing, and giving a product manufacturing instruction. In addition, the manufacturing management unit 142 can manage the process of the factory line and issue a shipping instruction for a product that has been manufactured. This makes it possible to efficiently manage from product manufacture to shipment.
  • FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing delivery date reply information generation processing.
  • Step S151 The delivery date reply information generation unit 143 obtains a production plan management record of the updated order number in the production plan management table 118c stored in the part surface alignment information storage unit 118. At this time, the delivery date response information generation unit 143 acquires all the production plan management records of the same order number.
  • Step S152 The delivery date reply information generation unit 143 deletes the delivery date reply record registered in the delivery date reply table 119a stored in the delivery date reply information storage unit 119 using the order number as a key. This is because the delivery date response record of the corresponding order number is recreated by the following processing.
  • the delivery date response information generation unit 143 generates one delivery date response record with the order number of the manufacturing plan management record acquired in step S151.
  • the delivery date response information generation unit 143 sets one product drawing number / version number set in each manufacturing plan management record acquired in this delivery date response record.
  • the delivery date response information generation unit 143 calculates the quantity of products that can be manufactured based on the number of uses (inventory) set for each part of the acquired manufacturing plan management record.
  • the delivery date response information generation unit 143 sets the calculated quantity as an item indicating the production possible number (inventory) of each newly created delivery date response record.
  • the delivery date reply table 119a there are three records “OR001” in the production plan management table 118c for the record of the order number “OR001”.
  • the number of parts used (inventory) of “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” in each production plan management record is “40”, “20”, and “20”.
  • the delivery date response information generation unit 143 refers to the article master 111a and the article configuration table 111b stored in the article master storage unit 111, and each of these parts has a quantity “10” in order to generate the product “PD001”. It detects that only “5” and “5” are necessary. Thereby, the delivery date reply information generation part 143 can specify that the quantity of the product which can be manufactured with stock parts is "4". Therefore, “4” is set in the item indicating the production possible number (inventory).
  • the delivery date response information generation unit 143 performs setting for each item of the newly generated delivery date response record.
  • the delivery date reply information generating unit 143 calculates the quantity of products that can be manufactured including the remaining parts within the delivery date.
  • the delivery date reply information generation unit 143 sets the calculated quantity as an item indicating the number that can be manufactured (within the remaining delivery date).
  • the delivery date reply information generation unit 143 can specify that the quantity of products that can be manufactured including the remaining parts in the delivery date is “4”. Therefore, “4” is set in the item indicating the number of products that can be manufactured (within the order delivery date).
  • the delivery date response information generation unit 143 calculates the quantity of products that can be manufactured including the delivery date delayed remaining parts.
  • the delivery date reply information generating unit 143 sets the calculated quantity as an item indicating the number of manufacturable products (remaining delay).
  • the number of parts used (“remaining delay”) of “DR011”, “DR012”, “DR013” in each manufacturing plan management record corresponding to the record of the order number “OR001” is “0”. , “0”, “0”. Therefore, “0” is set in the item indicating the number of manufacturable products (remaining delay).
  • the delivery date reply information generating unit 143 calculates the quantity of products that can be manufactured including unarranged parts within the delivery date.
  • the delivery date reply information generation unit 143 sets the calculated quantity as an item indicating the number that can be manufactured (within the unallocated delivery date).
  • the number of parts used in “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” of each production plan management record corresponding to the record of the order number “OR001” is “0”. ",” 0 ",” 0 ". Therefore, “0” is set in the item indicating the number of manufacturable products (within the unallocated delivery date).
  • the delivery date reply information generation unit 143 calculates the quantity of products that can be manufactured including parts that have not been delivered yet.
  • the delivery date reply information generating unit 143 sets the calculated quantity as an item indicating the number that can be manufactured (unarranged delay).
  • the number of used parts (unarranged delay) of “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” in each production plan management record corresponding to the record of the order number “OR001” is “20”. , “10”, “10”. Therefore, “2” is set in the item indicating the number of manufacturable products (unarranged delay).
  • Step S158 The delivery date response information generation unit 143 acquires the latest date of the start date of the start of the acquired production plan management record, and sets it as an item indicating the final surface alignment (start) scheduled date.
  • the available dates of stock, remnant, and unarranged corresponding to the record of the order number “OR001” are “2009/9/1”, “2009/9/1”, “2009/9/3”. Therefore, “2009/9/3” is set in the item indicating the final surface alignment (start) scheduled date.
  • the delivery date reply information generating unit 143 acquires the latest date of the date of trial from the acquired production plan management record, and sets it as an item indicating the scheduled date of final trial.
  • the respective dates of inventory, remnant, and unarranged corresponding to the record of the order number “OR001” are “2009/9/15”, “2009/9/15”, “2009/9/17”. Therefore, “2009/9/17” is set in the item indicating the scheduled final trial date.
  • the delivery date reply information generation unit 143 can also obtain the scheduled final date by adding the standard process days of the product to the final surface alignment (start) scheduled date acquired in step S158.
  • the delivery date response information generation unit 143 determines whether delivery date response information has been generated for the production plan management records of all the order numbers for which the production plan management table 118c has been updated. If there is an unprocessed manufacturing plan management record, the process proceeds to step S151. If all the production plan management records that have been updated have been processed, the processing is completed. Note that the manufacturing plan management record for which the delivery date reply information is generated this time is treated as processed. That is, the corresponding record is excluded from the record acquisition process in step S151.
  • the delivery date response information generation unit 143 generates the delivery date response table 119a.
  • the delivery date reply table 119a immediately reflects the progress of the parts manufacturing process in the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b. For this reason, the delivery date reply processing unit 144 makes a delivery date reply based on the delivery date reply table 119a, thereby enabling a highly accurate delivery date reply in accordance with the current situation.
  • the delivery date response information generation unit 143 manages the number of products that can be manufactured according to the purchase status of parts (stocked items, unordered items, unordered items). As a result, when a delay in the delivery date of the product to the customer occurs, it is possible to grasp whether it is due to a delivery delay delayed remaining part or due to an undelivered part. As a result, it is possible to identify an unreserved part or an unarranged part that is a bottleneck by referring to the part surface alignment table 118b or the manufacturing plan management table 118c, and to follow procurement of the part at an early stage. For example, it may be possible to take measures such as requesting new orders from other suppliers, expanding parts manufacturing resources, or considering application of alternative parts.
  • the product manufactured by the product manufacturing company 20 may be an intermediate product.
  • the intermediate product is an article manufactured by the product manufacturing company 20, but is an article that is a part of another higher-level article. Since the intermediate product is also an article manufactured by the product manufacturing company 20, it can be managed by the article master storage unit 111 and the like as with other products.
  • the intermediate product can be managed by the parts order remaining table 113a (for example, the ordering party is managed as its own factory). For this reason, a change in the scheduled date of trial of an intermediate product is a change in delivery date as a part of the intermediate product. Therefore, in such a case, the change in the scheduled delivery date of the part purchase remaining table 113a is changed by changing the scheduled date of trial as the change in the delivery date of the intermediate product. As a result, even when the scheduled date for trial of the intermediate product is changed, the influence can be immediately reflected in the manufacturing process of the upper article.
  • FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a delivery date reply screen.
  • the delivery date reply screen 400 is generated based on the delivery date reply table 119a stored in the delivery date reply information storage unit 119 by the delivery date reply processing unit 144 in response to a delivery date reply request from the sales terminal device 21 or the like.
  • the delivery date reply screen 400 is displayed on the monitor of the sales terminal device 21 or the like.
  • the delivery date response request includes an order number indicating an order for which the delivery date response is to be confirmed.
  • the delivery date response processing unit 144 can extract a corresponding delivery date response record from the delivery date response table 119a based on the order number.
  • the delivery date reply screen 400 includes information such as an order number, customer name, product name, product number, quantity, reply delivery date, and update date / time.
  • Information such as the order number, customer name, product name, product number, and quantity can be acquired from the order master table 111 a stored in the article master storage unit 111 and the order table 112 a stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112. .
  • the answer delivery date can be acquired by adding the standard number of days necessary for delivery based on the scheduled final date of the delivery date reply table 119a.
  • the scheduled final date “2009/9/17” can be acquired from the delivery date reply record for the order number “OR001”.
  • the standard delivery number “1 day” necessary for delivery is added to this, and the answer delivery date “2009/9/18” is displayed.
  • various information such as the standard number of days necessary for delivery is stored in advance in the delivery date reply information storage unit 119.
  • a time stamp indicating the generation date and time of the delivery date response record based on the delivery date response screen 400 is displayed. It is conceivable that the time stamp response information generation unit 143 assigns the time stamp to the due date response record at the timing when each due date response record is generated. For example, the employee of the product manufacturing company 20 can grasp whether or not the delivery date has changed since the previous delivery date response confirmation by confirming this time stamp.
  • FIG. 45 is a diagram showing the reflection from the collection of various data to the production plan.
  • the management server 100 collects new order information, parts inventory information, and update information of progress information in the manufacturing process of ordered parts from the sales terminal device 21, the warehouse terminal device 26, and the line terminal device 200.
  • the order receiving / order management unit 120 updates the component requirement table 112b stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112 in real time based on the input.
  • the ordered / ordered product management unit 120 places an order for a missing part, a part to be regularly ordered, or the like from the supplier 40, it updates the part order remaining table 113 a stored in the part ordering information storage unit 113 in real time.
  • the order-order-item management unit 120 receives the part inventory stored in the parts inventory information storage unit 114 based on the contents.
  • the table 114a is updated in real time.
  • the order receiving / order management unit 120 stores the article process information based on the contents.
  • the process performance management table 115e stored in the unit 115 is updated in real time. As a result, when a change occurs in the remaining order delivery date, the changed delivery date is reflected in the parts order remaining table 113a in real time.
  • the part allocation processing unit 130 manufactures a product based on the updated data. Provision of parts for Based on the allocation result, the production plan management unit 140 can generate a production plan management table 118c for managing the product production plan and a delivery date reply table 119a for making a delivery date reply.
  • the allocation timing by the parts allocation processing unit 130 is changed according to the operation. For example, it may be executed at a predetermined time interval, executed at a timing when a predetermined number of update data is accumulated, or executed at a timing when an update is detected with any data.
  • the timing of the allocation process in this way, it is possible to adjust the immediacy (update frequency of manufacturing plan, delivery date reply information, etc.) required when operating the system. For example, by changing the interval for executing the allocation diagram number generation process to 10 seconds, 1 minute, 10 minutes, etc., it is possible to construct an environment in consideration of the influence on the entire business department. It is also conceivable to adjust the allocation processing load of the management server 100 by changing the number of update records to “100”, “200”, “300”, etc.
  • Such a timing setting change can be performed, for example, by an operation input that designates any timing on the management server 100 by a person who has an operation authority to the management server 100.
  • the management server 100 may provide a terminal device via the network 10 with a GUI that can be operated only by a person who has authority to perform such an environment setting.
  • FIG. 46 is a diagram showing information linkage between departments and with suppliers.
  • the management server 100 centrally manages various types of information in the management information storage unit 110.
  • Employees of the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b manage the management information storage unit 110 via the sales terminal device 21, the ordering terminal device 22, the warehouse terminal device 26, the terminal devices 41 and 42, the line terminal device 200, and the like. Can be accessed.
  • the operations that can be performed on the management information storage unit 110 are restricted depending on, for example, the company, department, or position to which the employee belongs.
  • the management server 100 can manage such access restrictions in association with the identification information of the employee.
  • each department often operates different systems. This was especially true if the companies were different, such as between a product manufacturer and a supplier. In this case, it is necessary to synchronize data managed between departments and between companies. For example, data is shared by batch processing such as daily or data input through a person. In that case, if data inconsistency occurred, the accuracy of the manufacturing plan and the delivery date response was reduced.
  • each department of the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b can access the management information storage unit 110 that centrally manages information. For this reason, it is not necessary to manage data individually in each department / company. This makes it possible to share production management information on products and parts in real time between the departments of the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, 40b. In other words, it is possible to realize comprehensive production management from order receipt to delivery to customers in each department / company. In addition, since it is not necessary to consider the consistency of data in each department / company, data management is facilitated, and accuracy of various information such as manufacturing plans and delivery date responses can be improved.
  • the production management apparatus, production management system, production management program, and production management method of the present invention have been described based on the illustrated embodiments.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto, and the configuration of each unit has the same function. It can be replaced with one having any structure. Moreover, other arbitrary structures and processes may be added. Further, any two or more configurations (features) of the above-described embodiments may be combined.

Landscapes

  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Finance (AREA)
  • Accounting & Taxation (AREA)
  • Economics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Strategic Management (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Tourism & Hospitality (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Development Economics (AREA)
  • General Factory Administration (AREA)
  • Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a production management apparatus capable of easily reflecting the progress of a process for manufacturing parts on the manufacturing plan for a product. When a part process management unit (1d) receives the progress information of a manufacturing line (5), which is sent from a terminal device (2) every time when a part passes a predetermined checkpoint, the part process management unit (1d) updates the deadline of the part which is included in part management information stored in an article management information storage unit (1a) on the basis of the received progress information.  After the part process management unit (1d) updates the part management information, a reserving unit (1e) reserves the part for the product on the basis of the updated part management information and requirement information indicating the number of required parts for the product which is stored in the article management information storage unit (1a), generates reserve statement information indicating the reserve result, and stores the reserve statement information into a part reserve statement storage unit (1b).  After the reserving unit generates the reserve statement information, a production plan management unit (1f) generates production plan information to be used for managing the production schedule for the product on the basis of the reserve statement information stored in the part reserve statement storage unit (1b).

Description

生産管理装置、生産管理システム、生産管理プログラムおよび生産管理方法Production management apparatus, production management system, production management program, and production management method
 本発明は製品の生産を管理する生産管理装置、生産管理システム、生産管理プログラムおよび生産管理方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a production management apparatus, a production management system, a production management program, and a production management method for managing product production.
 従来、製造業の分野では、製品の生産管理を行う生産管理システムが利用されている。生産管理システムを利用することで、部品や材料の調達、生産、物流までの管理を効率的に行うことができる。生産管理システムで用いられる生産管理の手法としてSCM(Supply Chain Management)がある。SCMは、企業間・部門間で製品生産における一連の過程を管理し、需要と供給とのバランスの均衡を図る。これにより、部品などの調達から物流までの生産プロセスの最適化を支援する。 Conventionally, in the field of manufacturing industry, production management systems for managing production of products are used. By using the production management system, it is possible to efficiently manage the procurement, production, and distribution of parts and materials. There is SCM (Supply Chain Management) as a production management method used in the production management system. The SCM manages a series of processes in product production between companies and departments, and balances the balance between supply and demand. This supports the optimization of production processes from parts procurement to logistics.
 ここで、企業内の各部門間や企業間では業務上利用するシステムが別個に設けられていることが多い。その場合、各部門などでは別個の業務システムで情報を管理する。このため、各部門間などで情報を共有しようとすると、バッチ処理により一方のシステムが管理するデータを他方のシステムへ転送して情報の同期を行う必要がある。例えば、営業部門のデータベースで管理される受注情報を夜間などに工場に転送して生産計画を作成させ、納期回答を得る方法がある(例えば、特許文献1参照)。また、通常、各企業は独自に社内ネットワークを構築していることが多く、企業間において直接的に情報の連携を行うことは難しい。これに対し、発注元会社が発注先会社で取得された製品加工の進捗状況をFAX装置などを介して取得し、発注先会社での作業状況を人を介して間接的に確認可能とする方法がある(例えば、特許文献2参照)。 Here, in many cases, a system used for business is provided separately between each department in a company or between companies. In that case, each department manages information by a separate business system. For this reason, when information is to be shared between departments or the like, it is necessary to synchronize information by transferring data managed by one system to the other system by batch processing. For example, there is a method in which order information managed in a sales department database is transferred to a factory at night to create a production plan and obtain a delivery date response (see, for example, Patent Document 1). Also, usually, each company often has its own internal network, and it is difficult to directly link information between companies. On the other hand, a method in which the ordering company obtains the progress status of the product processing acquired at the ordering company via a FAX device, etc., and enables the work status at the ordering company to be indirectly confirmed via a person. (See, for example, Patent Document 2).
特開2003-044550号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-044550 特開平09-319795号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 09-319795
 しかし、上記特許文献1に記載の方法では情報の共有に当たってタイムラグ(例えば、日次でデータ転送すれば1日のタイムラグ)が生じる。これに対し、より効率のよい生産管理を行うためには、需要と供給との実績を各部門間・企業間で即座に把握可能とすることが望まれる。このため、各部門間・企業間においてより少ないタイムラグで情報共有できる環境が必要となる。特に、部品を供給するサプライヤからの部品の納入時点は製品の製造計画の起点となるため重要である。例えば、部品の供給が滞る場合や部品の供給が早まる場合には、それらの状況をいち早く把握して製品の製造計画の見直しを図れることが、生産資源の利用効率化の観点からは望ましい。 However, in the method described in Patent Document 1, there is a time lag in sharing information (for example, a time lag of 1 day if data is transferred daily). On the other hand, in order to perform more efficient production management, it is desirable to be able to immediately grasp the results of supply and demand between departments and companies. For this reason, an environment in which information can be shared with less time lag between departments and between companies is required. In particular, the point of delivery of a part from a supplier that supplies the part is important because it is the starting point for a product manufacturing plan. For example, when the supply of parts is stagnant or the supply of parts is accelerated, it is desirable from the viewpoint of improving the use efficiency of production resources that the situation can be quickly grasped and the product manufacturing plan can be reviewed.
 また、上記特許文献2に記載の方法では、発注元会社の作業者がFAX装置を介して取得した書類に基づきシステムへ進捗情報の入力を行う必要がある。すなわち、両社で別個に管理する情報を人を介して共有する。このため、人為的な入力ミスなどによる情報のズレにより、適正に情報共有が行えない場合が生じ得るという問題がある。更にこの場合、発注元会社の作業者が発注先会社に問い合わせを行いデータ修正を行う必要がある。このため、作業者の負担が大きいという問題がある。 Moreover, in the method described in Patent Document 2, it is necessary to input progress information to the system based on documents obtained by the worker of the ordering company via the FAX apparatus. In other words, information managed separately by both companies is shared through people. For this reason, there is a problem that information may not be properly shared due to information shift due to an artificial input error or the like. Further, in this case, the worker of the ordering company needs to make an inquiry to the ordering company to correct the data. For this reason, there is a problem that the burden on the worker is large.
 本発明はこのような点に鑑みてなされたものであり、部品の製造工程の進捗を製品の製造計画へ容易に反映することが可能な生産管理装置、生産管理システム、生産管理プログラムおよび生産管理方法を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of these points, and a production management device, a production management system, a production management program, and production management capable of easily reflecting the progress of a part manufacturing process in a product manufacturing plan. It aims to provide a method.
 上記課題を解決するために、生産管理装置が提供される。この生産管理装置は、部品工程管理部と引当処理部と生産計画管理部とを有する。部品工程管理部は、部品の製造工程を管理する端末装置から部品が所定のチェックポイントを通過するごとに送信される製造工程の進捗情報を受信すると、受信した進捗情報に基づいて物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された部品管理情報に含まれる部品の納期を更新する。引当処理部は、部品工程管理部が部品管理情報を更新すると、更新された部品管理情報と物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された製品に対する部品の所要数を示す所要量情報とに基づいて製品に対する部品の引当を行いその引当結果を示す引当明細情報を生成して部品引当明細記憶部に格納する。生産計画管理部は、引当処理部が引当明細情報を生成すると、部品引当明細記憶部に記憶された引当明細情報に基づいて、製品の製造スケジュールを管理するための生産計画情報を生成する。 In order to solve the above problems, a production management device is provided. This production management apparatus includes a part process management unit, an allocation processing unit, and a production plan management unit. When the part process management unit receives the progress information of the manufacturing process transmitted each time the part passes a predetermined checkpoint from the terminal device that manages the manufacturing process of the part, the part process management unit stores the article management information based on the received progress information. The delivery date of the part included in the part management information stored in the part is updated. When the part process management unit updates the part management information, the allocation processing unit updates the product based on the updated part management information and the requirement information indicating the required number of parts for the product stored in the article management information storage unit. The allocation details information indicating the allocation result is generated and stored in the component allocation details storage unit. When the allocation processing unit generates the allocation detail information, the production plan management unit generates production plan information for managing the product manufacturing schedule based on the allocation detail information stored in the part allocation detail storage unit.
 また、上記課題を解決するために生産管理システムが提供される。この生産管理システムは、端末装置と生産管理装置とを有する。端末装置は、部品の識別情報を記憶し部品に付与される無線タグと通信し部品の製造ラインの所定のチェックポイントに設けられた通信装置から、部品の識別情報と通信装置が記憶する通信装置の識別情報とを受信すると、部品の識別情報、通信装置の識別情報および部品がチェックポイントを通過した時点を示すタイムスタンプを含む進捗情報を生成し、生成した進捗情報を送信する進捗情報取得部を備える。生産管理装置は、部品工程管理部と引当処理部と生産計画管理部とを備える。部品工程管理部は、端末装置から進捗情報を受信すると、受信した進捗情報に基づいて物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された部品管理情報に含まれる部品の納期を更新する。引当処理部は、部品工程管理部が部品管理情報を更新すると、更新された部品管理情報と物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された製品に対する部品の所要数を示す所要量情報とに基づいて製品に対する部品の引当を行いその引当結果を示す引当明細情報を生成して部品引当明細記憶部に格納する。生産計画管理部は、引当処理部が引当明細情報を生成すると、部品引当明細記憶部に記憶された引当明細情報に基づいて、製品の製造スケジュールを管理するための生産計画情報を生成する。 Also, a production management system is provided to solve the above problems. This production management system has a terminal device and a production management device. The terminal device stores the component identification information, communicates with the wireless tag attached to the component, and stores the component identification information and the communication device stored in the communication device provided at a predetermined check point of the component manufacturing line. The progress information acquisition unit generates the progress information including the component identification information, the communication device identification information, and the time stamp indicating the time when the component has passed the checkpoint, and transmits the generated progress information. Is provided. The production management apparatus includes a parts process management unit, an allocation processing unit, and a production plan management unit. When the part process management unit receives the progress information from the terminal device, the part process management unit updates the delivery date of the part included in the part management information stored in the article management information storage unit based on the received progress information. When the part process management unit updates the part management information, the allocation processing unit updates the product based on the updated part management information and the requirement information indicating the required number of parts for the product stored in the article management information storage unit. The allocation details information indicating the allocation result is generated and stored in the component allocation details storage unit. When the allocation processing unit generates the allocation detail information, the production plan management unit generates production plan information for managing the product manufacturing schedule based on the allocation detail information stored in the part allocation detail storage unit.
 また、上記生産管理装置と同様の機能をコンピュータに実行させる生産管理プログラムが提供される。また、上記生産管理装置と同様の処理を行う生産管理方法が提供される。 Also provided is a production management program that causes a computer to execute the same function as the production management device. In addition, a production management method for performing the same processing as that of the production management apparatus is provided.
 上記生産管理装置、生産管理システム、生産管理プログラムおよび生産管理方法によれば、部品の製造工程の進捗を製品の製造計画へ容易に反映することができる。
 本発明の上記および他の目的、特徴および利点は本発明の例として好ましい実施の形態を表す添付の図面と関連した以下の説明により明らかになるであろう。
According to the production management device, the production management system, the production management program, and the production management method, the progress of the part manufacturing process can be easily reflected in the product manufacturing plan.
These and other objects, features and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following description taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings which illustrate preferred embodiments by way of example of the present invention.
第1の実施の形態に係る生産管理装置を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the production management apparatus which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第2の実施の形態に係る生産管理システムの全体構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the whole structure of the production management system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. 部品製造ラインの構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the structure of a component manufacturing line. 管理サーバのハードウェア構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the hardware constitutions of a management server. 管理サーバの機能構成を示す第1の図である。It is a 1st figure which shows the function structure of a management server. 管理サーバの機能構成を示す第2の図である。It is a 2nd figure which shows the function structure of a management server. 管理サーバの機能構成を示す第3の図である。It is a 3rd figure which shows the function structure of a management server. 管理サーバの機能構成を示す第4の図である。It is a 4th figure which shows the function structure of a management server. ライン端末装置の機能構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the function structure of a line terminal device. かんばんの構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the structure of a kanban. 物品マスタのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of an article | item master. 物品構成テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of an article | item structure table. 受注テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the data structure example of an order receipt table. 部品所要テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of a components requirement table. 部品注残テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of a component note remaining table. 部品在庫テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of a components inventory table. 製品標準工程テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of a product standard process table. 部品標準工程テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of a components standard process table. 工程実績管理テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of a process performance management table. 更新図番テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of an update figure number table. 引当対象図番テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of the allocation object figure number table. 引当明細テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of an allocation detail table. 引当履歴テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of an allocation history table. 面揃対象管理テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of a surface alignment object management table. 部品面揃テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of a component surface alignment table. 製造計画管理テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of a manufacturing plan management table. 納期回答テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of a delivery date reply table. 引当処理用ワーク領域の構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the structure of the work area for allocation processes. ゲート通過履歴テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a data structure of a gate passage history table. 注残納期更新処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows a note remaining delivery date update process. ゲート通過情報の取得処理を示すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram which shows the acquisition process of gate passage information. 生産管理処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows a production management process. 更新図番登録処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an update figure number registration process. 引当対象図番生成処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the allocation object figure number generation process. 引当処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the allocation process. リザーブ引当前処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows a reserve allocation pre-processing. リザーブ引当処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows a reserve allocation process. リザーブ引当処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows a reserve allocation process. 数量引当処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows quantity allocation processing. 面揃対象抽出処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows a surface alignment object extraction process. 面揃処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows a surface alignment process. 製造管理情報生成処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows a manufacturing management information generation process. 納期回答情報生成処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows a delivery date reply information generation process. 納期回答画面を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a delivery date reply screen. 各種データの収集から生産計画への反映を示す図である。It is a figure which shows reflection from the collection of various data to a production plan. 部門間およびサプライヤとの情報連携を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the information cooperation between departments and a supplier.
 以下、本実施の形態を図面を参照して詳細に説明する。
 [第1の実施の形態]
 図1は、第1の実施の形態に係る生産管理装置を示す図である。生産管理装置1は、製造会社(メーカ)における製品の生産管理を行う。生産管理装置1は、製品の生産に用いる部品の製造工程を管理する端末装置2と通信可能である。部品は、例えば部品供給会社(サプライヤ)の工場の製造ライン5で製造される。
Hereinafter, the present embodiment will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
[First Embodiment]
FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating a production management apparatus according to the first embodiment. The production management apparatus 1 performs product production management in a manufacturing company (manufacturer). The production management device 1 can communicate with a terminal device 2 that manages a manufacturing process of components used for production of a product. The parts are manufactured, for example, on a manufacturing line 5 of a factory of a parts supply company (supplier).
 生産管理装置1は、物品管理情報記憶部1a、部品引当明細記憶部1b、生産計画情報記憶部1c、部品工程管理部1d、引当処理部1eおよび生産計画管理部1fを有する。
 物品管理情報記憶部1aは、製品や部品のマスタ情報(物品マスタ)や製品の部品構成を定義した部品表(BOM:Bills Of Materials)を記憶する。部品表は、資材所要量計画(MRP:Material Requirements Planning)における所要量計算に用いることができる。所要量計算により、製品について求められた各部品の所要数が所要量情報である。また、物品管理情報記憶部1aは、製造発注を行っている部品の納期を含む部品管理情報を記憶する。
The production management apparatus 1 includes an article management information storage unit 1a, a part allocation detail storage unit 1b, a production plan information storage unit 1c, a part process management unit 1d, an allocation processing unit 1e, and a production plan management unit 1f.
The article management information storage unit 1a stores master information (article master) of products and parts and a bill of materials (BOM: Bills Of Materials) that defines the parts configuration of the product. The bill of materials can be used for requirement calculation in material requirements planning (MRP). The required number of each part obtained for the product by the required amount calculation is the required amount information. Further, the article management information storage unit 1a stores part management information including the delivery date of the parts for which the manufacturing order is being placed.
 部品引当明細記憶部1bは、製品の製造に必要な部品の引当結果である引当明細情報を記憶する。
 生産計画情報記憶部1cは、製品の製造スケジュールを含む生産計画情報を記憶する。
The part allocation detail storage unit 1b stores allocation detail information that is an allocation result of parts necessary for manufacturing a product.
The production plan information storage unit 1c stores production plan information including a product production schedule.
 部品工程管理部1dは、端末装置2から受信した部品の製造工程の進捗情報に基づいて、物品管理情報記憶部1aに記憶された部品管理情報に含まれる該当部品の納期を更新する。 The part process management unit 1 d updates the delivery date of the corresponding part included in the part management information stored in the article management information storage unit 1 a based on the progress information of the part manufacturing process received from the terminal device 2.
 引当処理部1eは、部品工程管理部1dが更新した部品管理情報と物品管理情報記憶部1aに記憶された所要量情報とに基づいて製品に対する部品の引当を行い引当明細情報を生成して、部品引当明細記憶部1bに格納する。 The allocation processing unit 1e allocates parts to the product based on the part management information updated by the part process management unit 1d and the requirement information stored in the article management information storage unit 1a, and generates allocation detail information. Stored in the part allocation details storage unit 1b.
 生産計画管理部1fは、部品引当明細記憶部1bに記憶された引当明細情報に基づいて、製品の製造スケジュールを管理するための生産計画情報を生成する。
 端末装置2は、進捗情報取得部2aを有する。進捗情報取得部2aは、部品が製造ライン5における所定のチェックポイントを通過するごとに部品の工程進捗を示す進捗情報を生成して、生産管理装置1に送信する。
The production plan management unit 1f generates production plan information for managing the production schedule of the product based on the allocation details information stored in the parts allocation details storage unit 1b.
The terminal device 2 includes a progress information acquisition unit 2a. The progress information acquisition unit 2 a generates progress information indicating the process progress of a part every time the part passes a predetermined check point in the production line 5, and transmits the progress information to the production management device 1.
 製造ライン5におけるチェックポイントは、例えば無線タグと通信する通信装置によって設けることができる。具体的には、まず、部品の識別情報を記憶した無線タグを仕掛かり中の部品に予め付与する。そして、例えば製造ライン5を複数の工程に細分化した製造工程5a,5b,5cが完了して次の工程に移る際に通過する各場所をチェックポイントとして、各チェックポイントに通信装置を設ける。すなわち、チェックポイントとして、例えば製造工程5aの入口、製造工程5a,5bの間、製造工程5b,5cの間および製造工程5cの出口等が考えられる。そして、通信装置は、部品が各チェックポイントを通過して部品に付与された無線タグから部品の識別情報を受信したタイミングで、端末装置2に部品の識別情報と通信装置の識別情報とを送信する。進捗情報取得部2aは、部品の識別情報と通信装置の識別情報とを受信することで、仕掛かり中の部品が何れの工程にあるかを取得することができる。また、進捗情報取得部2aは通信装置から受信した情報に基づいて進捗情報を生成することができる。 The check point in the production line 5 can be provided by a communication device that communicates with a wireless tag, for example. Specifically, first, a wireless tag storing component identification information is preliminarily attached to a component in progress. Then, for example, a communication device is provided at each check point, with each location that passes when the manufacturing process 5a, 5b, 5c, which is a subdivision of the manufacturing line 5 is completed and moves to the next process, as a check point. That is, as the check points, for example, an entrance of the manufacturing process 5a, between the manufacturing processes 5a and 5b, between the manufacturing processes 5b and 5c, and an exit of the manufacturing process 5c can be considered. Then, the communication device transmits the component identification information and the communication device identification information to the terminal device 2 at the timing when the component receives the component identification information from the wireless tag attached to the component after passing through each checkpoint. To do. The progress information acquisition unit 2a can acquire in which process the in-process component is in by receiving the component identification information and the communication device identification information. Further, the progress information acquisition unit 2a can generate progress information based on the information received from the communication device.
 生産管理装置1によれば、部品工程管理部1dにより、部品が製造ライン5における所定のチェックポイントを通過するごとに端末装置2から部品の製造工程の進捗情報が受信される。部品工程管理部1dにより、受信された進捗情報に基づいて、物品管理情報記憶部1aに記憶された部品管理情報に含まれる該当部品の納期が更新される。そして、引当処理部1eにより、部品工程管理部1dが更新した部品管理情報と物品管理情報記憶部1aに記憶された所要量情報とに基づいて製品に対する部品の引当が行われ、引当明細情報が生成されて部品引当明細記憶部1bに格納される。更に、生産計画管理部1fにより、部品引当明細記憶部1bに記憶された引当明細情報に基づいて、製品の製造スケジュールを管理するための生産計画情報が生成される。 According to the production management device 1, the part process management unit 1d receives the progress information of the part manufacturing process from the terminal device 2 every time the part passes a predetermined checkpoint in the manufacturing line 5. Based on the received progress information, the parts process management unit 1d updates the delivery date of the corresponding part included in the part management information stored in the article management information storage unit 1a. Then, the allocation processing unit 1e allocates parts to the product based on the part management information updated by the part process management unit 1d and the required amount information stored in the article management information storage unit 1a, and the allocation details information It is generated and stored in the part allocation details storage unit 1b. Further, the production plan management unit 1f generates production plan information for managing the production schedule of the product based on the allocation detail information stored in the parts allocation detail storage unit 1b.
 例えば、製造ライン5は部品を製造するために順次経る3つの製造工程5a,5b,5cを有している。ここで、材料調達やトラブルなどが原因で製造工程5a,5b,5cの何れかが予定期日に完了しない場合や予定期日よりも早く完了する場合が考えられる。 For example, the production line 5 has three production steps 5a, 5b, and 5c that are sequentially performed to produce parts. Here, it is conceivable that any of the manufacturing processes 5a, 5b, 5c is not completed on the scheduled date or completed earlier than the scheduled date due to material procurement or trouble.
 部品工程管理部1dは、製造ライン5におけるそのような進捗情報を端末装置2を介して即時に取得し、部品管理情報に含まれる部品の納期に反映する。引当処理部1eは、部品工程管理部1dにより更新された部品管理情報に基づいて部品の再引当を行い、その結果を部品引当明細記憶部1bに格納する。すると、生産計画管理部1fは、その再引当結果に基づいて製品の生産計画を再作成する。 The part process management unit 1d immediately acquires such progress information in the production line 5 via the terminal device 2 and reflects it in the delivery date of the part included in the part management information. The allocation processing unit 1e reallocates parts based on the part management information updated by the part process management unit 1d, and stores the result in the part allocation detail storage unit 1b. Then, the production plan management unit 1f recreates a product production plan based on the re-allocation result.
 これにより、製造ライン5の進捗状況の変化を製品の生産計画に容易かつ即時に反映することができる。また、このように進捗状況の即時変化に応じて見直された生産計画を用いることで、製品製造工場への作業指示を的確に行って自社資源の利用効率向上を図ることができる。また、製品を納入する顧客に対して精度の高い納期回答を行うこともできる。 This makes it possible to easily and immediately reflect changes in the progress of the production line 5 in the product production plan. In addition, by using the production plan reviewed in accordance with the immediate change of the progress status in this way, work instructions to the product manufacturing factory can be accurately given and the utilization efficiency of the company's resources can be improved. It is also possible to provide a highly accurate delivery date response to customers who deliver products.
 以下の実施の形態では、製品製造会社と複数のサプライヤとの間の生産管理を支援するより具体的なシステムを説明する。
 [第2の実施の形態]
 図2は、第2の実施の形態に係る生産管理システムの全体構成を示す図である。この生産管理システムは、製品製造会社20、センタ30およびサプライヤ40,40a,40bの間に構築される。製品製造会社20の有する営業端末装置21、発注端末装置22、倉庫端末装置26、センタ30の有する管理サーバ100、サプライヤ40,40a,40bの有する端末装置41,42およびライン端末装置200がネットワーク10を介して接続されている。ネットワーク10は、例えばインターネットやVPN(Virtual Private Network)およびこの生産管理システムのために設けられたその他の専用通信網である。
In the following embodiment, a more specific system for supporting production management between a product manufacturing company and a plurality of suppliers will be described.
[Second Embodiment]
FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an overall configuration of a production management system according to the second embodiment. This production management system is constructed between the product manufacturing company 20, the center 30, and the suppliers 40, 40a, 40b. The sales terminal device 21, the ordering terminal device 22, the warehouse terminal device 26, the management server 100 of the center 30, the terminal devices 41 and 42 of the suppliers 40, 40 a and 40 b, and the line terminal device 200 are connected to the network 10. Connected through. The network 10 is, for example, the Internet, a VPN (Virtual Private Network), and other dedicated communication networks provided for the production management system.
 製品製造会社20は、顧客からの受注に応じて製品50を製造し、顧客に納入する。製品製造会社20は、サプライヤ40,40a,40bから供給される部品を組み立て・加工して製品50を製造する。製品製造会社20は、部品を倉庫25に保管し、定期的に、あるいは必要に応じて(例えば不足時に)サプライヤ40,40a,40bへ部品を発注する。製品製造会社20は、営業端末装置21、発注端末装置22および倉庫端末装置26を利用してこれらの業務を行うことができる。 The product manufacturing company 20 manufactures the product 50 according to the order from the customer and delivers it to the customer. The product manufacturing company 20 manufactures a product 50 by assembling and processing parts supplied from the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b. The product manufacturing company 20 stores the parts in the warehouse 25, and orders the parts from the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b regularly or as necessary (for example, when there is a shortage). The product manufacturing company 20 can perform these operations using the sales terminal device 21, the ordering terminal device 22, and the warehouse terminal device 26.
 営業端末装置21は、営業部門の社員が利用する情報処理装置である。営業端末装置21は、顧客からの受注内容を生産管理システムに入力するために用いられる。
 発注端末装置22は、資材部門の社員が利用する情報処理装置である。発注端末装置22は、サプライヤ40,40a,40bに対して部品の発注を行うために用いられる。
The sales terminal device 21 is an information processing device used by employees in the sales department. The sales terminal device 21 is used to input the contents of orders received from customers to the production management system.
The ordering terminal device 22 is an information processing device used by employees in the material department. The ordering terminal device 22 is used for ordering parts from the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
 倉庫端末装置26は、倉庫25に設置される端末である。倉庫端末装置26は、倉庫25に保管された部品の在庫を管理する。例えば、倉庫25に新たに部品が納入されたことや倉庫25から部品が出庫されたことなどの情報を収集する。そのための情報を得るために、倉庫25内の要所(入庫ポイントあるいは出庫ポイント)には、例えば入庫品や出庫品に付された無線タグと通信するタグリーダが設けられている。倉庫端末装置26は、例えば入庫ポイントに設置されたタグリーダから入庫品に関する情報を受信すると、該当の物品が入庫されたことを検知する。出庫品に関しても同様である。 The warehouse terminal device 26 is a terminal installed in the warehouse 25. The warehouse terminal device 26 manages the inventory of parts stored in the warehouse 25. For example, information such as that a new part has been delivered to the warehouse 25 and that a part has been delivered from the warehouse 25 is collected. In order to obtain information for that purpose, a tag reader that communicates with, for example, a wireless tag attached to a warehousing product or a warehousing product is provided at a key point (a warehousing point or a warehousing point) in the warehouse 25. For example, when the warehouse terminal device 26 receives information related to the goods received from a tag reader installed at the warehouse point, the warehouse terminal apparatus 26 detects that the corresponding goods have been received. The same applies to the goods delivered.
 センタ30は、管理サーバ100により生産管理システムの各機能を製品製造会社20およびサプライヤ40,40a,40bに提供する。
 管理サーバ100は、生産管理システムの運用に必要な各種データを一元管理する。また、管理サーバ100は、生産管理システムにおいて実現される各種の処理機能を実行する。更に、管理サーバ100は、これらの処理機能を製品製造会社20やサプライヤ40,40a,40bの社員が利用可能とするためのGUI(Graphical User Interface)を提供する。
The center 30 provides each function of the production management system to the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b by the management server 100.
The management server 100 centrally manages various data necessary for the operation of the production management system. The management server 100 executes various processing functions realized in the production management system. Furthermore, the management server 100 provides a GUI (Graphical User Interface) for making these processing functions available to the employees of the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
 サプライヤ40,40a,40bは、製品製造会社20からの部品発注を管理サーバ100を介して受け付ける。サプライヤ40,40a,40bは、その発注内容に従って部品を製造し、製品製造会社20の倉庫25へ納入する。また、サプライヤ40,40a,40bは、部品の製造工程の進捗状況を管理サーバ100を介して製品製造会社20へ通知する。 The suppliers 40, 40 a, and 40 b accept part orders from the product manufacturing company 20 via the management server 100. The suppliers 40, 40 a, 40 b manufacture parts in accordance with the order contents and deliver them to the warehouse 25 of the product manufacturing company 20. Further, the suppliers 40, 40 a, 40 b notify the product manufacturing company 20 of the progress of the parts manufacturing process via the management server 100.
 サプライヤ40は、端末装置41,42およびライン端末装置200を利用してこれらの業務を行うことができる。
 端末装置41,42は、サプライヤ40の社員が利用する情報処理装置である。サプライヤ40の社員は、端末装置41,42を利用して製品製造会社20からの部品の発注を受け付けることができる。
The supplier 40 can perform these operations using the terminal devices 41 and 42 and the line terminal device 200.
The terminal devices 41 and 42 are information processing devices used by employees of the supplier 40. The employee of the supplier 40 can receive an order for parts from the product manufacturing company 20 using the terminal devices 41 and 42.
 ライン端末装置200は、部品製造ライン45に設けられている。部品製造ライン45は、サプライヤ40が製品製造会社20へ供給する部品を製造するための製造ラインである。ライン端末装置200は、部品製造ライン45における製造工程の進捗情報をリアルタイムに取得して管理サーバ100へ送信する。 The line terminal device 200 is provided in the component manufacturing line 45. The parts manufacturing line 45 is a manufacturing line for manufacturing parts supplied by the supplier 40 to the product manufacturing company 20. The line terminal device 200 acquires the progress information of the manufacturing process in the component manufacturing line 45 in real time and transmits it to the management server 100.
 ここで、サプライヤ40a,40bについてもサプライヤ40と同様の構成を備える。
 なお、管理サーバ100は応答性や信頼性の向上を図るために複数のサーバ装置で構成されていてもよい。例えば、製品製造会社20やサプライヤ40,40a,40bの各端末装置のWebブラウザに対してGUIを提供するWebサーバ、製品受注/部品発注/在庫管理/製造管理/出荷管理などの機能を提供するAP(Application)サーバ、生産管理システムで利用する各種データを記憶・管理するDB(DataBase)サーバで構成することが考えられる。ここで、GUIの提供にWebサーバを用いる場合、ネットワーク10としてインターネットが考えられる。その場合、Webサーバと各端末装置との通信の秘匿性を高めるために、例えばHTTPS(Hypertext Transfer Protocol over Secure socket layer)を用いることが考えられる。
Here, the suppliers 40 a and 40 b have the same configuration as the supplier 40.
The management server 100 may be composed of a plurality of server devices in order to improve responsiveness and reliability. For example, a Web server that provides a GUI to the Web browsers of the terminal devices of the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b, and functions such as product order / part order / inventory management / manufacturing management / shipment management are provided. It may be configured by an AP (Application) server and a DB (DataBase) server that stores and manages various data used in the production management system. Here, when a Web server is used to provide a GUI, the Internet can be considered as the network 10. In that case, in order to improve the confidentiality of communication between the Web server and each terminal device, it is conceivable to use, for example, HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer).
 また、営業端末装置21、発注端末装置22および倉庫端末装置26において、管理サーバ100が提供する単一のシステム基盤上で上記各機能を利用可能とすることが考えられる。すなわち、専用の業務端末装置を各部門に設けなくても、管理サーバ100が各端末装置を介して各社員のパスワード入力を受け付けることで、その社員が所属する部門に応じた業務メニューを利用可能とする。管理サーバ100は、そのための情報(社員ID(Identifier)と所属部門との関連付けを定義した情報)を管理するLDAP(Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)サーバとして機能させることもできる。また、セキュリティ上の観点からLDAPサーバを製品製造会社20内に別個に設けても良い。この点、サプライヤ40,40a,40bに関しても同様の構成とすることができる。 Also, it is conceivable that the above functions can be used on the single system platform provided by the management server 100 in the sales terminal device 21, the ordering terminal device 22, and the warehouse terminal device 26. In other words, even if a dedicated business terminal device is not provided in each department, the management server 100 accepts each employee's password input via each terminal device, so that a business menu corresponding to the department to which the employee belongs can be used. And The management server 100 can also function as an LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) server that manages information for that purpose (information that defines the association between an employee ID (Identifier) and a department to which the employee belongs). Moreover, you may provide a LDAP server in the product manufacturing company 20 separately from a security viewpoint. In this regard, the same configuration can be applied to the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
 このようにすると、管理サーバ100と通信可能な汎用的なコンピュータから、適宜、各社員のIDやパスワードなどで管理サーバ100にアクセスすれば、その社員の所属部門に応じた業務メニューを利用可能となるため、利便性がよい。 In this way, if the management server 100 is accessed from a general-purpose computer that can communicate with the management server 100 with the ID or password of each employee, the business menu corresponding to the department to which the employee belongs can be used. Therefore, convenience is good.
 図3は、部品製造ラインの構成を示す図である。部品製造ライン45では、かんばん60によって部品の製造工程の進捗状況を管理する。かんばん60は、そのための各種情報を記憶するメモリおよびそれらの情報を送信する無線通信機能を備えている。かんばん60は、仕掛かり部品を各工程ライン間で運搬するための部品ボックス70に設けられる。かんばん60の詳細は後述する。 FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a configuration of a parts production line. In the component manufacturing line 45, the progress status of the component manufacturing process is managed by the Kanban 60. The kanban 60 has a memory for storing various information for that purpose and a wireless communication function for transmitting the information. The kanban 60 is provided in a parts box 70 for transporting in-process parts between the process lines. Details of the kanban 60 will be described later.
 部品製造ライン45は、ライン端末装置200、通信装置300、ゲート310,320,330,340、携帯端末装置350およびプリンタ360を有する。
 ライン端末装置200は、図2で同一の符号を付して説明した構成と同一である。ライン端末装置200は、通信装置300と無線あるいは有線のネットワークで通信する。
The component manufacturing line 45 includes a line terminal device 200, a communication device 300, gates 310, 320, 330, 340, a mobile terminal device 350, and a printer 360.
The line terminal device 200 has the same configuration as that described with the same reference numerals in FIG. The line terminal device 200 communicates with the communication device 300 via a wireless or wired network.
 通信装置300は、ライン端末装置200、ゲート310,320,330,340および携帯端末装置350と無線あるいは有線のネットワークで通信する。
 ゲート310,320,330,340は、部品製造ライン45の各工程ラインを区切るために設けられたゲートである。ゲート310,320,330,340は、第1の実施の形態に記載したチェックポイントに対応する。
The communication device 300 communicates with the line terminal device 200, the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 and the mobile terminal device 350 through a wireless or wired network.
The gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 are gates provided to divide each process line of the component manufacturing line 45. Gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 correspond to the checkpoints described in the first embodiment.
 ゲート310は、第1の工程ラインであるA工程ラインの入口に設けられる。
 ゲート320は、第2の工程ラインであるB工程ラインの入口(A工程ラインの出口)に設けられる。
The gate 310 is provided at the entrance of the A process line which is the first process line.
The gate 320 is provided at the entrance of the B process line which is the second process line (exit of the A process line).
 ゲート330は、第3の工程ラインであるC工程ラインの入口(B工程ラインの出口)に設けられる。
 ゲート340は、C工程ラインの出口に設けられる。ゲート340の先では、完成した部品が梱包される。梱包済部品80は倉庫25に向けて搬送される。
The gate 330 is provided at the inlet of the C process line which is the third process line (the outlet of the B process line).
The gate 340 is provided at the exit of the C process line. At the end of the gate 340, the completed part is packed. The packed part 80 is conveyed toward the warehouse 25.
 ゲート310,320,330,340は、通信装置311,321,331,341を有する。
 通信装置311,321,331,341は、かんばん60と無線通信する。通信装置311,321,331,341は、かんばん60から受信した情報およびゲート310,320,330,340に予め付与されたゲート識別情報を通信装置300を介してライン端末装置200に送信する。
The gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 have communication devices 311, 321, 331, and 341.
The communication devices 311, 321, 331, 341 communicate wirelessly with the Kanban 60. The communication devices 311, 321, 331, and 341 transmit the information received from the Kanban 60 and the gate identification information given in advance to the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 to the line terminal device 200 via the communication device 300.
 携帯端末装置350は、各工程ラインの途中で進捗の通知ポイントが存在する場合や部品の工程における障害などをライン端末装置200へ通知するための小型の端末装置である。携帯端末装置350は、かんばん60と通信して障害通知などに必要な情報を取得し、通信装置300を介してライン端末装置200へ送信する。携帯端末装置350として、例えばハンディターミナル(Handy Terminal)を用いることができる。 The portable terminal device 350 is a small terminal device for notifying the line terminal device 200 of a progress notification point in the middle of each process line or a failure in a part process. The mobile terminal device 350 communicates with the Kanban 60 to acquire information necessary for failure notification and the like, and transmits the information to the line terminal device 200 via the communication device 300. As the mobile terminal device 350, for example, a handy terminal can be used.
 プリンタ360は、かんばん60に表記された情報やかんばん60がメモリに保持する情報の書き換えを行う。プリンタ360を利用することで、製造する部品ごとにかんばん60の再利用が可能となる。 The printer 360 rewrites information written in the Kanban 60 and information held in the memory of the Kanban 60. By using the printer 360, the Kanban 60 can be reused for each part to be manufactured.
 なお、サプライヤ40に関して説明したがサプライヤ40a,40bもサプライヤ40と同様の構成を備える。
 図4は、管理サーバのハードウェア構成を示す図である。管理サーバ100は、CPU(Central Processing Unit)101、ROM(Read Only Memory)102、RAM(Random Access Memory)103、HDD(Hard Disk Drive)104、グラフィック処理装置105、入力インタフェース106、記録媒体読取装置107および通信インタフェース108を有する。
Although the supplier 40 has been described, the suppliers 40 a and 40 b have the same configuration as the supplier 40.
FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a hardware configuration of the management server. The management server 100 includes a central processing unit (CPU) 101, a read only memory (ROM) 102, a random access memory (RAM) 103, a hard disk drive (HDD) 104, a graphic processing device 105, an input interface 106, and a recording medium reading device. 107 and a communication interface 108.
 CPU101は、管理サーバ100全体を制御する。
 ROM102は、管理サーバ100上のBIOS(Basic Input / Output System)のプログラムなどを記憶する。
The CPU 101 controls the entire management server 100.
The ROM 102 stores a BIOS (Basic Input / Output System) program on the management server 100.
 RAM103は、CPU101に実行させるOS(Operating System)のプログラムやアプリケーションソフトウェア(以下、アプリケーションという)のプログラムの少なくとも一部を一時的に記憶する。また、RAM103は、CPU101による処理に必要な各種データを記憶する。 The RAM 103 temporarily stores at least a part of an OS (Operating System) program and application software (hereinafter referred to as an application) program to be executed by the CPU 101. The RAM 103 stores various data necessary for processing by the CPU 101.
 HDD104は、OSのプログラム、アプリケーションのプログラムを記憶する。また、HDD104はCPU101による処理に必要な各種データを記憶する。なお、HDD104に代えて(または、HDD104と併せて)、SSD(Solid State Drive)など他の種類の記憶装置を用いてもよい。 The HDD 104 stores an OS program and an application program. The HDD 104 stores various data necessary for processing by the CPU 101. Instead of the HDD 104 (or in combination with the HDD 104), other types of storage devices such as SSD (Solid State Drive) may be used.
 グラフィック処理装置105は、モニタ11と接続される。グラフィック処理装置105は、CPU101からの命令に従って画像をモニタ11の画面に表示させる。
 入力インタフェース106は、キーボード12とマウス13と接続される。入力インタフェース106は、キーボード12やマウス13から送られてくる信号をCPU101に送信する。
The graphic processing device 105 is connected to the monitor 11. The graphic processing device 105 displays an image on the screen of the monitor 11 in accordance with a command from the CPU 101.
The input interface 106 is connected to the keyboard 12 and the mouse 13. The input interface 106 transmits a signal sent from the keyboard 12 or the mouse 13 to the CPU 101.
 記録媒体読取装置107は、記録媒体14に記憶されたデータを読み取る読取装置である。例えば、管理サーバ100が有すべき機能は、その機能の処理内容を記述したプログラムをコンピュータに実行させることで実現できる。そのようなプログラムは、コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体14に記録して配布することができる。また、ネットワーク10に接続されたプログラム配信サーバ装置(図示せず)に記録媒体14からそのプログラムを格納してもよい。この場合、管理サーバ100は、ネットワーク10を介してプログラム配信サーバ装置からプログラムをダウンロードすることができる。 The recording medium reading device 107 is a reading device that reads data stored in the recording medium 14. For example, a function that the management server 100 should have can be realized by causing a computer to execute a program describing the processing content of the function. Such a program can be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium 14 and distributed. The program may be stored from the recording medium 14 in a program distribution server device (not shown) connected to the network 10. In this case, the management server 100 can download the program from the program distribution server device via the network 10.
 記録媒体14としては、例えば、磁気記録装置、光ディスク、光磁気記録媒体、半導体メモリを使用できる。磁気記録装置には、HDD、フレキシブルディスク(FD:Flexible Disk)、磁気テープなどがある。光ディスクには、CD(Compact Disc)、CD-R(Recordable)/RW(ReWritable)、DVD(Digital Versatile Disc)、DVD-R/RW/RAMなどがある。光磁気記録媒体には、MO(Magneto-Optical disk)などがある。半導体メモリには、USB(Universal Serial Bus)メモリなどのフラッシュメモリがある。 As the recording medium 14, for example, a magnetic recording device, an optical disk, a magneto-optical recording medium, or a semiconductor memory can be used. Magnetic recording devices include HDDs, flexible disks (FD), magnetic tapes, and the like. Optical discs include CD (Compact Disc), CD-R (Recordable) / RW (ReWritable), DVD (Digital Versatile Disc), DVD-R / RW / RAM, and the like. Magneto-optical recording media include MO (Magneto-Optical disk). Semiconductor memories include flash memories such as USB (Universal (Serial Bus) memories.
 通信インタフェース108は、ネットワーク10と接続される。通信インタフェース108は、ネットワーク10を介して他の情報処理装置とデータ通信する。
 なお、営業端末装置21、発注端末装置22、倉庫端末装置26、端末装置41,42およびライン端末装置200も管理サーバ100と同様のハードウェア構成により実現できる。
The communication interface 108 is connected to the network 10. The communication interface 108 performs data communication with other information processing apparatuses via the network 10.
The sales terminal device 21, the ordering terminal device 22, the warehouse terminal device 26, the terminal devices 41 and 42, and the line terminal device 200 can also be realized by the same hardware configuration as that of the management server 100.
 図5は、管理サーバの機能構成を示す第1の図である。管理サーバ100は、管理情報記憶部110、受発注品管理部120、部品引当処理部130および生産計画管理部140を有する。これらの機能は、CPU101によって所定のプログラムが実行されることにより実現される。また、これらの機能の全部または少なくとも一部が専用のハードウェアによって実現されてもよい。 FIG. 5 is a first diagram showing a functional configuration of the management server. The management server 100 includes a management information storage unit 110, an ordered / ordered product management unit 120, a parts allocation processing unit 130, and a production plan management unit 140. These functions are realized by the CPU 101 executing a predetermined program. All or at least a part of these functions may be realized by dedicated hardware.
 管理情報記憶部110は、生産管理システムの運用に必要な管理情報を一元的に記憶・管理する。管理情報記憶部110は、第1の実施の形態で説明した物品管理情報記憶部1a、部品引当明細記憶部1bおよび生産計画情報記憶部1cを含む。管理情報記憶部110に記憶される各情報は、受発注品管理部120、部品引当処理部130および生産計画管理部140によって参照・更新される。 The management information storage unit 110 centrally stores and manages management information necessary for the operation of the production management system. The management information storage unit 110 includes the article management information storage unit 1a, the parts allocation details storage unit 1b, and the production plan information storage unit 1c described in the first embodiment. Each piece of information stored in the management information storage unit 110 is referred to / updated by the ordered / ordered product management unit 120, the parts allocation processing unit 130, and the production plan management unit 140.
 受発注品管理部120は、営業端末装置21から製品の受注入力を受け付ける。受発注品管理部120は、発注端末装置22からの発注入力、製品の生産計画および部品の在庫状況などに基づいてサプライヤ40,40a,40bへ部品の発注を行う。受発注品管理部120は、倉庫端末装置26から倉庫25に入庫された部品、倉庫25から出庫された部品に関する情報を受け付ける。受発注品管理部120は、発注済みの部品で製造中のもの(注残部品)について、サプライヤ40,40a,40bでの製造工程の進捗情報を受け付ける。受発注品管理部120は、受け付けた情報に基づいて管理情報記憶部110に記憶された部品に関する管理情報(部品管理情報という)を更新する。 The ordered product management unit 120 accepts an order input for a product from the sales terminal device 21. The order management unit 120 orders parts to the suppliers 40, 40 a, 40 b based on the order input from the ordering terminal device 22, the product production plan, and the parts inventory status. The order-ordered product management unit 120 receives information related to parts received from the warehouse terminal device 26 into the warehouse 25 and parts delivered from the warehouse 25. The ordered / ordered product management unit 120 accepts the progress information of the manufacturing process in the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b for the ordered parts that are being manufactured (ordered parts). The ordered product management unit 120 updates management information (referred to as component management information) related to components stored in the management information storage unit 110 based on the received information.
 部品引当処理部130は、受発注品管理部120により管理情報記憶部110に記憶された部品管理情報が更新されると、受注している製品の引当あるいは再引当が必要であるか否かを判断する。そして、部品引当処理部130は、引当あるいは再引当が必要と判断した受注製品に対して部品の引当処理を実行する。部品引当処理部130は、引当結果を管理情報記憶部110に格納する。 When the parts management information stored in the management information storage unit 110 is updated by the order management unit 120, the parts allocation processing unit 130 determines whether it is necessary to allocate or reallocate the ordered product. to decide. Then, the part allocation processing unit 130 executes a part allocation process for the ordered product for which it is determined that allocation or re-allocation is necessary. The part allocation processing unit 130 stores the allocation result in the management information storage unit 110.
 生産計画管理部140は、管理情報記憶部110を参照し、部品引当処理部130による引当結果に基づいて、新たに引当あるいは再引当が行われた製品に対して生産計画を行う。生産計画管理部140は、その結果に基づいて製品製造会社20の製品工場に対して製品の製造指示、納期回答、製品の出荷指示などを行う。 The production plan management unit 140 refers to the management information storage unit 110 and performs a production plan for a product that has been newly allocated or re-allocated based on the allocation result by the component allocation processing unit 130. Based on the result, the production plan management unit 140 issues a product manufacturing instruction, a delivery date reply, a product shipping instruction, etc. to the product factory of the product manufacturing company 20.
 以下、受発注品管理部120、部品引当処理部130および生産計画管理部140の機能構成を詳細に説明する。
 まず、受発注品管理部120の機能構成に関して説明する。
Hereinafter, functional configurations of the ordering / ordering item management unit 120, the parts allocation processing unit 130, and the production plan management unit 140 will be described in detail.
First, the functional configuration of the ordered / ordered product management unit 120 will be described.
 図6は、管理サーバの機能構成を示す第2の図である。管理情報記憶部110は、物品マスタ記憶部111、部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113、部品在庫情報記憶部114および物品工程情報記憶部115を有する。 FIG. 6 is a second diagram showing the functional configuration of the management server. The management information storage unit 110 includes an article master storage unit 111, a component requirement information storage unit 112, a part order information storage unit 113, a component inventory information storage unit 114, and an article process information storage unit 115.
 物品マスタ記憶部111は、物品マスタおよび部品表を記憶する。
 部品所要情報記憶部112は、受注した製品に対する部品の所要量を示す部品所要情報を記憶する。
The article master storage unit 111 stores an article master and a parts table.
The component requirement information storage unit 112 stores component requirement information indicating the required amount of components for the ordered product.
 部品発注情報記憶部113は、サプライヤ40,40a,40bに発注した注残部品の数量や納期などを示す部品発注情報を記憶する。
 部品在庫情報記憶部114は、倉庫25に保管されている在庫部品を管理するための在庫情報を記憶する。
The part ordering information storage unit 113 stores part ordering information indicating the quantity and delivery date of the remaining parts ordered from the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
The parts inventory information storage unit 114 stores inventory information for managing inventory parts stored in the warehouse 25.
 物品工程情報記憶部115は、サプライヤ40,40a,40bにおける注残部品の進捗状況を管理するための部品工程情報を記憶する。
 受発注品管理部120は、受注管理部121、部品発注管理部122、在庫管理部123および部品工程管理部124を有する。
The article process information storage unit 115 stores part process information for managing the progress status of the remaining parts in the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
The ordered / ordered product management unit 120 includes an order management unit 121, a part order management unit 122, an inventory management unit 123, and a part process management unit 124.
 受注管理部121は、営業端末装置21からの受注入力に基づいて受注情報を生成し、部品所要情報記憶部112に格納する。そして、受注管理部121は、物品マスタ記憶部111を参照して受注製品に対する部品の所要量計算を行い、部品所要情報を生成し、部品所要情報記憶部112に格納する。 The order management unit 121 generates order information based on an order input from the sales terminal device 21 and stores it in the component requirement information storage unit 112. Then, the order management unit 121 refers to the article master storage unit 111 to calculate the required amount of parts for the ordered product, generates the component requirement information, and stores it in the component requirement information storage unit 112.
 部品発注管理部122は、発注端末装置22からの発注入力に基づいて、部品発注情報を生成する。また、部品発注管理部122は、生産計画に基づいて定期的にあるいは、部品在庫情報記憶部114に記憶された部品在庫の在庫状況に応じて部品発注情報を生成する。部品発注情報は、発注した注残部品を管理するための情報であり、部品管理情報の一部である。部品発注管理部122は、生成した部品発注情報を部品発注情報記憶部113に格納する。 The part ordering management unit 122 generates part ordering information based on the ordering input from the ordering terminal device 22. Further, the part order management unit 122 generates part ordering information periodically based on the production plan or according to the inventory status of the parts stock stored in the parts stock information storage unit 114. The part ordering information is information for managing the ordered remaining parts, and is a part of the part management information. The part order management unit 122 stores the generated part order information in the part order information storage unit 113.
 在庫管理部123は、倉庫端末装置26から受信する物品の出入庫情報に基づいて、新たに入庫された物品や出庫された物品の情報を部品在庫情報記憶部114に記憶された在庫情報に反映する。在庫情報は、部品在庫を管理するための情報であり、部品管理情報の一部である。すなわち、部品発注情報と在庫情報とが部品管理情報に対応する。 The inventory management unit 123 reflects the newly received goods and the information of the delivered goods in the inventory information stored in the parts inventory information storage unit 114 based on the goods storage / reception information received from the warehouse terminal device 26. To do. The inventory information is information for managing parts inventory, and is part of the parts management information. That is, parts ordering information and inventory information correspond to parts management information.
 部品工程管理部124は、ライン端末装置200から受信するゲート通過情報に基づいて、物品工程情報記憶部115に記憶された注残部品の製造工程を更新する。ゲート通過情報は、第1の実施の形態に記載した進捗情報に対応するものである。また、部品工程管理部124は、注残部品の製造工程の進捗に応じて部品発注情報記憶部113に記憶された部品発注情報に含まれる注残部品の納期を更新する。ただし、部品発注情報記憶部113と部品工程管理部124との間の関連線は省略している。 The part process management unit 124 updates the manufacturing process of the remaining parts stored in the article process information storage unit 115 based on the gate passage information received from the line terminal device 200. The gate passage information corresponds to the progress information described in the first embodiment. Further, the part process management unit 124 updates the delivery date of the remaining part included in the part ordering information stored in the part ordering information storage unit 113 in accordance with the progress of the manufacturing process of the remaining part. However, the relational line between the part order information storage unit 113 and the part process management unit 124 is omitted.
 次に、部品引当処理部130の機能構成に関して説明する。
 図7は、管理サーバの機能構成を示す第3の図である。管理情報記憶部110は、物品マスタ記憶部111、部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113、部品在庫情報記憶部114、引当対象部品情報記憶部116および部品引当明細記憶部117を有する。なお、物品マスタ記憶部111、部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113および部品在庫情報記憶部114は、図6で同一の符号を付して説明した各構成と同一である。
Next, the functional configuration of the part allocation processing unit 130 will be described.
FIG. 7 is a third diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the management server. The management information storage unit 110 includes an article master storage unit 111, a component requirement information storage unit 112, a component order information storage unit 113, a component inventory information storage unit 114, an allocation target component information storage unit 116, and a component allocation specification storage unit 117. . The article master storage unit 111, the component requirement information storage unit 112, the component order information storage unit 113, and the component inventory information storage unit 114 are the same as those described with the same reference numerals in FIG.
 引当対象部品情報記憶部116は、引当あるいは再引当の対象とする物品の管理コード(以下、図番という)を記憶する。
 部品引当明細記憶部117は、製品に対する部品の引当結果である部品引当明細を記憶する。
The allocation target part information storage unit 116 stores a management code (hereinafter referred to as a figure number) of an article to be allocated or re-allocated.
The part allocation detail storage unit 117 stores a part allocation detail that is a result of allocation of parts for a product.
 部品引当処理部130は、引当対象図番取得部131、引当方法判定部132、リザーブ引当処理部133および数量引当処理部134を有する。
 引当対象図番取得部131は、部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113および部品在庫情報記憶部114を参照して、部品所要情報、在庫情報および部品発注情報において、前回引当処理から更新が行われたレコード(更新レコード)を抽出する。引当対象図番取得部131は、更新レコードに含まれる図番を取得すると引当対象部品情報記憶部116に格納する。
The parts allocation processing unit 130 includes an allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131, an allocation method determination unit 132, a reserve allocation processing unit 133, and a quantity allocation processing unit 134.
The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 refers to the component requirement information storage unit 112, the component order information storage unit 113, and the component inventory information storage unit 114, and in the component requirement information, inventory information, and component ordering information, Extract the updated record (update record). The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131, when acquiring the figure number included in the update record, stores it in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
 引当方法判定部132は、引当対象部品情報記憶部116に記憶された引当対象図番を参照して、引当処理を行うべき部品を特定する。そして、引当方法判定部132は、物品マスタ記憶部111を参照して、その部品に対する引当方法をリザーブ引当とするか数量引当とするかを判定する。リザーブ引当とする場合、引当方法判定部132は引当対象図番をリザーブ引当処理部133に出力する。数量引当とする場合、引当方法判定部132は引当対象図番を数量引当処理部134に出力する。 The allocation method determination unit 132 refers to the allocation target figure number stored in the allocation target component information storage unit 116 and identifies a component to be allocated. Then, the allocation method determination unit 132 refers to the article master storage unit 111 and determines whether the allocation method for the part is a reserve allocation or a quantity allocation. In the case of reserve allocation, the allocation method determination unit 132 outputs the allocation target figure number to the reserve allocation processing unit 133. In the case of quantity allocation, the allocation method determination unit 132 outputs the allocation target figure number to the quantity allocation processing unit 134.
 ここで、リザーブ引当とは、一度ある製品に対して引き当てた部品は、その後、その製品に引き当てられた状態を維持する引当方法である。すなわち、ある部品を再引当する際に、その部品につきリザーブ引当結果が既に存在する場合には、そのリザーブ引当結果に加えて、不足分などを追加で引き当てることになる。また、リザーブ引当された部品は、原則として他の製品に引き当てられることがない。このため、所要量の変動が大きい部品を確実に確保可能とする場合に適している。 Here, reserve allocation is an allocation method in which a part once allocated to a product is maintained in a state allocated to the product. That is, when reserving a certain part, if a reserve allocation result already exists for the part, the shortage is additionally allocated in addition to the reserve allocation result. In addition, the reserved parts are not allocated to other products in principle. For this reason, it is suitable for the case where it is possible to reliably secure a component having a large fluctuation in required amount.
 一方、数量引当とは、ある部品の再引当の際に、必要な所要分を全て引当しなおす引当方法である。数量引当を利用すると、注残部品の納期が前倒しになった場合や注残部品の納期が遅延するような場合など、発注している部品の製造工程の進捗に応じて、他の引当源泉からの引当替えを柔軟に行うことができる。このため、納期が前後し易い部品を使用する場合に適している。 On the other hand, quantity allocation is an allocation method for reallocating all necessary parts when a part is re-allocated. If you use quantity reservation, depending on the progress of the manufacturing process of the ordered parts, such as when the delivery date of the remaining parts is advanced or when the delivery date of the remaining parts is delayed, Can be flexibly changed. For this reason, it is suitable when using a component whose delivery date is easy to move around.
 なお、引当源泉とは、該当部品あるいは代替部品を引当可能に含んでいる在庫や注残などの保有元を示す。
 リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当方法判定部132から取得した引当対象図番に基づいて、物品マスタ記憶部111、部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113、部品在庫情報記憶部114および部品引当明細記憶部117を参照し、該当図番で示される部品のリザーブ引当処理を行う。
The allocation source indicates a holding source such as an inventory or a stock that includes the corresponding part or replacement part in an available manner.
Based on the allocation target figure number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 is based on the article master storage unit 111, the component requirement information storage unit 112, the component order information storage unit 113, the component inventory information storage unit 114, and Referring to the part allocation detail storage unit 117, reserve allocation processing for the part indicated by the corresponding figure number is performed.
 数量引当処理部134は、引当方法判定部132から取得した引当対象図番に基づいて、物品マスタ記憶部111、部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113、部品在庫情報記憶部114および部品引当明細記憶部117を参照し、該当図番で示される部品の数量引当処理を行う。 Based on the allocation target figure number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132, the quantity allocation processing unit 134 includes an article master storage unit 111, a component requirement information storage unit 112, a component order information storage unit 113, a component inventory information storage unit 114, and Referring to the part allocation detail storage unit 117, the quantity allocation process for the part indicated by the corresponding figure number is performed.
 なお、管理サーバ100は、引当処理用ワーク領域150を有する。引当処理用ワーク領域150は、リザーブ引当処理部133および数量引当処理部134が引当処理に用いる一時記憶領域である。引当処理用ワーク領域150の詳細は後述する。 The management server 100 has an allocation processing work area 150. The allocation processing work area 150 is a temporary storage area used by the reserve allocation processing unit 133 and the quantity allocation processing unit 134 for allocation processing. Details of the allocation processing work area 150 will be described later.
 次に、生産計画管理部140の機能構成に関して説明する。
 図8は、管理サーバの機能構成を示す第4の図である。管理情報記憶部110は、部品引当明細記憶部117、部品面揃情報記憶部118および納期回答情報記憶部119を有する。なお、部品引当明細記憶部117は図7で同一の符号を付して説明した構成と同一である。
Next, the functional configuration of the production plan management unit 140 will be described.
FIG. 8 is a fourth diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the management server. The management information storage unit 110 includes a part allocation detail storage unit 117, a part surface alignment information storage unit 118, and a delivery date response information storage unit 119. The parts allocation detail storage unit 117 has the same configuration as that described with the same reference numerals in FIG.
 部品面揃情報記憶部118は、製品の製造に必要な部品が全て倉庫25に揃い、製品の製造に着手可能となる時点を管理する部品面揃情報を記憶する。また、部品面揃情報記憶部118は、部品面揃情報に基づいて生成された、工場の製造工程を管理するための製造計画管理情報を記憶する。 The part surface alignment information storage unit 118 stores component surface alignment information for managing the time when all the parts necessary for manufacturing the product are in the warehouse 25 and the manufacture of the product can be started. The component surface alignment information storage unit 118 stores manufacturing plan management information for managing the manufacturing process of the factory, which is generated based on the component surface alignment information.
 納期回答情報記憶部119は、製品納期を示す納期回答情報を記憶する。
 生産計画管理部140は、面揃情報更新処理部141、製造管理部142、納期回答情報生成部143および納期回答処理部144を有する。
The delivery date response information storage unit 119 stores delivery date response information indicating the product delivery date.
The production plan management unit 140 includes a surface alignment information update processing unit 141, a manufacturing management unit 142, a delivery date response information generation unit 143, and a delivery date response processing unit 144.
 面揃情報更新処理部141は、部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された部品引当明細中の更新レコードを抽出し、引当対象製品について部品面揃情報を生成し、部品面揃情報記憶部118に格納する。 The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 extracts the update record in the component allocation details stored in the component allocation details storage unit 117, generates the component surface alignment information for the allocation target product, and stores it in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118. Store.
 製造管理部142は、部品面揃情報記憶部118に記憶された部品面揃情報に基づいて製造計画管理情報を生成し、部品面揃情報記憶部118に格納する。また、製造管理部142は、製造計画管理情報に基づいて工場へ製品の製造指示を送信する。 The manufacturing management unit 142 generates manufacturing plan management information based on the component surface alignment information stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118 and stores it in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118. Further, the manufacturing management unit 142 transmits a product manufacturing instruction to the factory based on the manufacturing plan management information.
 納期回答情報生成部143は、部品面揃情報記憶部118に記憶された部品面揃情報および製造計画管理情報に基づいて納期回答情報を生成し、納期回答情報記憶部119に格納する。 The delivery date response information generation unit 143 generates delivery date response information based on the component surface alignment information and the manufacturing plan management information stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118, and stores it in the delivery date response information storage unit 119.
 納期回答処理部144は、営業端末装置21などから納期回答の要求を受け付けると、納期回答情報記憶部119に記憶された納期回答情報に基づいて、要求元の端末装置に接続されたモニタに納期回答画面を出力させる。 When the delivery date reply processing unit 144 receives a delivery date reply request from the sales terminal device 21 or the like, the delivery date reply processing unit 144 delivers the delivery date to the monitor connected to the request source terminal device based on the delivery date reply information stored in the delivery date reply information storage unit 119. Output the answer screen.
 次に、サプライヤ40の部品製造ライン45に設置されたライン端末装置200の機能構成について説明する。
 図9は、ライン端末装置の機能構成を示す図である。ライン端末装置200は、ゲート通過情報記憶部210、通過情報受信部220および通過情報送信部230を有する。これらの機能は、ライン端末装置のCPUが所定のプログラムを実行することで実現される。なお、これらの機能の全部または少なくとも一部が専用のハードウェアによって実現されてもよい。
Next, the functional configuration of the line terminal device 200 installed in the component manufacturing line 45 of the supplier 40 will be described.
FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the line terminal device. The line terminal device 200 includes a gate passage information storage unit 210, a passage information reception unit 220, and a passage information transmission unit 230. These functions are realized by the CPU of the line terminal device executing a predetermined program. Note that all or at least a part of these functions may be realized by dedicated hardware.
 ゲート通過情報記憶部210は、かんばん60のゲート310,320,330,340のゲートの通過状況を示すゲート通過情報を記憶する。
 通過情報受信部220は、ゲート310,320,330,340から通信装置300を介して部品の識別情報、ゲート識別情報および各ゲートを部品が通過したタイムスタンプを受信し、ゲート通過情報記憶部210に格納する。なお、通過情報受信部220はゲート310,320,330,340から部品の識別情報およびゲート識別情報を受信した時点のタイムスタンプをゲート通過情報に設定してもよい。
The gate passage information storage unit 210 stores gate passage information indicating the passage state of the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 of the Kanban 60.
The passage information receiving unit 220 receives the component identification information, the gate identification information, and the time stamp when the component has passed through each gate from the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 via the communication device 300, and the gate passage information storage unit 210. To store. Note that the passage information receiving unit 220 may set, as the gate passage information, the part identification information and the time stamp when the gate identification information is received from the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340.
 通過情報送信部230は、ゲート通過情報記憶部210に記憶されたゲート通過情報を管理サーバ100に送信する。
 図10は、かんばんの構成を示す図である。かんばん60は、帳票部61および無線タグ部62を有する。
The passage information transmission unit 230 transmits the gate passage information stored in the gate passage information storage unit 210 to the management server 100.
FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the configuration of the kanban. The kanban 60 has a form part 61 and a wireless tag part 62.
 帳票部61は、発注された部品の詳細情報を示す文字列が印字される領域である。帳票部61には、例えば、サプライヤ40側で発注内容を管理するための指令ID、発注先サプライヤの名称を示すユーザ名、部品の名称を示す品名、製品製造会社で発注内容を管理するための発注番号、該当部品の図番およびその版数を示す図番-版数、受注数量を示すオーダ数、かんばん60を発行した日を示す発行日付、納期を示す予定納期などの情報を示す文字列が印字される。部品製造ライン45の作業者は、帳票部61に印字された文字列を視認することで、部品ボックス70に収納された部品の種類や納期などを確認することができる。 The form section 61 is an area where a character string indicating the detailed information of the ordered part is printed. The form section 61 includes, for example, a command ID for managing the order contents on the supplier 40 side, a user name indicating the name of the supplier supplier, an item name indicating the name of the part, and an order name for managing the order contents at the product manufacturing company. Character string indicating information such as order number, figure number of corresponding part and figure number-version number, order number indicating order quantity, issue date indicating the date when Kanban 60 was issued, scheduled delivery date indicating delivery date, etc. Is printed. The operator of the component manufacturing line 45 can confirm the type and delivery date of the components stored in the component box 70 by visually recognizing the character string printed on the form unit 61.
 無線タグ部62は、通信装置311,321,331,341と無線通信する通信装置である。無線タグ部62は、メモリを備えている。無線タグ部62は、このメモリに帳票部61に印字された情報と同様の情報(少なくとも指令IDを含む)を記憶する。無線タグ部62と通信装置311,321,331,341との通信は、例えばRFID(Radio Frequency IDentifier)技術によって実現できる。 The wireless tag unit 62 is a communication device that wirelessly communicates with the communication devices 311, 321, 331, and 341. The wireless tag unit 62 includes a memory. The wireless tag unit 62 stores the same information (including at least the command ID) as the information printed on the form unit 61 in this memory. Communication between the wireless tag unit 62 and the communication devices 311, 321, 331, and 341 can be realized by, for example, RFID (Radio Frequency IDentifier) technology.
 図11は、物品マスタのデータ構造例を示す図である。物品マスタ111aは、物品マスタ記憶部111に予め格納される。物品マスタ111aには、物品IDを示す項目、品名を示す項目、図番を示す項目、版数を示す項目および引当区分を示す項目を含む項目が設けられる。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの物品に関する情報を示す。 FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the article master. The article master 111 a is stored in advance in the article master storage unit 111. The item master 111a is provided with items including an item ID, an item name, an item number, a version number item, and an allocation category item. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information related to one article.
 物品IDを示す項目には物品を一意に識別するための識別情報が設定される。品名を示す項目には、その物品の名称を示す情報が設定される。図番を示す項目には、その物品の図番を示す情報が設定される。版数を示す項目には、図番のバージョンを示す版数が設定される。版数によって、同一物品の異なる図番(改定版など)を管理することができる。引当区分を示す項目には、物品が部品である場合、その部品がリザーブ引当対象か数量引当対象かを示す情報が設定される。 In the item indicating the item ID, identification information for uniquely identifying the item is set. In the item indicating the product name, information indicating the name of the product is set. In the item indicating the figure number, information indicating the figure number of the article is set. In the item indicating the version number, a version number indicating the version of the figure number is set. Different figure numbers (revised editions, etc.) of the same article can be managed depending on the version number. In the item indicating the allocation category, when the article is a part, information indicating whether the part is a reserve allocation target or a quantity allocation target is set.
 物品マスタ111aには、例えば、物品IDが“PD001”、品名が“自動取引装置Z1”、図番が“DR001”、版数が“V01”、引当区分が“-”(設定なし)という情報が設定される。品名“自動取引装置Z1”で示される物品は、製品製造会社20で製造して顧客へ納入する製品であるため、引当区分は設定なしとなる。 In the article master 111a, for example, information that the article ID is “PD001”, the article name is “automatic transaction apparatus Z1”, the figure number is “DR001”, the version number is “V01”, and the allocation category is “−” (no setting). Is set. Since the article indicated by the product name “automatic transaction apparatus Z1” is a product manufactured by the product manufacturing company 20 and delivered to the customer, the provision category is not set.
 また、物品マスタ111aには、例えば、物品IDが“PD011”、品名が“部品Y11”,図番が“DR011”、版数が“V01”、引当区分が“リザーブ引当”という情報が設定される。これは、品名“部品Y11”で示される物品は部品であり、その部品の引当を行う際にはリザーブ引当を行うことを示している。 In the article master 111a, for example, information that the article ID is “PD011”, the article name is “part Y11”, the drawing number is “DR011”, the version number is “V01”, and the allocation classification is “reserve allocation” is set. The This indicates that the article indicated by the product name “part Y11” is a part, and reserve allocation is performed when the part is allocated.
 また、物品マスタ111aには、例えば、物品IDが“PD012”、品名が“部品Y12”,図番が“DR012”、版数が“V01”、引当区分が“数量引当”という情報が設定される。これは、品名“部品Y12”で示される物品は部品であり、その部品の引当を行う際には数量引当を行うことを示している。 In the article master 111a, for example, information that the article ID is “PD012”, the article name is “part Y12”, the drawing number is “DR012”, the version number is “V01”, and the allocation classification is “quantity allocation” is set. The This indicates that the article indicated by the item name “part Y12” is a part, and the quantity is reserved when the part is allocated.
 図12は、物品構成テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。物品構成テーブル111bは、物品マスタ記憶部111に予め格納される。物品構成テーブル111bは、製品に対する部品の階層構造を定義した部品表である。物品構成テーブル111bには、物品IDを示す項目、上位物品IDを示す項目および所要数量を示す項目が設けられる。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの部品に関する情報を示す。 FIG. 12 shows an example of the data structure of the article configuration table. The article configuration table 111 b is stored in advance in the article master storage unit 111. The article configuration table 111b is a parts table that defines a hierarchical structure of parts for a product. The item configuration table 111b includes an item indicating an item ID, an item indicating an upper item ID, and an item indicating a required quantity. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information regarding one component.
 物品IDを示す項目には、上位物品の構成要素(部品)となる物品の物品IDが設定される。上位物品IDを示す項目には、該当の物品により構成される1段階上位の階層の物品(上位物品)の物品IDが設定される。所要数量を示す項目には、上位物品IDで示される物品を製造するために必要となるその部品の数量を示す情報が設定される。 In the item indicating the article ID, an article ID of an article that is a component (part) of the upper article is set. In the item indicating the upper article ID, an article ID of an article (upper article) in a one-stage higher hierarchy constituted by the corresponding article is set. In the item indicating the required quantity, information indicating the quantity of the parts necessary for manufacturing the article indicated by the upper article ID is set.
 物品構成テーブル111bには、例えば、物品IDが“PD011”、上位物品IDが“PD001”、所要数量が“10”という情報が設定される。これは、物品ID“PD011”で示される物品は、上位物品ID“PD001”で示される物品の部品であり、“PD001”の製造のために“PD011”が10個必要であることを示している。 In the article configuration table 111b, for example, information that the article ID is “PD011”, the upper article ID is “PD001”, and the required quantity is “10” is set. This indicates that the article indicated by the article ID “PD011” is a part of the article indicated by the upper article ID “PD001”, and ten “PD011” are required for manufacturing “PD001”. Yes.
 また、物品構成テーブル111bには、例えば、物品ID“PD011”、“PD012”、“PD013”に対して上位物品ID“PD001”が設定されている。これは、上位物品“PD001”を製造するために、3種の部品“PD011”、“PD012”、“PD013”が必要であることを示している。 In the article configuration table 111b, for example, a higher article ID “PD001” is set for the article IDs “PD011”, “PD012”, and “PD013”. This indicates that three types of parts “PD011”, “PD012”, and “PD013” are necessary to manufacture the upper article “PD001”.
 なお、物品ID“PD022”の部品は、上位物品ID“PD002”の部品であり、かつ、物品ID“PD221”、“PD222”を部品とする上位物品でもある。この部品は、製品製造会社20で製造される部品であり、中間品とよぶ。 Note that the part with the article ID “PD022” is the part with the upper article ID “PD002” and the upper article with the article IDs “PD221” and “PD222” as parts. This part is a part manufactured by the product manufacturing company 20 and is called an intermediate product.
 図13は、受注テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。受注テーブル112aは、受注管理部121により生成・更新され、部品所要情報記憶部112に記憶される。受注テーブル112aには、受注番号を示す項目、物品IDを示す項目、数量を示す項目、納期を示す項目および優先区分を示す項目を含む項目が設定される。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの受注内容に関する情報を示す。 FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the order reception table. The order table 112 a is generated / updated by the order management unit 121 and stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112. Items including an item indicating an order number, an item indicating an item ID, an item indicating a quantity, an item indicating a delivery date, and an item indicating a priority classification are set in the order table 112a. The information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information related to one order content.
 受注番号を示す項目には、受注内容を識別するための識別情報が設定される。物品IDを示す項目には、受注した製品の物品IDが設定される。数量を示す項目には、受注数量を示す値が設定される。納期を示す項目には、該当製品の納期を示す情報が設定される。優先区分を示す項目には、その製品を製造するための部品を優先的に確保する(優先対象)か否かを示すフラグが設定される。例えば、優先区分にフラグ“1”が設定される場合、その製品が優先対象であることを示す。また、優先区分にフラグ“0”が設定される場合、その製品が優先対象外であることを示す。 In the item indicating the order number, identification information for identifying the contents of the order is set. In the item indicating the product ID, the product ID of the ordered product is set. In the item indicating the quantity, a value indicating the order quantity is set. In the item indicating the delivery date, information indicating the delivery date of the corresponding product is set. In the item indicating the priority classification, a flag indicating whether or not to preferentially secure a part for manufacturing the product (priority target) is set. For example, when the flag “1” is set in the priority classification, it indicates that the product is a priority target. Further, when the flag “0” is set in the priority classification, it indicates that the product is not a priority target.
 受注テーブル112aには、例えば、受注番号が“OR001”、物品IDが“PD001”、数量が“10”、納期が“2009/9/25”、優先区分が“1”という情報が設定される。これは、受注番号“OR001”において、物品ID“PD001”の製品“10”個分の受注を受け付けており、顧客に対する納期が“2009/9/25”であり、その製品が優先対象であることを示している。 For example, information indicating that the order number is “OR001”, the item ID is “PD001”, the quantity is “10”, the delivery date is “2009/9/25”, and the priority classification is “1” is set in the order table 112a. . This means that an order for “10” products with the product ID “PD001” is received with the order number “OR001”, the delivery date to the customer is “2009/9/25”, and the product is a priority target. It is shown that.
 受注テーブル112aには、例えば、受注番号が“OR002”、物品IDが“PD002”、数量が“5”、納期が“2009/9/30”、優先区分が“0”という情報が設定される。優先区分が“0”のため、物品ID“PD002”の製品は当受注においては優先対象外である。 For example, information indicating that the order number is “OR002”, the item ID is “PD002”, the quantity is “5”, the delivery date is “2009/9/30”, and the priority classification is “0” is set in the order table 112a. . Since the priority classification is “0”, the product with the product ID “PD002” is not subject to priority in this order.
 なお、受注管理部121は、受注入力の受付時に優先対象であるか否かの情報を取得する。そして、受け付けた情報に応じて受注テーブル112aの該当のレコードの優先区分を示す項目の設定を行う。例えば、顧客への納期が迫っている製品については他の製品よりも製造を優先させるために、営業端末装置21にて優先対象とする旨の設定がなされる。 Note that the order management unit 121 acquires information indicating whether or not the order is a priority target when receiving an order input. Then, an item indicating the priority classification of the corresponding record in the order reception table 112a is set according to the received information. For example, for a product whose delivery date is approaching to a customer, the sales terminal device 21 is set to be a priority object in order to prioritize manufacturing over other products.
 図14は、部品所要テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。部品所要テーブル112bは、受注管理部121により生成・更新され、部品所要情報記憶部112に記憶される。部品所要テーブル112bは、所要量計算により製品について求められた各部品の所要数を示す所要量情報である。 FIG. 14 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the parts requirement table. The component requirement table 112 b is generated / updated by the order management unit 121 and stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112. The component requirement table 112b is requirement information indicating the required number of each component obtained for a product by requirement calculation.
 部品所要テーブル112bには、所要IDを示す項目、受注番号を示す項目、図番を示す項目、版数を示す項目、所要数を示す項目、所要日を示す項目および優先区分を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの部品に対する所要情報を示す。 The parts requirement table 112b includes an item indicating a requirement ID, an item indicating an order number, an item indicating a drawing number, an item indicating a version number, an item indicating a required number, an item indicating a required date, and an item indicating a priority classification. It has been. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate required information for one part.
 所要IDを示す項目には、所要情報の内容を識別するための識別情報が設定される。受注番号を示す項目には、その所要情報が関連する受注に対応する受注番号が設定される。図番を示す項目には、上位製品を製造するために必要な部品の図番が設定される。版数を示す項目には、図番に対する版数が設定される。所要数を示す項目には、上位製品を製造するために必要な部品の数量が設定される。所要日を示す項目には、上位製品の製造に着手するために該当部品が必要となる日付が設定される。優先区分を示す項目には、その部品が優先対象であるか否かを示すフラグが設定される。受注管理部121は、受注番号をキーとして、部品所要レコードと受注テーブル112aに設定された受注レコードとを対応付けることで、優先区分を示す項目の設定を行うことができる。 In the item indicating the required ID, identification information for identifying the content of the required information is set. In the item indicating the order number, an order number corresponding to the order associated with the required information is set. In the item indicating the figure number, a figure number of a part necessary for manufacturing the upper product is set. In the item indicating the version number, the version number for the figure number is set. In the item indicating the required number, the quantity of parts necessary for manufacturing the upper product is set. In the item indicating the required date, a date on which the corresponding part is required in order to start production of the upper product is set. In the item indicating the priority classification, a flag indicating whether or not the part is a priority target is set. The order management unit 121 can set the item indicating the priority classification by associating the part requirement record with the order record set in the order table 112a using the order number as a key.
 部品所要テーブル112bには、例えば、所要IDが“SY001”、受注番号が“OR001”、図番が“DR011”、版数が“V01”、所要数が“100”、所要日が“2009/9/1”、優先区分が“1”という情報が設定される。これは、受注番号“OR001”で示される受注において受注対象の製品に対して、図番“DR011”かつ版数“V01”で示される部品が“2009/9/1”までに“100”個必要であり、また、この部品が優先対象の製品に用いられる部品であることを示している。なお、受注番号に対する受注対象の製品は、受注テーブル112aを参照することで取得することができる。これにより、ある製品に対応するある部品の所要数を特定できる。 In the parts requirement table 112b, for example, the requirement ID is “SY001”, the order number is “OR001”, the drawing number is “DR011”, the version number is “V01”, the required number is “100”, and the required date is “2009 / Information of “9/1” and priority classification “1” is set. This is because the number of parts indicated by the drawing number “DR011” and the version number “V01” is “100” by “2009/9/1” for the product to be ordered in the order indicated by the order number “OR001”. It is necessary and indicates that this part is a part used in the priority product. It should be noted that the product to be ordered for the order number can be acquired by referring to the order table 112a. Thereby, the required number of a certain part corresponding to a certain product can be specified.
 なお、受注テーブル112aには受注元の顧客の名称や受注日時などの各種基本情報も含まれる。
 図15は、部品注残テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。部品注残テーブル113aは、部品発注管理部122により生成・更新され、部品発注情報記憶部113に格納される。部品注残テーブル113aには、注残IDを示す項目、サプライヤIDを示す項目、発注指令IDを示す項目、図番を示す項目、版数を示す項目、発注数量を示す項目、引当可能数を示す項目、倉庫区分を示す項目および注残納期を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの注残部品に関する情報を示す。
The order reception table 112a also includes various basic information such as the name of the customer who has received the order and the date and time of the order.
FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating an example of the data structure of the component order remaining table. The component order remaining table 113 a is generated / updated by the component order management unit 122 and stored in the component order information storage unit 113. In the part order remaining table 113a, an item indicating the order ID, an item indicating the supplier ID, an item indicating the ordering command ID, an item indicating the drawing number, an item indicating the version number, an item indicating the order quantity, and an available number The item which shows, the item which shows the warehouse division, and the item which shows the note delivery date is provided. The information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information regarding one remaining part.
 注残IDを示す項目には、注残部品を識別するための識別情報が設定される。サプライヤIDを示す項目には、発注先のサプライヤを識別するための識別情報が設定される。発注指令IDを示す項目には、サプライヤ側に発注内容を識別するための識別情報が設定される。図番を示す項目には、注残部品の図番が設定される。版数を示す項目には、図番に対する版数が設定される。発注数量を示す項目には、サプライヤに対して発注した部品の数量が設定される。引当可能数を示す項目には、発注数量に対して引当可能な数量が設定される。倉庫区分を示す項目には、該当部品を保管すべき倉庫25内の建物や区画を識別するための情報が設定される。注残納期を示す項目には、注残部品の予定納期が設定される。 In the item indicating the remaining part ID, identification information for identifying the remaining part is set. In the item indicating the supplier ID, identification information for identifying the supplier of the ordering party is set. In the item indicating the ordering command ID, identification information for identifying the ordering content is set on the supplier side. In the item indicating the figure number, the figure number of the remaining part is set. In the item indicating the version number, the version number for the figure number is set. In the item indicating the order quantity, the quantity of parts ordered to the supplier is set. In the item indicating the reserveable quantity, a quantity that can be reserved for the order quantity is set. Information for identifying a building or a section in the warehouse 25 in which the corresponding part is to be stored is set in the item indicating the warehouse classification. The scheduled delivery date for the remaining parts is set in the item indicating the remaining delivery date.
 部品注残テーブル113aには、例えば、注残IDが“FA001”、サプライヤIDが“S001”、発注指令IDが“HT01-001”、図番が“DR011”、版数が“V01”、発注数量が“50”、引当可能数が“50”、倉庫区分が“AD01”、注残納期が“2009/8/31”という情報が設定される。これは、発注番号“FA001”で示される内容の発注が、サプライヤID“S001”で識別されるサプライヤ(サプライヤ40とする)になされていることを示している。また、サプライヤ40では発注指令ID“HT01-001”により部品製造ライン45への注残部品の製造指示がなされていることを示している。更に、その発注の内容が図番“DR011”かつ版数“V01”の部品についてであり、その数量が“50”、そのうち製品に引き当てることができる数量が“50”であることを示している。また、倉庫25に納入される際には、“AD01”で示される建物または区画に入庫され、その納期が“2009/8/31”であることを示している。 In the part order remaining table 113a, for example, the order remaining ID is “FA001”, the supplier ID is “S001”, the ordering command ID is “HT01-001”, the figure number is “DR011”, the version number is “V01”, and the order is placed. Information that the quantity is “50”, the available capacity is “50”, the warehouse classification is “AD01”, and the order delivery date is “2009/8/31” is set. This indicates that the order with the content indicated by the order number “FA001” has been made to the supplier (supplied as supplier 40) identified by the supplier ID “S001”. Further, it is indicated that the supplier 40 is instructed to manufacture the remaining parts to the part manufacturing line 45 by the ordering command ID “HT01-001”. Furthermore, the contents of the order are for the part with the drawing number “DR011” and the version number “V01”, the quantity is “50”, and the quantity that can be allocated to the product is “50”. . Further, when delivered to the warehouse 25, it is received in the building or section indicated by “AD01”, and the delivery date is “2009/8/31”.
 なお、注残納期を示す項目の設定は、部品を発注した当初は部品発注管理部122により標準納期の設定がなされる。しかし、注残納期は部品製造ライン45での工程の進捗状況によって変更し得る。このため、部品工程管理部124は、部品製造ライン45での工程の進捗状況に応じて、部品注残テーブル113aの注残納期を示す項目を変更する。 It should be noted that the item indicating the note remaining delivery date is set by the parts order management unit 122 at the beginning of ordering the parts. However, the note delivery time can be changed according to the progress of the process in the part manufacturing line 45. For this reason, the part process management unit 124 changes the item indicating the order delivery date in the part order remaining table 113a according to the progress of the process in the part manufacturing line 45.
 なお、部品注残テーブル113aに設定された部品が倉庫25に入庫された場合には、該当部品は後述の部品在庫テーブルに設定されることになる。このため、部品注残テーブル113aでは、注残部品としては管理されなくなる。例えば、該当の部品注残レコードを入庫済みとして設定する、あるいは、部品注残テーブル113aから削除するなどが考えられる。 In addition, when a part set in the part order remaining table 113a is received in the warehouse 25, the corresponding part is set in a part inventory table described later. For this reason, it is no longer managed as a remaining part in the part remaining table 113a. For example, it is conceivable to set the corresponding part order remaining record as received, or to delete it from the part order remaining table 113a.
 部品注残テーブル113aは、このようにして部品の納期を管理するための部品発注情報である。部品注残テーブル113aは、部品管理情報の一部である。
 図16は、部品在庫テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。部品在庫テーブル114aは、在庫管理部123により生成・更新され、部品在庫情報記憶部114に格納される。部品在庫テーブル114aには、在庫IDを示す項目、図番を示す項目、版数を示す項目、在庫数を示す項目および倉庫区分を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの部品の在庫に関する情報を示す。
The part order remaining table 113a is part ordering information for managing the delivery date of parts in this way. The component order remaining table 113a is a part of the component management information.
FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating an example of a data structure of the parts inventory table. The parts inventory table 114 a is generated / updated by the inventory management unit 123 and stored in the parts inventory information storage unit 114. The parts inventory table 114a is provided with an item indicating an inventory ID, an item indicating a drawing number, an item indicating a version number, an item indicating the number of inventory, and an item indicating a warehouse classification. The information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information related to the inventory of one part.
 在庫IDを示す項目には、在庫内容を識別するための識別情報が設定される。図番を示す項目には、該当部品の図番が設定される。版数を示す項目には、図番に対応する版数が設定される。在庫数を示す項目には、保管されている在庫の数量が設定される。在庫数を示す項目は、当在庫から引当可能な数量を示す引当可能数でもある。倉庫区分を示す項目には、倉庫25内の保管場所である建物または区画を示す情報が設定される。 In the item indicating the inventory ID, identification information for identifying the inventory content is set. In the item indicating the figure number, the figure number of the corresponding part is set. In the item indicating the version number, a version number corresponding to the figure number is set. In the item indicating the number of stocks, the quantity of stocks stored is set. The item indicating the number of stocks is also an allocatable number indicating the quantity that can be allocated from the stock. In the item indicating the warehouse division, information indicating a building or a section which is a storage location in the warehouse 25 is set.
 部品在庫テーブル114aには、例えば、在庫IDが“SK001”、図番が“DR011”、版数が“V01”、在庫数が“30”、倉庫区分が“AD01”という情報が設定される。これは、在庫ID“SK001”で示される部品在庫が、図番“DR011”かつ版数“V01”で示される部品であり、倉庫区分“AD01”で示される場所に数量“30”分が保管されていることを示している。 In the parts inventory table 114a, for example, information that the inventory ID is “SK001”, the drawing number is “DR011”, the version number is “V01”, the inventory number is “30”, and the warehouse classification is “AD01” is set. This is the part inventory indicated by the inventory ID “SK001”, the part indicated by the drawing number “DR011” and the version number “V01”, and the quantity “30” is stored in the location indicated by the warehouse classification “AD01”. It has been shown.
 なお、部品在庫テーブル114aは、部品の在庫を管理するための在庫情報である。部品在庫テーブル114aは、部品管理情報の一部である。
 部品注残テーブル113aと部品在庫テーブル114aとは部品管理情報に対応する。
The parts inventory table 114a is inventory information for managing parts inventory. The parts inventory table 114a is a part of parts management information.
The component order remaining table 113a and the component inventory table 114a correspond to the component management information.
 図17は、製品標準工程テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。製品標準工程テーブル115aは、物品工程情報記憶部115に予め格納される。製品標準工程テーブル115aは、製品製造会社20で製造される製品の製造に要する標準工程日数を定義したものである。 FIG. 17 shows an example of the data structure of the product standard process table. The product standard process table 115a is stored in the article process information storage unit 115 in advance. The product standard process table 115a defines standard process days required for manufacturing products manufactured by the product manufacturing company 20.
 製品標準工程テーブル115aには、物品IDを示す項目、標準日数を示す項目、試験工程を示す項目および試済まで合計日数を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの製品に対する標準工程の情報を示す。 The product standard process table 115a is provided with an item indicating the item ID, an item indicating the standard number of days, an item indicating the test process, and an item indicating the total number of days until trial. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate standard process information for one product.
 物品IDを示す項目には、製品を識別するための物品IDが設定される。標準日数を示す項目には、製品を製造するに当たり必要となる日数が工程別に設定される。例えば、標準日数を示す項目には、組立工程P1,P2,P3および試験工程を示す項目が設けられ、工程ごとに必要な日数が設定される。試済まで合計日数を示す項目には、製造着手から試験工程の完了までに要する合計の日数が設定される。 The item ID for identifying the product is set in the item indicating the item ID. In the item indicating the standard number of days, the number of days required for manufacturing a product is set for each process. For example, items indicating standard days are provided with items indicating assembly processes P1, P2, and P3 and a test process, and a required number of days is set for each process. In the item indicating the total number of days until trial is completed, the total number of days required from the start of manufacturing to the completion of the test process is set.
 製品標準工程テーブル115aには、例えば、物品IDが“PD001”、組立工程P1が“2日”、組立工程P2が“3日”、組立工程P3が“5日”、試験工程が“5日”、試済まで合計日数が“15日”(=2日+3日+5日+5日)という情報が設定される。 In the product standard process table 115a, for example, the article ID is “PD001”, the assembly process P1 is “2 days”, the assembly process P2 is “3 days”, the assembly process P3 is “5 days”, and the test process is “5 days”. “, The information that the total number of days until trial is“ 15 days ”(= 2 days + 3 days + 5 days + 5 days) is set.
 図18は、部品標準工程テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。部品標準工程テーブル115b,115c,115dは、物品工程情報記憶部115に予め格納される。部品標準工程テーブル115b,115c,115dは、サプライヤ40,40a,40bで製造される部品に関する標準工程の情報である。なお、以下では部品標準工程テーブル115bに関してのみ説明するが部品標準工程テーブル115c,115dに関しても同様の構成となる。 FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the part standard process table. The parts standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d are stored in advance in the article process information storage unit 115. The part standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d are information on standard processes related to parts manufactured by the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b. Although only the part standard process table 115b will be described below, the part standard process tables 115c and 115d have the same configuration.
 部品標準工程テーブル115bには、物品IDを示す項目、標準日数を示す項目、配送日数を示す項目および合計日数を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの部品に関する情報を示す。 The part standard process table 115b is provided with an item indicating the item ID, an item indicating the standard number of days, an item indicating the number of delivery days, and an item indicating the total number of days. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information regarding one component.
 物品IDを示す項目には、部品を識別するための物品IDが設定される。標準日数を示す項目には、製品を製造するに当たり必要となる日数が工程別に設定される。例えば、標準日数を示す項目には、A工程、B工程、C工程を示す項目が設けられ、工程ごとに必要な日数が設定される。配送日数を示す項目には、サプライヤ40から倉庫25への配送に要する日数が設定される。合計日数を示す項目には、製造着手から配送日数まで含めた納品までに必要な合計日数が設定される。 In the item indicating the item ID, an item ID for identifying the part is set. In the item indicating the standard number of days, the number of days required for manufacturing a product is set for each process. For example, items indicating the standard days are provided with items indicating the A process, the B process, and the C process, and a necessary number of days is set for each process. In the item indicating the number of delivery days, the number of days required for delivery from the supplier 40 to the warehouse 25 is set. In the item indicating the total number of days, the total number of days required for delivery including the start of production to the number of delivery days is set.
 部品標準工程テーブル115bには、例えば、物品IDが“PD011”、A工程が“1日”、B工程が“2日”、C工程が“1日”、配送が“1日”、合計日数が“5日”(=1日+2日+1日+1日)という情報が設定される。 In the part standard process table 115b, for example, the item ID is “PD011”, the A process is “1 day”, the B process is “2 days”, the C process is “1 day”, the delivery is “1 day”, and the total number of days. Is set to information “5 days” (= 1 day + 2 days + 1 day + 1 day).
 なお、部品工程管理部124は、サプライヤ40,40b,40cの社員により端末装置41,42から入力された情報に基づいて部品標準工程テーブル115b,115c,115dの設定内容を適宜変更可能とすることもできる。このようにすると、部品の製造工程の変更に柔軟に対応することが可能となる。 The parts process management unit 124 can appropriately change the setting contents of the parts standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d based on information input from the terminal devices 41 and 42 by the employees of the suppliers 40, 40b, and 40c. You can also. If it does in this way, it will become possible to respond flexibly to the change of the manufacturing process of parts.
 なお、製品標準工程テーブル115a、部品標準工程テーブル115bの標準日数の設定は製品や部品の製造数に応じて変更させることも考えられる。具体的には、標準工程としてロット単位の所要日数を定めておき、製造ロット数に応じて標準工程日数を変更する。例えば、ロット単位で5日を要する製品(あるいは部品)について2ロット分の製造に対しては、5×2=10を標準工程日数とすることが考えられる。このようにすると、工程日数の計算の精度を高めることができる。 Note that the setting of the standard number of days in the product standard process table 115a and the part standard process table 115b may be changed according to the number of products or parts manufactured. Specifically, the number of days required for each lot is determined as a standard process, and the standard process days are changed according to the number of production lots. For example, it is conceivable that 5 × 2 = 10 is set as the standard process days for the production of 2 lots for a product (or part) that requires 5 days for each lot. If it does in this way, the precision of calculation of process days can be raised.
 また、製品標準工程テーブル115a、部品標準工程テーブル115bでは上述した工程数に限らず更に多数の工程を有していてもよい。また、製品や部品ごとに異なる工程数を有していてもよい。また、同じ部品であってもサプライヤや工場ごとに異なる工程数が定義されていてもよい。 Further, the product standard process table 115a and the part standard process table 115b are not limited to the number of processes described above, and may have a larger number of processes. Moreover, you may have a different number of processes for every product and components. Further, even for the same part, different numbers of processes may be defined for each supplier or factory.
 更に、各工程を更に複数の工程に細分化して管理することも考えられる。
 図19は、工程実績管理テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。工程実績管理テーブル115eは、部品工程管理部124により生成され、物品工程情報記憶部115に格納される。工程実績管理テーブル115eには、発注指令IDを示す項目、生産開始日時実績を示す項目、各工程完了予定日時を示す項目、各工程完了実績日時を示す項目、配送日数を示す項目、全工程合計を示す項目および注残納期を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの部品の製造工程の進捗に関する情報を示す。
Furthermore, it can be considered that each process is further divided into a plurality of processes.
FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an example of the data structure of the process performance management table. The process result management table 115e is generated by the component process management unit 124 and stored in the article process information storage unit 115. The process result management table 115e includes an item indicating an ordering command ID, an item indicating a production start date / time result, an item indicating each process completion scheduled date / time, an item indicating each process completion result date / time, an item indicating the number of delivery days, and a total of all processes And an item indicating a note delivery date are provided. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other, and indicates information related to the progress of the manufacturing process of one component.
 発注指令IDを示す項目には、部品の製造を指示する発注指令IDが設定される。生産開始日時実績を示す項目には、部品の製造が開始された日時が設定される。各工程完了予定日時を示す項目には、生産開始日時実績から予定される各工程の完了予定日時が設定される。例えば、各工程完了予定日時を示す項目には、A工程、B工程、C工程を示す項目が設けられ、工程ごとに完了予定日時が設定される。各工程完了実績日時を示す項目には、各工程が完了した実績の日時が設定される。例えば、各工程完了実績日時を示す項目には、A工程、A実績、B工程、B実績、C工程、C実績を示す項目が設けられ、工程ごとに完了実績日時と、実績日数が設定される。配送日数を示す項目には、配送に要する日数が設定される。全工程合計を示す項目には、部品の製造に要する日数(予定日数あるいは実績日数)の合計が設定される。注残納期を示す項目には、全工程合計に基づいて算出された該当部品の注残納期が設定される。 In the item indicating the order command ID, an order command ID for instructing the manufacture of the part is set. In the item indicating the production start date / time result, the date and time when the manufacture of the part is started is set. In the item indicating each process completion scheduled date and time, the scheduled completion date and time of each process scheduled from the production start date and time results is set. For example, items indicating the process completion schedule date and time include items indicating the A process, the B process, and the C process, and the schedule completion date and time is set for each process. In the item indicating each process completion result date and time, the date and time of the result of completion of each process is set. For example, items indicating the process completion record date and time include items indicating the A process, the A record, the B process, the B record, the C process, and the C record, and the completion record date and the number of record days are set for each process. The In the item indicating the number of delivery days, the number of days required for delivery is set. In the item indicating the total of all processes, the total number of days (scheduled days or actual days) required for manufacturing parts is set. In the item indicating the remaining delivery date, the remaining delivery date of the corresponding part calculated based on the total of all processes is set.
 工程実績管理テーブル115eには、例えば、発注指令IDが“HT01-001”、生産開始日時実績が“2009/8/25 9:00:00”という情報が設定される。これは、発注指令ID“HT01-001”で示される部品がサプライヤ40において該当日に生産が開始されたことを示している。 In the process result management table 115e, for example, information that the ordering command ID is “HT01-001” and the production start date / time result is “2009/8/25 9:00: 00” is set. This indicates that production of the part indicated by the ordering command ID “HT01-001” is started at the supplier 40 on the corresponding day.
 また、工程実績管理テーブル115eには、例えば、発注指令ID“HT01-001”のレコードにつき各工程完了予定日時のA工程が“2009/8/26 9:00:00”、B工程が“2009/8/27 9:00:00”、C工程が“2009/8/28 9:00:00”という情報が設定される。これは、該当部品を製造するための各工程が各設定日時に完了予定である(あるいは、完了予定であった)旨を示している。部品工程管理部124は、部品標準工程テーブル115b,115c,115dと生産開始日時実績とを参照することで、各工程完了予定日時の各工程の完了予定日時を得ることができる。 Further, in the process result management table 115e, for example, for the record of the ordering command ID “HT01-001”, the A process at the scheduled completion date and time of each process is “2009/8/26 9:00: 00”, and the B process is “2009”. / 8/27, 9:00: 0, and C process is set to “2009/8/28, 9:00: 00”. This indicates that each process for manufacturing the corresponding part is scheduled to be completed (or scheduled to be completed) at each set date and time. The component process management unit 124 can obtain the scheduled completion date and time of each process at the scheduled completion date and time by referring to the component standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d and the production start date and time results.
 また、工程実績管理テーブル115eには、例えば、発注指令ID“HT01-001”のレコードにつき各工程完了実績日時のA工程が“2009/8/26 15:00:00”、A実績が“1.25日”、B工程が“2009/8/28 21:00:00”、B実績が“2.25日”、C工程が“2009/8/30 9:00:00”、C実績が“1.5日”という情報が設定される。これは、各工程の実績の完了日時が各設定日時であり、実際に各工程に要した実績の日数がA,B,C実績として設定された日数であったことを示している。 Further, in the process result management table 115e, for example, the A process of the process completion record date and time is “2009/8/26 15:00:00” and the A record is “1” for the record of the ordering command ID “HT01-001”. .25 days ", B process is" 2009/8/28 21:00: 00 ", B performance is" 2.25 days ", C process is" 2009/8/30 9:00:00 ", C performance is Information of “1.5 days” is set. This indicates that the completion date and time of the results of each process is the set date and time, and the actual number of days actually required for each process is the number of days set as the A, B, and C results.
 ここで、A工程実績は、生産開始日時実績から、A工程の完了実績日時までの期間の日数である。B工程実績は、A工程の完了実績日時からB工程の完了実績日時までの期間の日数である。C工程実績は、B工程の完了実績日時からC工程の完了実績日時までの期間の日数である。 Here, the A process result is the number of days in the period from the production start date and time to the completion result date and time of the A process. The B process performance is the number of days in the period from the completion performance date / time of the A process to the completion performance date / time of the B process. The C process performance is the number of days in the period from the completion performance date / time of the B process to the completion performance date / time of the C process.
 また、工程実績管理テーブル115eには、例えば、発注指令ID“HT01-001”のレコードにつき配送日数が“1日”、全工程合計が“6日”、注残納期が“2009/8/31”という情報が設定される。これは、部品の製造完了から配送して倉庫25へ入庫するまでに“1日”を要し、全工程の合計で“6日”(=1.25日+2.25日+1.5日+1日)を要することを示している。なお、注残納期は、例えば最終工程であるC工程の完了実績日時に配送日数を加算した日時として求めることができる。また、生産開始日時実績に全工程合計を加算した日時として求めることもできる。 Further, in the process result management table 115e, for example, the delivery date is “1 day”, the total of all processes is “6 days”, and the remaining delivery date is “2009/8/31” for the record of the ordering command ID “HT01-001”. "Is set. This takes “one day” from the completion of parts manufacture to delivery to the warehouse 25, and “6 days” in total for all processes (= 1.25 days + 2.25 days + 1.5 days + 1) Day). Note that the remaining delivery date can be obtained, for example, as a date and time obtained by adding the number of delivery days to the completion result date and time of the C process as the final process. Moreover, it can also obtain | require as a date which added the sum total of all the processes to the production start date / time result.
 また、工程実績管理テーブル115eには、例えば、発注指令ID“HT01-002”のレコードにつきC工程の工程完了実績日時が“-”(設定なし)となっている。これは、現時点において、発注指令ID“HT01-002”の製造工程について、B工程まで完了しているがC工程までは完了していないことを示している。その場合、部品工程管理部124は、C工程については部品標準工程テーブル115b,115c,115dを参照して、全工程合計を算出する。ここで、発注指令ID“HT01-002”は物品ID“PD012”で示される部品の部品製造ライン45における製造工程を示している。このため、部品工程管理部124は、部品標準工程テーブル115bを参照して、物品ID“PD012”のC工程に要する標準日数“2日”を取得する。そして、全工程合計“9日”(=2日+4日+2日(C工程の標準日数)+1日)を取得する。これにより、未だ工程途中である部品に関しても注残納期を計算することができる。 Further, in the process result management table 115e, for example, the process completion record date and time of the C process is “-” (no setting) for the record of the ordering command ID “HT01-002”. This indicates that at the present time, the manufacturing process of the ordering instruction ID “HT01-002” has been completed up to the B process, but has not been completed up to the C process. In that case, the part process management unit 124 calculates the total of all processes with reference to the part standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d for the C process. Here, the ordering command ID “HT01-002” indicates a manufacturing process in the part manufacturing line 45 of the part indicated by the article ID “PD012”. For this reason, the part process management unit 124 refers to the part standard process table 115b and acquires the standard number of days “2 days” required for the C process of the article ID “PD012”. Then, all process totals “9 days” (= 2 days + 4 days + 2 days (standard number of days in process C) +1 day) are acquired. As a result, it is possible to calculate the remaining delivery date for parts that are still in the process.
 部品工程管理部124は、このようにして求めた注残納期を部品注残テーブルの注残納期を示す項目に反映する。これにより、部品注残テーブル113aでは、サプライヤ40,40a,40bでの製造工程の進捗状況に応じた精度の高い注残納期を管理することができる。 The part process management unit 124 reflects the order delivery date obtained in this way in the item indicating the order delivery date in the part delivery table. Thereby, in the parts order remaining table 113a, it is possible to manage an accurate order remaining time according to the progress of the manufacturing process in the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b.
 なお、夜間に部品製造ライン45を停止する場合には、停止した時間を除いて予定日時および実績を管理することが考えられる。これにより、ラインの実働時間に合わせた工程管理を行うことができる。 It should be noted that when the parts production line 45 is stopped at night, it is conceivable to manage the scheduled date and time and the actual results excluding the stopped time. Thereby, the process management according to the working time of the line can be performed.
 図20は、更新図番テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。更新図番テーブル116aは、引当対象図番取得部131により生成され、引当対象部品情報記憶部116に格納される。更新図番テーブル116aには、図番を示す項目および版数を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの更新が行われた部品に関する情報を構成する。 FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the update figure number table. The updated figure number table 116 a is generated by the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 and stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116. The updated figure number table 116a is provided with an item showing the figure number and an item showing the version number. The information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other, and constitutes information related to a part for which one update has been performed.
 図番を示す項目には、部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113および部品在庫情報記憶部114で管理される各情報のうち、更新が行われた部品の図番が設定される。版数を示す項目には、図番に対する版数が設定される。 In the item indicating the figure number, among the pieces of information managed by the part requirement information storage unit 112, the part order information storage unit 113, and the part inventory information storage unit 114, the figure number of the updated part is set. . In the item indicating the version number, the version number for the figure number is set.
 例えば、受注管理部121は、製品の受注数量の変更を受け付け、部品所要情報記憶部112に記憶された部品所要テーブル112bの所要ID“SY001”のレコードを更新したとする。すると、引当対象図番取得部131は、部品所要テーブル112bの所要ID“SY001”のレコードを参照して、対象の部品の図番および版数を抽出し、更新図番テーブル116aに設定する。部品発注情報記憶部113に記憶された部品注残テーブル113aおよび部品在庫情報記憶部114に記憶された部品在庫テーブル114aの各レコードについての更新に関しても同様である。 For example, it is assumed that the order management unit 121 receives a change in the order quantity of a product and updates the record of the requirement ID “SY001” in the component requirement table 112b stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112. Then, the allocation target figure number obtaining unit 131 refers to the record of the requirement ID “SY001” in the part requirement table 112b, extracts the figure number and version number of the target part, and sets them in the updated figure number table 116a. The same applies to the update of each record of the component order remaining table 113a stored in the component order information storage unit 113 and the component inventory table 114a stored in the component inventory information storage unit 114.
 引当対象図番取得部131は、これら各テーブルの更新されたレコードに含まれる図番および版数を更新を検出したタイミングで随時、更新図番テーブル116aに設定する。
 図21は、引当対象図番テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。引当対象図番テーブル116bは、引当対象図番取得部131により更新図番テーブル116aに基づいて生成され、引当対象部品情報記憶部116に格納される。引当対象図番テーブル116bには、図番を示す項目および版数を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの引当対象となる部品の情報を示す。
The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 sets the figure number and the version number included in the updated record of each table in the updated figure number table 116a at any time when an update is detected.
FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the allocation target figure number table. The allocation target figure number table 116 b is generated based on the updated figure number table 116 a by the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 and stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116. The allocation target figure number table 116b is provided with an item indicating the figure number and an item indicating the version number. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other, and indicates information of a part to be allocated.
 図番を示す項目には、引当対象とする部品の図番が設定される。版数を示す項目には、図番に対する版数が設定される。
 引当対象図番テーブル116bは、更新図番テーブル116aから図番かつ版数が重複するレコードを1つにまとめたものである。
In the item indicating the figure number, the figure number of the part to be allocated is set. In the item indicating the version number, the version number for the figure number is set.
The allocation target figure number table 116b is a collection of records with duplicate figure numbers and version numbers from the updated figure number table 116a.
 図22は、引当明細テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。引当明細テーブル117aは、リザーブ引当処理部133または数量引当処理部134によって生成・更新され、部品引当明細記憶部117に格納される。引当明細テーブル117aには、受注番号を示す項目、所要IDを示す項目、図番を示す項目、版数を示す項目、所要日を示す項目、所要数を示す項目、引当前所要残数を示す項目、引当数を示す項目、引当区分を示す項目、在庫数/発注数を示す項目、在庫ID/注残IDを示す項目および注残納期を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの引当結果に関する情報を示す。 FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the allocation details table. The allocation detail table 117a is generated / updated by the reserve allocation processing unit 133 or the quantity allocation processing unit 134, and is stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117. In the allocation detail table 117a, an item indicating an order number, an item indicating a required ID, an item indicating a drawing number, an item indicating a version number, an item indicating a required date, an item indicating a required number, and a required remaining number before allocation are shown. There are provided an item, an item indicating the number of allocations, an item indicating the allocation category, an item indicating the number of stocks / the number of orders, an item indicating inventory ID / the remaining order ID, and an item indicating the remaining delivery date. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information related to one allocation result.
 受注番号を示す項目には、引当内容が関係する受注番号が設定される。所要IDを示す項目には、引当内容が関係する所要IDが設定される。図番を示す項目には、引当対象部品の図番が設定される。版数を示す項目には、図番に対する版数が設定される。所要日を示す項目には、部品の所要日が設定される。所要数を示す項目には、部品の所要数が設定される。引当前所要残数を示す項目には、所要数に対し直前までの引当処理で既に引当が行われている引当済数を除いた残数が設定される。引当数を示す項目には、今回の(該当レコードが示す)引当処理で引き当てた数量が設定される。引当区分を示す項目には、在庫からの引当か注残からの引当かを示す区分が設定される。在庫数/発注数を示す項目には、引当源泉となった在庫/注残部品の数量が設定される。在庫ID/注残IDを示す項目には、引当源泉となった在庫IDまたは注残IDが設定される。注残納期を示す項目には、注残から引き当てた部品に関して、注残納期が設定される。 In the item indicating the order number, an order number related to the provision contents is set. In the item indicating the required ID, a required ID related to the provision contents is set. In the item indicating the figure number, the figure number of the allocation target part is set. In the item indicating the version number, the version number for the figure number is set. The required date of the part is set in the item indicating the required date. In the item indicating the required number, the required number of parts is set. In the item indicating the required remaining number before allocation, the remaining number excluding the allocated number that has already been allocated in the allocation process until immediately before the required number is set. In the item indicating the number of allocations, the quantity allocated in the current allocation process (indicated by the corresponding record) is set. In the item indicating the allocation category, a category indicating whether the allocation is from the inventory or the allocation from the backlog is set. In the item indicating the number of stocks / the number of orders, the quantity of stocks / remaining parts that are the source of allocation is set. In the item indicating inventory ID / remaining note ID, an inventory ID or a remaining note ID serving as a reservation source is set. In the item indicating the remaining delivery date, the remaining delivery date is set for a part allocated from the remaining purchase date.
 引当明細テーブル117aには、例えば、受注番号が“OR001”、所要IDが“SY001”、図番が“DR011”、版数が“V01”、所要日が“2009/9/1”、所要数が“100”、引当前所要残数が“100”、引当数が“30”、引当区分が“在庫”、在庫数/発注数が“30”、在庫ID/注残IDが“SK001”、注残納期が“-”(設定なし)という情報が設定される。これは、受注番号“OR001”の受注に対して、図番“DR011”かつ版数“V01”で指定される部品の所要ID“SY001”の所要レコードが結び付けられており、その部品の引当前所要残数“100”に対して、在庫ID“SK001”で示される在庫から“30”が引き当てられたことを示している。なお、当引当明細レコードで示される引当処理は、在庫からの引当を行っているため、注残納期は設定なしとなる。 In the allocation details table 117a, for example, the order number is “OR001”, the required ID is “SY001”, the figure number is “DR011”, the version number is “V01”, the required date is “2009/9/1”, the required number Is “100”, the required remaining number before allocation is “100”, the allocation number is “30”, the allocation category is “inventory”, the inventory number / order number is “30”, the inventory ID / remaining ID is “SK001”, Note The information that the remaining delivery date is "-" (no setting) is set. This is because the required record of the required ID “SY001” of the part specified by the figure number “DR011” and the version number “V01” is linked to the received order of the order number “OR001”, and before the allocation of the part It shows that “30” is allocated from the stock indicated by the stock ID “SK001” to the required remaining number “100”. In addition, since the allocation process shown by this allocation detail record allocates from stock, there is no setting of the order delivery date.
 また、引当明細テーブル117aには、例えば、受注番号が“OR001”、所要IDが“SY001”、図番が“DR011”、版数が“V01”、所要日が“2009/9/1”、所要数が“100”、引当前所要残数が“70”、引当数が“10”、引当区分が“在庫”、在庫数/発注数が“10”、在庫ID/注残IDが“SK002”、注残納期が“-”(設定なし)という情報が設定される。引当前所要残数“70”は、直前の引当処理によって、所要残数“100”に対して在庫ID“SK001”の在庫から既に“30”が引当済みであるため、“100-30=70”として求められたものである。 Further, in the allocation details table 117a, for example, the order number is “OR001”, the required ID is “SY001”, the figure number is “DR011”, the version number is “V01”, the required date is “2009/9/1”, The required number is “100”, the required remaining number before allocation is “70”, the allocated number is “10”, the allocation type is “inventory”, the inventory number / order number is “10”, and the inventory ID / remaining ID is “SK002”. ", The information that the note delivery date is"-"(no setting) is set. The required remaining number before allocation “70” is “100−30 = 70” because “30” has already been allocated from the inventory with the inventory ID “SK001” with respect to the required remaining number “100” by the previous allocation process. "
 また、引当明細テーブル117aには、例えば、受注番号が“OR001”、所要IDが“SY001”、図番が“DR011”、版数が“V01”、所要日が“2009/9/1”、所要数が“100”、引当前所要残数が“50”、引当数が“50”、引当区分が“注残”、在庫数/発注数が“50”、在庫ID/注残IDが“FA001”、注残納期が“2009/8/31”という情報が設定される。これは、受注番号“OR001”の受注に対して、図番“DR011”かつ版数“V01”で指定される部品の所要ID“SY001”の所要レコードが結び付けられており、その部品の所要残数“50”に対して、在庫ID“FA001”で示される注残から“50”が引き当てられたことを示している。更に、その注残部品の注残納期が“2009/8/31”であることを示している。 Further, in the allocation details table 117a, for example, the order number is “OR001”, the required ID is “SY001”, the figure number is “DR011”, the version number is “V01”, the required date is “2009/9/1”, The required number is “100”, the required remaining number before allocation is “50”, the allocated number is “50”, the allocation category is “remaining order”, the inventory quantity / order quantity is “50”, and the inventory ID / remaining ID is “50”. The information is set to FA001 ”and the note delivery date“ 2009/8/31 ”. This is because the required record of the required ID “SY001” of the part specified by the figure number “DR011” and the version number “V01” is linked to the received order of the order number “OR001”, and the required remaining of the part The number “50” indicates that “50” is allocated from the remaining stock indicated by the inventory ID “FA001”. Furthermore, it shows that the remaining delivery date for the remaining parts is “2009/8/31”.
 また、引当明細テーブル117aには、例えば、受注番号が“OR001”、所要IDが“SY003”、図番が“DR013”、版数が“V01”、所要日が“2009/9/1”、所要数が“50”、引当前所要残数が“10”、引当数が“0”、引当区分が“欠品”、在庫数/発注数が“0”、在庫ID/注残IDが“-”(設定なし)、注残納期が“-”(設定なし)という情報が設定される。これは、受注番号“OR001”の受注に対して、図番“DR013”かつ版数“V01”で指定される部品の所要ID“SY003”の所要レコードが結び付けられており、その部品の引当前所要残数“10”に対して、引当源泉が存在しない(在庫数も注残数も存在しない)ために引当が行えなかった“欠品”の状態であることを示している。 Further, in the allocation details table 117a, for example, the order number is “OR001”, the required ID is “SY003”, the drawing number is “DR013”, the version number is “V01”, the required date is “2009/9/1”, The required number is “50”, the required remaining number before allocation is “10”, the allocated number is “0”, the allocation category is “out of stock”, the inventory number / order number is “0”, and the inventory ID / remaining ID is “ -"(No setting) and note remaining delivery date is set as"-"(no setting). This is because the required record of the required ID “SY003” of the part specified by the figure number “DR013” and the version number “V01” is linked to the received order of the order number “OR001”, and before the allocation of the part For the required remaining number “10”, there is no allocation source (the number of inventory and the number of remaining orders does not exist), indicating that the item is “out of stock” that could not be allocated.
 図23は、引当履歴テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。引当履歴テーブル117bは、リザーブ引当処理部133または数量引当処理部134に生成され、部品引当明細記憶部117に格納される。引当履歴テーブル117bは、引当処理が行われた部品の図番および版数と、対応する受注番号とを記録したログである。リザーブ引当処理部133または数量引当処理部134は、引当明細テーブル117aの引当明細レコードを生成するたびに、引当履歴レコードを生成し、引当履歴テーブル117bに登録する。引当履歴テーブル117bには、受注番号を示す項目、図番を示す項目および版数を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、引当が行われた部品に関する情報を示す。 FIG. 23 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the allocation history table. The allocation history table 117b is generated in the reserve allocation processing unit 133 or the quantity allocation processing unit 134 and is stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117. The allocation history table 117b is a log that records the figure number and version number of a part that has been allocated and the corresponding order number. Each time the reserve allocation processing unit 133 or the quantity allocation processing unit 134 generates an allocation detail record of the allocation detail table 117a, it generates an allocation history record and registers it in the allocation history table 117b. The allocation history table 117b includes an item indicating an order number, an item indicating a drawing number, and an item indicating a version number. Information about the parts that have been allocated is shown by associating pieces of information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item with each other.
 受注番号を示す項目には、引当処理が行われた部品が関係する受注番号が設定される。図番を示す項目には、引当処理が行われた部品の図番が設定される。版数を示す項目には、図番に対する版数が設定される。 In the item indicating the order number, an order number related to the part for which the allocation process has been performed is set. In the item indicating the figure number, the figure number of the part subjected to the allocation process is set. In the item indicating the version number, the version number for the figure number is set.
 引当履歴テーブル117bには、例えば、受注番号が“OR001”、図番が“DR011”、版数が“V01”という情報が設定される。これは、図番“DR011”かつ版数“V01”で示される部品の受注番号“OR001”の受注につき、引当処理がなされたことを示している。 In the allocation history table 117b, for example, information that the order number is “OR001”, the figure number is “DR011”, and the version number is “V01” is set. This indicates that an allocation process has been performed for an order with the order number “OR001” of the part indicated by the figure number “DR011” and the version number “V01”.
 図24は、面揃対象管理テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。面揃対象管理テーブル118aは、面揃情報更新処理部141により生成され、部品面揃情報記憶部118に格納される。面揃対象管理テーブル118aには、受注番号を示す情報が設定される。 FIG. 24 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the surface alignment target management table. The surface alignment target management table 118 a is generated by the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 and stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118. Information indicating the order number is set in the surface alignment target management table 118a.
 受注番号を示す項目には、面揃処理の対象とする受注内容を示す受注番号が設定される。
 面揃対象管理テーブル118aには、例えば、受注番号が“OR001”という情報が設定される。これは、受注番号“OR001”で示される受注製品に関係する部品の引当に対して更新が行われたため、当受注に対して面揃処理が必要であることを示している。すなわち、面揃対象管理テーブル118aを参照することで、面揃処理が必要な受注を識別できる。
In the item indicating the order number, an order number indicating the order contents to be subjected to the surface alignment processing is set.
For example, information indicating that the order number is “OR001” is set in the surface alignment target management table 118a. This indicates that the arrangement processing is necessary for this order because the provision for the parts related to the order product indicated by the order number “OR001” has been updated. That is, by referring to the surface alignment target management table 118a, it is possible to identify orders that require surface alignment processing.
 図25は、部品面揃テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。部品面揃テーブル118bは、引当明細テーブル117aに基づいて面揃情報更新処理部141により生成・更新され、部品面揃情報記憶部118に格納される。部品面揃テーブル118bには、受注番号を示す項目、図番を示す項目、版数を示す項目、所要数を示す項目、在庫引当数を示す項目、在庫部品面揃年月日を示す項目、注残引当数(納期内)を示す項目、注残引当数(遅延)を示す項目、注残納期を示す項目、注残部品面揃年月日を示す項目、未手配(納期内)を示す項目、未手配(遅延)を示す項目、未手配部品納期を示す項目および未手配部品面揃年月日を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、部品の面揃日を管理するための情報を示す。 FIG. 25 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the component surface alignment table. The component surface alignment table 118b is generated / updated by the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 based on the allocation detail table 117a, and is stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118. The parts surface alignment table 118b includes an item indicating an order number, an item indicating a drawing number, an item indicating a version number, an item indicating a required number, an item indicating the number of inventory reservations, an item indicating an inventory part surface alignment date, Item indicating the number of remaining reserves (within delivery date), item showing the number of remaining reserves (delayed), item showing the remaining order delivery date, item showing the date of the remaining parts, and unarranged (within delivery date) There are provided an item, an item indicating unarranged (delayed), an item indicating an unarranged part delivery date, and an item indicating an unarranged part surface alignment date. The information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other, and indicates information for managing the surface alignment date of the parts.
 受注番号を示す項目には、当面揃レコードが関係する受注番号が設定される。図番を示す項目には、対象部品の図番が設定される。版数を示す項目には、図番に対する版数が設定される。所要数を示す項目には、引当の必要な所要数が設定される。 In the item indicating the order number, the order number related to the current assortment record is set. In the item indicating the figure number, the figure number of the target part is set. In the item indicating the version number, the version number for the figure number is set. In the item indicating the required number, the required number necessary for allocation is set.
 在庫引当数を示す項目には、在庫から引き当てた数が設定される。在庫部品面揃年月日を示す項目には、在庫から引き当てた部品の面揃年月日が設定される。なお、在庫部品面揃年月日は在庫からの引当であるため、各部品の所要日がそのまま設定される。 The number allocated from stock is set in the item indicating the number of stocks reserved. In the item indicating the inventory part surface alignment date, the surface alignment date of the part allocated from the inventory is set. In addition, since the date of inventory part alignment is provision from inventory, the required date of each part is set as it is.
 注残引当数(納期内)を示す項目には、注残から引き当てた部品のうち、注残納期が当初納期内のものの数量が設定される。ここで、当初納期とは、製品を製造するに当たりその製品の顧客への納期に基づいて、製品製造会社20がサプライヤ40,40a,40b側へ当初希望していた部品の納期である。注残引当数(遅延)を示す項目には、注残から引き当てた部品のうち、注残納期が当初納期に納まっていない(納期遅延している)ものの数量が設定される。注残納期を示す項目には、サプライヤ40,40a,40bでの部品の製造工程の進捗に応じた注残納期が設定される。注残部品面揃年月日を示す項目には、上位物品の構成部品となる注残部品群が倉庫25に揃う日付が設定される。 In the item indicating the number of remaining reserves (within the delivery date), the quantity of the parts allocated from the remaining stock with the remaining delivery date within the initial delivery date is set. Here, the initial delivery date is the delivery date of the parts initially desired by the product manufacturing company 20 to the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b based on the delivery date of the product to the customer. In the item indicating the number of remaining allowances (delayed), the quantity of the parts allocated from the remaining remnants that are not yet delivered in the initial delivery date (the delivery date is delayed) is set. In the item indicating the remaining delivery date, the remaining delivery date is set according to the progress of the parts manufacturing process at the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b. In the item indicating the remaining part surface alignment date, the date when the remaining part group which is a component part of the upper article is aligned in the warehouse 25 is set.
 未手配(納期内)を示す項目には、欠品状態で引当が行われていないが、現時点からサプライヤ40,40a,40bへ発注して当初納期内に倉庫25へ入庫可能な数量が設定される。未手配(遅延)を示す項目には、欠品状態で引当が行われておらず、現時点からサプライヤ40,40a,40bへ発注しても当初納期内に倉庫25へ入庫できない数量が設定される。未手配部品納期を示す項目には、未手配品を現時点で発注した場合の想定納期が設定される。未手配部品面揃年月日を示す項目には、上位物品の構成部品となる未手配部品群が倉庫25に揃う予想日付が設定される。 In the item indicating unarranged (within delivery date), provision is not made in a shortage state, but the quantity that can be ordered from the current time to the suppliers 40, 40a, 40b and received into the warehouse 25 within the initial delivery date is set. The In the item indicating unarranged (delayed), a quantity that is not reserved in the shortage state and cannot be received in the warehouse 25 within the initial delivery date even if an order is made to the suppliers 40, 40a, 40b from the present time is set. . In the item indicating the unarranged part delivery date, an assumed delivery date when an unallocated product is ordered at the present time is set. In the item indicating the unarranged part surface alignment date, an expected date when an unarranged part group as a component part of the upper article is aligned in the warehouse 25 is set.
 以下、2009年8月30日の午前9時時点を想定した部品面揃テーブル118bの具体的な設定内容を例示する。
 部品面揃テーブル118bには、例えば、受注番号が“OR001”、図番が“DR011”、版数が“V01”、所要数が“100”、在庫引当数が“50”、在庫部品面揃年月日が“2009/9/1”、注残引当数(納期内)が“50”、注残引当数(遅延)が“0”、注残納期が“2009/8/31”、注残部品面揃年月日が“2009/9/2”、未手配(納期内)が“0”、未手配(遅延)が“0”、未手配部品納期が“-”(設定なし)、未手配部品面揃年月日が“2009/9/3”という情報が設定される。
Hereinafter, specific setting contents of the part surface alignment table 118b assuming the time of 9:00 am on August 30, 2009 will be exemplified.
In the component surface alignment table 118b, for example, the order number is “OR001”, the drawing number is “DR011”, the version number is “V01”, the required number is “100”, the inventory allocation number is “50”, the inventory component surface alignment The date is “2009/9/1”, the remaining reserve number (within delivery date) is “50”, the remaining reserve number (delayed) is “0”, the remaining order delivery date is “2009/8/31”, The remaining part alignment date is "2009/9/2", unarranged (within delivery date) is "0", unarranged (delayed) is "0", unarranged component delivery date is "-" (no setting), The information that the unarranged part surface alignment date is “2009/9/3” is set.
 これは、図番“DR011”かつ版数“V01”で指定される部品が在庫から数量“50”だけ引き当てられていることを示している。在庫から引き当てた分は、面揃年月日として、引当明細テーブル117aの所要日がそのまま設定される。また、その部品について、注残納期が納期内の注残(納期内注残部品という)から数量“50”だけ引き当てられており、注残納期が遅延の注残(納期遅延注残部品という)からは引き当てていないことを示している。 This indicates that the part designated by the figure number “DR011” and the version number “V01” has been allocated from the stock by the quantity “50”. For the amount allocated from the stock, the required date in the allocation detail table 117a is set as it is as the date of the arrangement. In addition, the quantity of “50” is allocated for the part from the remaining order within the due date (referred to as the remaining part within the due date), and the remaining order due date is referred to as the delayed due date (referred to as the delayed due date part). Indicates that it has not been allocated.
 また、注残納期として、引当を行った納期内注残と納期遅延注残とのうち遅い方の注残納期“2009/8/31”が設定される。すなわち、当レコードにおいては、“2009/8/31”までに所要数として必要な数量“100”が揃うことになる。なお、当レコードでは、納期遅延注残からは引当を行っていないので、納期内注残部品の注残納期が設定される。また、納期遅延注残から引き当てられていれば、納期遅延の注残部品の方の納期が遅いことが通常であるので納期遅延注残部品の注残納期が設定されることになる。 Also, as the remaining order delivery date, the later delivery date “2009/8/31”, which is the later of the remaining delivery date within the due date and the late delivery date, is set. That is, in this record, the necessary quantity “100” is prepared as the required number by “2009/8/31”. In this record, since no provision is made from the late delivery due date, the remaining delivery date for the remaining parts within the delivery date is set. In addition, if it is allocated from the delayed delivery date, the delivery date of the late delivery date component is usually later, so the delivery date of the late delivery date component is set.
 注残部品面揃年月日に設定された“2009/9/2”は、上位物品を製造するための部品群のうち最も遅い注残納期の日付である。ここでは、受注番号“OR001”で指定される製品“PD001”につき部品群“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”(何れも版数“V01”)が必要である。このため、その中で注残納期の最も遅い“DR012”の部品の注残納期“2009/9/2”が設定されることになる。 Note: “2009/9/2” set for the date of the remaining parts to be ordered is the latest date of the remaining delivery date for the parts in order to manufacture the upper article. Here, for the product “PD001” specified by the order number “OR001”, the parts group “DR011”, “DR012”, “DR013” (all of the version numbers “V01”) are required. For this reason, the order remaining delivery date “2009/9/2” of the part “DR012” with the latest order remaining delivery date is set.
 更に、在庫と注残とを引当源泉として所要数を全て引き当てることができるので、未手配(納期内)、未手配(遅延)は何れも“0”となり、未手配部品納期は“-”(設定なし)となる。なお、未手配部品面揃年月日には、注残部品面揃年月日と同様の判断により、未手配品の部品群につき最も遅い想定納期の日付が設定されている。 Furthermore, since all the required numbers can be allocated using the stock and the backlog as the allocation source, both unarranged (within the delivery date) and unarranged (delayed) will be “0”, and the undelivered part delivery date will be “-” ( No setting). In addition, in the unarranged part surface alignment date, the latest estimated delivery date is set for the parts group of unarranged products by the same determination as the remaining component surface alignment date.
 また、部品面揃テーブル118bには、例えば、受注番号が“OR001”、図番が“DR012”、版数が“V01”、所要数が“50”、在庫引当数が“30”、在庫部品面揃年月日が“2009/9/1”、注残引当数(納期内)が“10”、注残引当数(遅延)が“10”、注残納期が“2009/9/2”、注残部品面揃年月日が“2009/9/2”、未手配(納期内)が“0”、未手配(遅延)が“0”、未手配部品納期が“-”(設定なし)、未手配部品面揃年月日が“2009/9/3”という情報が設定される。当レコードに含まれる各設定の意味は、上述した図番“DR011”の部品面揃レコードの設定と同様である。ただし、注残引当数(遅延)の設定が“10”である。すなわち、納期遅延注残から引当を行っている。したがって、注残納期には、この納期遅延注残に関する注残納期が設定される。 Also, in the parts alignment table 118b, for example, the order number is “OR001”, the figure number is “DR012”, the version number is “V01”, the required number is “50”, the inventory allocation number is “30”, and the inventory parts The date of arrangement is “2009/9/1”, the number of remaining provisions (within delivery date) is “10”, the number of remaining provisions (delay) is “10”, and the remaining order delivery date is “2009/9/2” , The remaining part surface alignment date is "2009/9/2", unarranged (within delivery date) is "0", unarranged (delayed) is "0", unarranged component delivery date is "-" (no setting) ), The information that the unarranged part surface alignment date is “2009/9/3” is set. The meaning of each setting included in this record is the same as the setting of the part surface alignment record of the figure number “DR011” described above. However, the setting of the number of remaining orders (delay) is “10”. In other words, provisions are made based on the late delivery deadline. Therefore, in the note remaining payment date, the note remaining date related to this delivery date delayed remaining is set.
 また、部品面揃テーブル118bには、例えば、受注番号が“OR001”、図番が“DR013”、版数が“V01”、所要数が“50”、在庫引当数が“20”、在庫部品面揃年月日が“2009/9/1”、注残引当数(納期内)が“20”、注残引当数(遅延)が“0”、注残納期が“2009/8/30”、注残部品面揃年月日が“2009/9/2”、未手配(納期内)が“0”、未手配(遅延)が“10”、未手配部品納期が“2009/9/3”、未手配部品面揃年月日が“2009/9/3”という情報が設定される。当レコードに含まれる各設定の意味は、上述した図番“DR011”の部品面揃レコードの設定と同様である。 Also, in the parts alignment table 118b, for example, the order number is “OR001”, the figure number is “DR013”, the version number is “V01”, the required number is “50”, the inventory allocation number is “20”, and the inventory part The date of arrangement is “2009/9/1”, the number of remaining reserves (within delivery date) is “20”, the number of remaining reserves (delayed) is “0”, and the remaining order delivery date is “2009/8/30” , The remaining part surface alignment date is "2009/9/2", unarranged (within delivery date) is "0", unarranged (delayed) is "10", unarranged component delivery date is "2009/9/3" ", The information that the unarranged part surface alignment date is" 2009/9/3 "is set. The meaning of each setting included in this record is the same as the setting of the part surface alignment record of the figure number “DR011” described above.
 ただし、当レコードでは在庫と注残とを引当源泉として所要数を全て引き当てることができていない。具体的には、所要数“50”に対して、在庫引当数“20”、注残引当数(納期内)“20”であり、“50-20-20=10”だけ足りない。このため、未手配品として数量“10”が未手配(納期内)あるいは未手配(遅延)に設定されることになる。 However, in this record, it is not possible to allocate all the required numbers using the stock and the backlog as a reserve source. Specifically, with respect to the required number “50”, the number of inventory reserves is “20” and the number of remaining reserves (within delivery date) is “20”, which is insufficient by “50-20-20 = 10”. For this reason, the quantity “10” is set as unarranged (within delivery date) or unarranged (delayed) as an unarranged product.
 ここで、未手配(納期内)あるいは未手配(遅延)の何れに未手配部品の数量を設定するかは、現時点(ここでは“2009/8/30”)に該当部品をサプライヤに発注したとして、予想される納期が当初納期内となるか当初納期内よりも遅延するかによって決めることができる。なお、当初納期として、例えば部品所要テーブル112bに設定された所要日を用いることができる。遅延の有無は、部品標準工程テーブル115bを参照し、各部品の標準工程に掛かる合計日数を部品発注から部品納品までのリードタイムとして、現時点の日付と当初納期とに基づいて判断することができる。ここでは、“2009/8/30”に発注したとしても該当部品の標準リードタイムが“4日”であるので当初納期“2009/9/1”に間に合わない。このため、未手配(遅延)を示す項目に現時点での欠品分“10”が設定されている。また、その結果予想される納期“2009/9/3”が未手配部品納期を示す項目に設定されている。 Here, whether the quantity of unarranged parts is set as unarranged (within delivery date) or unarranged (delayed) is based on the fact that the relevant part has been ordered from the supplier at the present time (in this case, “2009/8/30”) The expected delivery date can be determined according to whether it is within the initial delivery date or delayed from the initial delivery date. As the initial delivery date, for example, the required date set in the component required table 112b can be used. Whether or not there is a delay can be determined based on the current date and the initial delivery date by referring to the part standard process table 115b and using the total number of days required for the standard process of each part as the lead time from part ordering to part delivery. . In this case, even if an order is placed on “2009/8/30”, the standard lead time of the corresponding part is “4 days”, so that it is not in time for the initial delivery date “2009/9/1”. For this reason, “10” corresponding to the current shortage is set in the item indicating unarranged (delayed). In addition, the expected delivery date “2009/9/3” is set as an item indicating the unallocated parts delivery date.
 図26は、製造計画管理テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。製造計画管理テーブル118cは、部品面揃テーブル118bに基づいて製造管理部142により生成・更新され、部品面揃情報記憶部118に格納される。製造計画管理テーブル118cには、受注番号を示す項目、製品図番を示す項目、版数(製品)を示す項目、部品図番を示す項目、版数(部品)を示す項目、使用数(在庫)を示す項目、着手可能年月日を示す項目(在庫)、試済年月日を示す項目(在庫)、使用数(注残納期内)を示す項目、使用数(注残遅延)を示す項目、着手可能年月日(注残)を示す項目、試済年月日(注残)を示す項目、使用数(未手配納期内)を示す項目、使用数(未手配遅延)を示す項目、着手可能年月日(未手配)を示す項目および試済年月日(未手配)を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの製品に関する情報を示す。 FIG. 26 shows an example of the data structure of the manufacturing plan management table. The production plan management table 118 c is generated / updated by the production management unit 142 based on the component surface alignment table 118 b and stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118. The production plan management table 118c includes an item indicating an order number, an item indicating a product drawing number, an item indicating a version number (product), an item indicating a part drawing number, an item indicating a version number (part), and the number of uses (inventory). ), Items indicating available dates (inventory), items indicating trial dates (inventory), items indicating the number of used items (within the remaining delivery date), indicating the number of used items (delayed delay) Items, items that indicate the date when the product can be started (notes remaining), items that indicate the date of trial (notes remaining), items that indicate the number of uses (within the unallocated delivery date), items that indicate the number of uses (unallocated delay) In addition, an item indicating an available date (unarranged) and an item indicating a date of trial (unarranged) are provided. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate information related to one product.
 受注番号を示す項目には、製品の受注番号が設定される。製品図番を示す項目には、製品の図番が設定される。版数(製品)を示す項目には、製品図番に対する版数が設定される。部品図番を示す項目には、構成部品の図番が設定される。版数(部品)を示す項目には、部品図番に対する版数が設定される。 The order number of the product is set in the item indicating the order number. In the item indicating the product drawing number, the drawing number of the product is set. In the item indicating the version number (product), the version number for the product drawing number is set. In the item indicating the part diagram number, the diagram number of the component part is set. In the item indicating the version number (part), the version number for the part diagram number is set.
 使用数(在庫)を示す項目には、製品の製造に着手するために使用すべき部品の数が設定される。ここでいう部品とは、同レコードに含まれる部品図番かつ版数で示される部品である(以下同様)。着手可能年月日(在庫)を示す項目には、在庫部品を用いて製造着手が可能な日付が設定される。試済年月日(在庫)を示す項目には、在庫部品により製造した製品が試済となる(試験工程が完了する)日付が設定される。 The number of parts that should be used to start manufacturing the product is set in the item indicating the number used (inventory). The parts here are parts indicated by the part drawing number and the version number included in the record (the same applies hereinafter). In the item indicating the start date (inventory), a date on which manufacture can be started using a stock part is set. In the item indicating the date of trial (inventory), a date on which a product manufactured from stock parts is trialed (the test process is completed) is set.
 使用数(注残納期内)を示す項目には、製品の製造に着手するために使用すべき納期内注残部品の数が設定される。使用数(注残遅延)を示す項目には、製品の製造に着手するために使用すべき納期遅延注残部品の数が設定される。着手可能年月日(注残)を示す項目には、注残部品を含めて製造着手が可能な日付が設定される。試済年月日(注残)を示す項目には、注残部品により製造した製品が試済となる日付が設定される。 In the item indicating the number of use (within the remaining delivery date), the number of the remaining parts within the delivery date that should be used in order to start manufacturing the product is set. In the item indicating the number of uses (remaining delay), the number of delivery date delayed remaining parts to be used for starting the manufacture of the product is set. In the item indicating the date of commencement (the remaining order), a date on which the manufacturing can be started including the remaining part is set. The date indicating the date of trial of the product manufactured with the remaining part is set in the item indicating the date of trial (the remaining part).
 使用数(未手配納期内)を示す項目には、製品の製造に着手するために使用すべき納期内未手配部品の数が設定される。ここで、納期内未手配部品とは、現時点で発注を行えば当初納期内での入庫が見込まれる部品(部品面揃テーブル118bの未手配(納期内)を示す項目に対応する部品)をいう。使用数(未手配遅延)を示す項目には、製品の製造に着手するために使用すべき納期遅延未手配部品の数が設定される。ここで、納期遅延未手配部品とは、現時点で発注を行っても当初納期内での入庫が見込まれない部品(部品面揃テーブル118bの未手配(遅延)を示す項目に対応する部品)をいう。着手可能年月日(未手配)を示す項目には、未手配部品の発注を行ったとして、その未手配部品を用いた製造着手が可能な日付が設定される。試済年月日(未手配)を示す項目には、未手配部品により製造した製品が試済となる日付が設定される。 In the item indicating the number of uses (within the unarranged delivery date), the number of unarranged parts within the due date that should be used in order to start manufacturing the product is set. Here, the unarranged part within the delivery date refers to a part (a part corresponding to an item indicating an unarranged (within delivery date) in the part alignment table 118b) that is expected to be received within the initial delivery date if an order is placed at the present time. . In the item indicating the number of uses (unarranged delay), the number of undelivered parts that are to be used for starting the manufacture of the product is set. Here, the delivery date unarranged parts are parts that are not expected to be received within the initial delivery date even if an order is placed at the present time (parts corresponding to items indicating unarranged (delayed) in the parts alignment table 118b). Say. In the item indicating the start date (unarranged), a date when the manufacture can be started using the unarranged part is set even if the unarranged part is ordered. In the item indicating the date of trial (unarranged), a date on which a product manufactured from the unarranged parts will be retriald is set.
 製造計画管理テーブル118cには、例えば、受注番号が“OR001”、製品図番が“DR001”、版数(製品)が“V01”、部品図番が“DR011”、版数(部品)が“V01”、使用数(在庫)が“40”、着手可能年月日(在庫)が“2009/9/1”、試済年月日(在庫)が“2009/9/15”、使用数(注残納期内)が“40”、使用数(注残遅延)が“0”、着手可能年月日(注残)が“2009/9/1”、試済年月日(注残)が“2009/9/15”、使用数(未手配納期内)が“0”、使用数(未手配遅延)が“20”、着手可能年月日(未手配)が“2009/9/3”、試済年月日(未手配)が“2009/9/17”という情報が設定される。 In the manufacturing plan management table 118c, for example, the order number is “OR001”, the product drawing number is “DR001”, the version number (product) is “V01”, the part drawing number is “DR011”, and the version number (part) is “ V01 ”, the number of uses (inventory) is“ 40 ”, the start date (inventory) is“ 2009/9/1 ”, the date of trial (inventory) is“ 2009/9/15 ”, the number of uses ( “Inside delivery deadline” is “40”, the number of uses (outside delay) is “0”, the available date (outside) is “2009/9/1”, and the date of trial (outside) is “2009/9/15”, the number of uses (within the unarranged delivery date) is “0”, the number of uses (unarranged delay) is “20”, and the start date (unarranged) is “2009/9/3” The information that the date of trial (unarranged) is “2009/9/17” is set.
 これは、製品図番“DR001”かつ版数“V01”で示される製品を、部品図番“DR011”かつ版数“V01”で示される部品を在庫から“40”使用して、“2009/9/1”に製造着手可能であることを示している。また、その場合の試済予定の日付が“2009/9/15”であることを示している。なお、部品面揃テーブル118bの在庫引当数を示す項目によれば、在庫からの引当数量は“50”である。ここで、物品構成テーブル111bによれば、製品“PD001”を製造するために必要な部品群の各部品“PD011”、“PD012”、“PD013”が数量比2:1:1で必要となる。ところで、在庫からのみでは部品図番“DR013”かつ版数“V01”で示される部品の引当数(使用可能数)が“20”である。すなわち、部品図番“DR013”の部品の使用可能数“20”により製造可能な製品の数量が決定する。このため、在庫品のみを使用できる“2009/9/1”の時点では、部品図番“DR011”かつ版数“V01”で示される部品(“PD011”に対応する)につき在庫から数量“40”だけ使用すればよいことになる。 This is because the product indicated by the product drawing number “DR001” and the version number “V01” is used by using the part indicated by the part drawing number “DR011” and the version number “V01” from the stock “40”, and “2009 / 9/1 ″ indicates that manufacturing can be started. In addition, in this case, the date of the scheduled trial is “2009/9/15”. According to the item indicating the number of inventory allocations in the part surface alignment table 118b, the allocation quantity from the inventory is “50”. Here, according to the article configuration table 111b, the parts “PD011”, “PD012”, and “PD013” of the parts group necessary for manufacturing the product “PD001” are required in a quantity ratio of 2: 1: 1. . By the way, from the stock only, the number of parts allocated (usable number) indicated by the part diagram number “DR013” and the version number “V01” is “20”. That is, the quantity of products that can be manufactured is determined by the usable number “20” of the parts with the part diagram number “DR013”. For this reason, at the time of “2009/9/1” when only stock items can be used, the quantity “40” from the stock for the part (corresponding to “PD011”) indicated by the part diagram number “DR011” and the version number “V01”. You just have to use it.
 また、使用数(注残納期内)には納期内注残部品として新たに入庫予定のものを含め在庫品と共に製造に使用できる数量として“20”が設定される。これは、納期内注残部品に関して、部品図番“DR011”および“DR013”の部品(版数は同一であるため以下省略する)がそれぞれ“50”、“20”新たに使用可能となった結果である。すなわち、それによって、在庫品および納期内注残部品から使用可能な数量が部品図番“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品に対し(既に使用済のものを考慮して)それぞれ、10+50=60、10+10=20、0+20=20であるので、この時点では“DR012”、“DR013”の使用可能数量によって、製品の製造可能数の上限が決まり、各部品の使用数が決まる。ここで、“DR012”、“DR013”はそれぞれ“20”使用できるので、各部品の所要の数量比から当レコード(“DR011”の部品)の使用数(注残納期内)を示す項目には、“40”が設定される。 In addition, “20” is set as the quantity that can be used for manufacturing together with the inventory, including those that are scheduled to be received as the remaining parts within the delivery date, in the number of uses (within the remaining delivery date). This means that parts with part numbers “DR011” and “DR013” (the version numbers are the same and will be omitted below) are newly available for “50” and “20”, respectively. It is a result. In other words, the quantity that can be used from the stock items and the remaining parts within the delivery date is respectively for each part number “DR011”, “DR012”, “DR013” (considering already used parts). Since 10 + 50 = 60, 10 + 10 = 20, and 0 + 20 = 20, the upper limit of the number of products that can be manufactured is determined by the usable quantities of “DR012” and “DR013”, and the number of parts used is determined. Here, since “20” can be used for “DR012” and “DR013”, the item indicating the number of uses of this record (parts of “DR011”) (within the remaining delivery date) from the required quantity ratio of each part. , “40” is set.
 使用数(注残遅延)に関しても同様に部品図番“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の使用可能数はそれぞれ、20+0=20、0+10=10、0+0=0であるので、この時点では“DR013”の使用可能数量が“0”である。したがって、製品の製造には着手できず、使用数(注残遅延)を示す項目には、“0”が設定される。 Similarly, regarding the number of used parts (remaining delay), the usable numbers of the respective parts number “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” are 20 + 0 = 20, 0 + 10 = 10, and 0 + 0 = 0. At this time, the usable quantity of “DR013” is “0”. Accordingly, the manufacture of the product cannot be started, and “0” is set in the item indicating the number of uses (remaining delay).
 また、納期内注残部品と納期遅延注残部品とを含め“2009/9/1”には、注残部品を含めた製造着手が可能であることを示している。また、その場合の試済予定の日付が“2009/9/15”であることを示している。なお、納期遅延注残部品を用いて製品の製造が着手可能であれば、着手可能年月日(注残)にはその納期遅延注残部品のうち、最も納期の遅い日付が設定されることとなる。本例では、納期遅延注残部品として、“DR012”が入庫されたとしても、部品“DR013”の欠品により製造着手ができないので、納期内注残部品のうち最も納期の遅い日付が着手可能年月日(注残)に設定される。 In addition, “2009/9/1” including the remaining parts within the delivery date and the remaining parts due to the delivery date indicates that it is possible to start manufacturing including the remaining parts. In addition, in this case, the date of the scheduled trial is “2009/9/15”. In addition, if it is possible to start manufacturing products using late delivery deadline parts, the latest delivery date of the late delivery deadline parts must be set as the available date It becomes. In this example, even if “DR012” is received as a delayed delivery due part, production cannot be started due to a shortage of the part “DR013”. Set to year, month, day (remaining note).
 更に、使用数(未手配納期内)には納期内未手配部品として在庫品および注残品と共に使用できる数量として“0”が設定される。“DR012”、“DR013”のレコードに関しても同様に“0”が設定される。なぜなら、部品面揃テーブル118bの未手配(納期内)を示す項目によれば、未手配品として期間内に入手可能な部品が何れも“0”であり、新たに製品を製造するに足るだけの部品を使用できないためである。 Furthermore, “0” is set as the quantity that can be used together with stocks and unordered items as unarranged parts within the delivery date, in the number of uses (within the unarranged delivery date). Similarly, “0” is set for the records “DR012” and “DR013”. This is because, according to the item indicating unarranged (within the delivery date) of the component surface alignment table 118b, all the parts available as unarranged items within the period are “0”, which is enough to manufacture a new product. This is because the parts cannot be used.
 また、使用数(未手配遅延)に関しては、部品図番“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の使用可能数はそれぞれ、20+0=20、10+0=10、0+10=10であるので、使用可能な全部品を用いて製造に着手できることになる。その結果、当レコードの使用数(未手配遅延)を示す項目には、“20”が設定される。 In addition, regarding the number of use (unarranged delay), the usable numbers of the parts of the part diagram numbers “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” are 20 + 0 = 20, 10 + 0 = 10, and 0 + 10 = 10, respectively. The production can be started using all available parts. As a result, “20” is set in the item indicating the number of uses of this record (unarranged delay).
 また、納期内未手配部品と納期遅延未手配部品とを含め“2009/9/3”には、全未手配部品を含めた製造着手が可能であることを示している。また、その場合の試済予定の日付が“2009/9/17”であることを示している。 In addition, “2009/9/3” including parts not yet arranged within the delivery date and parts not arranged late in the delivery date indicates that it is possible to start production including all the parts that are not yet arranged. In addition, in this case, the date of the scheduled trial is “2009/9/17”.
 このように、製造計画管理テーブル118cを用いることで、製品の製造に着手可能となる日付や試済予定の日付を管理することができる。すなわち、製造計画管理テーブル118cは、製品の製造スケジュールを管理するための情報として用いることができる。また、製造管理部142は、製造計画管理テーブル118cを参照して、製品製造会社20の製品工場に対して製品の製造指示を行うことができる。 In this way, by using the production plan management table 118c, it is possible to manage the date when the product can be started and the date of the scheduled trial. That is, the production plan management table 118c can be used as information for managing the production schedule of products. In addition, the manufacturing management unit 142 can issue a product manufacturing instruction to the product factory of the product manufacturing company 20 with reference to the manufacturing plan management table 118c.
 図27は、納期回答テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。納期回答テーブル119aは、納期回答情報生成部143により製造計画管理テーブル118cに基づいて生成・更新され、納期回答情報記憶部119に格納される。納期回答テーブル119aには、受注番号を示す項目、図番を示す項目、版数を示す項目、製造可能数を示す項目、最終面揃(着手)予定日を示す項目および最終試済予定日を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つの受注に対する納期管理のための情報を示す。 FIG. 27 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the delivery date reply table. The delivery date response table 119a is generated / updated by the delivery date response information generation unit 143 based on the manufacturing plan management table 118c, and is stored in the delivery date response information storage unit 119. The delivery date reply table 119a includes an item indicating an order number, an item indicating a drawing number, an item indicating a version number, an item indicating the number of manufacturable items, an item indicating a final surface alignment (start) scheduled date, and a final scheduled date of trial. Items to be shown are provided. The information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other, and indicates information for delivery date management for one order.
 受注番号を示す項目には、受注番号が設定される。図番を示す項目には、納品すべき製品の図番が設定される。版数を示す項目には、図番に対する版数が設定される。製造可能数を示す項目には、在庫品、注残品(納期内/納期遅延ごと)、未手配品(納期内/納期遅延ごと)が利用可能となる各時点において、製造可能な製品の数量が設定される。最終面揃(着手)予定日を示す項目には、最終面揃予定日を示す日付が設定される。最終試済予定日を示す項目には、最終面揃予定日から製造着手した場合の最終の試済予定日が設定される。 The order number is set in the item indicating the order number. In the item indicating the figure number, the figure number of the product to be delivered is set. In the item indicating the version number, the version number for the figure number is set. The number of products that can be manufactured is the quantity of products that can be manufactured at each point when stock items, unordered items (within delivery date / each delivery date delay), and unarranged products (within delivery date / each delivery date delay) are available. Is set. In the item indicating the final surface alignment (start) scheduled date, a date indicating the final surface alignment scheduled date is set. In the item indicating the final scheduled date, the final scheduled date when production starts from the final scheduled date is set.
 納期回答テーブル119aには、受注番号が“OR001”、図番が“DR001”、版数が“V01”、製造可能数につき在庫が“4”、注残納期内が“4”、注残遅延が“0”、未手配納期内が“0”、未手配遅延が“2”、最終面揃(着手)予定日が“2009/9/3”、最終試済予定日が“2009/9/17”という情報が設定される。これは、受注番号“OR001”において受注品となっている図番“DR001”かつ版数“V01”で示される製品について、在庫部品のみで“4”、納期内注残部品を含めて“4”、更に納期遅延注残部品を含めて“0”、更に納期内未手配部品を含めて“0”、更に納期遅延未手配部品を含めて“2”、製造可能であることを示している。また、受注数分の製品を製造するために必要な部品数が全て揃う日付(最終面揃予定日)が“2009/9/3”であることを示している。更に、最終面揃予定日に製造着手したとして、試済完了する日付が“2009/9/17”であることを示している。 In the delivery date reply table 119a, the order number is “OR001”, the figure number is “DR001”, the version number is “V01”, the stock is “4” for the number of manufacturable items, “4” is in the remaining delivery date, and the remaining delay is Is “0”, within the non-arranged delivery date is “0”, the unarranged delay is “2”, the final surface alignment (starting) scheduled date is “2009/9/3”, and the final scheduled date for testing is “2009/9 / Information "17" is set. This means that the product indicated by the figure number “DR001” and the version number “V01”, which is an order item in the order number “OR001”, is “4” for the stock parts only, and “4” including the remaining parts within the delivery date. ”,“ 0 ”including parts with late delivery deadlines,“ 0 ”including parts not yet arranged within the delivery date, and“ 2 ”including parts not yet arranged within the delivery date. . In addition, it is indicated that the date when all the parts necessary for manufacturing the product for the number of orders are prepared (the final surface alignment date) is “2009/9/3”. Further, it is shown that the date of completion of the trial is “2009/9/17” on the assumption that the production is started on the final surface alignment scheduled date.
 納期回答処理部144は、例えば営業端末装置21から納期回答要求を受け付けると、納期回答情報記憶部119に記憶された納期回答テーブル119aに基づいて納期回答を行う。納期回答テーブル119aは、サプライヤ40,40a,40bでの部品の製造工程の進捗を反映している。このため、営業端末装置21を操作する営業部門の社員は、精度の高い納期回答を得ることができる。 When the delivery date reply processing unit 144 receives a delivery date reply request from the sales terminal device 21, for example, the delivery date reply processing unit 144 makes a delivery date reply based on the delivery date reply table 119a stored in the delivery date reply information storage unit 119. The delivery date reply table 119a reflects the progress of the parts manufacturing process at the suppliers 40, 40a, 40b. For this reason, the employee of the sales department who operates the sales terminal device 21 can obtain an accurate delivery date answer.
 図28は、引当処理用ワーク領域の構成を示す図である。引当処理用ワーク領域150は、リザーブ引当処理部133の引当処理の作業領域として利用される。リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当対象部品情報記憶部116に記憶された引当対象図番テーブル116bを参照して、管理情報記憶部110から引当処理に用いる各種データを抽出して、引当処理用ワーク領域150に格納する。 FIG. 28 is a diagram showing the configuration of the work area for allocation processing. The work area for allocation process 150 is used as a work area for the allocation process of the reserve allocation processing unit 133. The reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the allocation target figure number table 116b stored in the allocation target component information storage unit 116, extracts various data used for allocation processing from the management information storage unit 110, and allocates the allocation processing work Store in area 150.
 引当処理用ワーク領域150は、フリー所要記憶部151、フリー注残記憶部152、フリー在庫記憶部153、引当明細リザーブ記憶部154および引当ワーク情報記憶部155を有する。 The allocation processing work area 150 includes a free requirement storage unit 151, a free order remaining storage unit 152, a free stock storage unit 153, an allocation detail reserve storage unit 154, and an allocation work information storage unit 155.
 フリー所要記憶部151は、部品所要情報記憶部112で更新のあったレコード(新たに受注された製品についてのレコード)が一時的に格納される。
 フリー注残記憶部152は、部品発注情報記憶部113に記憶された部品注残テーブル113aのうち、更新のあった部品でかつ未だ何れの受注にも引き当てられていない注残レコードが一時的に格納される。
In the free requirement storage unit 151, a record updated in the component requirement information storage unit 112 (a record for a newly ordered product) is temporarily stored.
The free order storage unit 152 temporarily stores a remnant record that has been updated and is not yet assigned to any order in the part order table 113a stored in the part order information storage unit 113. Stored.
 ここで、更新のあった部品は、引当対象部品情報記憶部116に記憶された引当対象図番テーブル116bに登録された図番および版数を参照することで取得できる。また、その部品の注残レコードについて引当が行われているか否かは、部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当明細テーブル117aの“在庫ID/注残ID”を示す項目に、該当の注残レコードの注残IDが設定されているか否かにより区別できる。具体的には、設定されている場合、その部品のその注残から引当が行われている。また、設定されていない場合、その部品のその注残から引当が行われていない。 Here, the updated part can be obtained by referring to the figure number and the version number registered in the allocation target figure number table 116b stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116. In addition, whether or not allocation is performed for the remaining order record of the part is determined by checking whether the item indicating “stock ID / remaining ID” in the allocation detail table 117a stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117 is appropriate. It can be distinguished by whether or not the note remaining ID of the remaining record is set. Specifically, if it is set, provision is made from the remainder of the part. Moreover, when it is not set, the allocation is not performed from the remainder of the part.
 フリー在庫記憶部153は、部品在庫情報記憶部114に記憶された部品在庫テーブル114aのうち、更新のあった部品でかつ未だ何れの受注にも引き当てられていない在庫レコードが一時的に格納される。 The free inventory storage unit 153 temporarily stores an inventory record that has been updated and is not yet assigned to any order in the component inventory table 114a stored in the component inventory information storage unit 114. .
 ここで、更新のあった部品は、上述したように引当対象部品情報記憶部116に記憶された引当対象図番テーブル116bに登録された図番および版数を参照することで取得できる。また、その部品の在庫レコードについて引当が行われているか否かは、部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当明細テーブル117aの“在庫ID/注残ID”を示す項目に、該当の在庫レコードの在庫IDが設定されているか否かにより区別できる。具体的には、設定されている場合、その部品のその在庫から引当が行われている。また、設定されていない場合、その部品のその在庫から引当が行われていない。 Here, the updated part can be acquired by referring to the figure number and the version number registered in the allocation target figure number table 116b stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116 as described above. Whether or not the inventory record of the part has been allocated is determined based on the item corresponding to “stock ID / remaining ID” in the allocation detail table 117a stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117. Can be distinguished by whether or not a stock ID is set. Specifically, if set, provision is made from the inventory of the part. If not set, provision is not made from the inventory of the part.
 引当明細リザーブ記憶部154は、部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当明細テーブル117aのうち、“在庫ID/注残ID”を示す項目に在庫IDあるいは注残IDの何れかの設定がなされている引当明細レコードが一時的に格納される。すなわち、引当明細リザーブ記憶部154には、既に何れかの引当源泉が対応付けられている引当済の引当明細レコードが格納される。 In the allocation detail reserve storage unit 154, either the inventory ID or the remaining inventory ID is set in the item indicating “inventory ID / remaining inventory ID” in the allocation detail table 117 a stored in the parts allocation detail storage section 117. The provision detail record is temporarily stored. That is, the allocation detail reserve storage unit 154 stores an allocation detail record that has already been allocated to any allocation source.
 引当ワーク情報記憶部155は、リザーブ引当処理部133が新たに生成した引当明細レコードを一時的に格納するための領域である。リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当ワーク情報記憶部155に記憶された引当明細レコードを部品引当明細記憶部117に格納する。 The allocation work information storage unit 155 is an area for temporarily storing an allocation detail record newly generated by the reserve allocation processing unit 133. The reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the allocation detail record stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 in the part allocation detail storage unit 117.
 ここで、部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113および部品在庫情報記憶部114に記憶された各データは、リアルタイムに更新され得る。このため、単に部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113および部品在庫情報記憶部114の情報に基づいてリザーブ引当対象の部品を引当処理するのでは、これら記憶部に記憶された情報からでは適正に処理を行うことができない場合も考えられる。 Here, each data stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112, the part order information storage unit 113, and the component inventory information storage unit 114 can be updated in real time. For this reason, simply allocating a reserve allocation target part based on the information in the part requirement information storage unit 112, the part order information storage unit 113, and the part inventory information storage unit 114, the information stored in these storage units is used. However, there may be a case where processing cannot be performed properly.
 具体的には、リザーブ引当対象の部品の抽出にはリザーブ引当対象の部品のチェック処理(これまでの引当状況やそれによる未引当在庫、未引当注残の状況のチェック)に所定の時間を要する場合が考えられる。なぜなら、処理に当たり多数のレコードを参照して判定処理を行う必要があるからである。そして、そのチェック処理の最中に、例えば注残部品であったものが倉庫25に入庫されたことにより、在庫部品に変更となる場合が起こり得る。この場合、部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113、部品在庫情報記憶部114および部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された情報から異なったタイミングで引当を行うと、例えば注残部品の引当財源として製品aに引き当てられたにも関わらず、同一部品が在庫部品の引当財源として製品bに2重に引き当てられてしまう場合が問題となる。 Specifically, extraction of parts that are reserved for reserve requires a certain amount of time for checking the parts that are reserved for reserve (checking the status of previous allocations, the unallocated inventory, and the status of unallocated reserves). There are cases. This is because the determination process needs to be performed with reference to a large number of records. Then, during the checking process, for example, a part that was a remaining part may be changed to a stock part when it is received in the warehouse 25. In this case, if allocation is performed at different timings from the information stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112, the part order information storage unit 113, the component inventory information storage unit 114, and the component allocation detail storage unit 117, for example, A problem arises when the same part is allocated twice to product b as an allocated financial resource for inventory parts, even though it has been allocated to product a as an allocated financial resource.
 これに対し、リザーブ引当処理部133は、部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113、部品在庫情報記憶部114および部品引当明細記憶部117のあるタイミングでの情報を抽出したスナップショットを用いてリザーブ引当処理を行う。これにより、上述の2重引当の問題を回避することができる。 On the other hand, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 extracts a snapshot obtained by extracting information at a certain timing in the component requirement information storage unit 112, the part order information storage unit 113, the component inventory information storage unit 114, and the component allocation detail storage unit 117. And reserve reserve processing. Thereby, the above-mentioned problem of double allocation can be avoided.
 このように、リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当処理のために引当処理用ワーク領域150を用いることで、部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113、部品在庫情報記憶部114および部品引当明細記憶部117それぞれで管理しているデータの整合を保って適正にリザーブ引当処理を行うことができる。 As described above, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 uses the allocation processing work area 150 for allocation processing, so that the component requirement information storage unit 112, the part order information storage unit 113, the component inventory information storage unit 114, and the component allocation allocation unit The reserve allocation process can be appropriately performed while maintaining the consistency of the data managed by each of the detail storage units 117.
 なお、引当処理用ワーク領域150は、数量引当処理部134の引当処理の作業領域としても利用できる。
 図29は、ゲート通過履歴テーブルのデータ構造例を示す図である。ゲート通過履歴テーブル211,212,213は、サプライヤ40,40a,40bにおける部品の製造ラインの進捗実績の履歴(ゲート通過時間のログ)である。以下では、ゲート通過履歴テーブル211についてのみ説明するが、ゲート通過履歴テーブル212,213についても同様の構成である。
The work area 150 for allocation processing can also be used as a work area for allocation processing of the quantity allocation processing unit 134.
FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating a data structure example of the gate passage history table. The gate passage history tables 211, 212, and 213 are history of progress of parts production lines (logs of gate passage times) in the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b. Hereinafter, only the gate passage history table 211 will be described, but the gate passage history tables 212 and 213 have the same configuration.
 ゲート通過履歴テーブル211は、通過情報受信部220により生成・更新され、ゲート通過情報記憶部210に格納される。ゲート通過履歴テーブル211には、発注指令IDを示す項目、ゲートIDを示す項目および通過日時を示す項目が設けられている。各項目の横方向に並べられた情報同士が互いに関連付けられて、1つのゲート通過情報を示す。 The gate passage history table 211 is generated / updated by the passage information receiving unit 220 and stored in the gate passage information storage unit 210. In the gate passage history table 211, an item indicating an ordering command ID, an item indicating a gate ID, and an item indicating a passage date and time are provided. Information arranged in the horizontal direction of each item is associated with each other to indicate one gate passage information.
 発注指令IDを示す項目には、かんばん60が記憶する発注指令IDが設定される。ゲートIDを示す項目には、ゲート310,320,330,340それぞれのゲートIDが設定される。通過日時を示す項目には、そのゲートを通過した日時が設定される。 In the item indicating the order command ID, the order command ID stored in the kanban 60 is set. In the item indicating the gate ID, the gate ID of each of the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 is set. In the item indicating the passage date and time, the date and time of passing through the gate is set.
 ここで、ゲート310,320,330,340には、ゲートID“Gate01”、“Gate02”、“Gate03”、“Gate04”が設定されているものとする。
 ゲート通過テーブル211には、例えば、発注指令IDが“HT01-002”、ゲートIDが“Gate01”、通過日時が“2009/8/24 9:00:00”という情報が設定される。
Here, it is assumed that gate IDs “Gate01”, “Gate02”, “Gate03”, and “Gate04” are set in the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340.
In the gate passage table 211, for example, information that the ordering command ID is “HT01-002”, the gate ID is “Gate01”, and the passage date and time is “2009/8/24 9:00:00” is set.
 通過情報受信部220は、ゲート310,320,330,340より、通信装置300を介してゲート通過情報を受信する。そのタイミングは、各ゲートとかんばん60とが通信した直後のタイミングである。通過情報送信部230は、ゲート通過情報記憶部210に新たに追加されたゲート通過履歴レコードの内容を部品工程管理部124に順次通知する。 The passage information receiving unit 220 receives gate passage information from the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 via the communication device 300. The timing is the timing immediately after each gate and the Kanban 60 communicate. The passage information transmission unit 230 sequentially notifies the component process management unit 124 of the contents of the gate passage history record newly added to the gate passage information storage unit 210.
 なお、ゲートを通過した日時を示す項目に設定する情報として、通過情報受信部220は、ゲート310,320,330,340から、各ゲートで取得された通過時点のタイムスタンプを発注指令IDおよびゲートIDと共に受信することが考えられる。あるいは、通過情報受信部220がゲート310,320,330,340から発注指令IDとゲートIDとを含む情報を受信した時点のタイムスタンプを設定してもよい。 As information to be set in the item indicating the date and time of passing through the gate, the passage information receiving unit 220 uses the ordering instruction ID and the gate as the time stamp of the passage time obtained at each gate from the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340. It can be considered to be received together with the ID. Alternatively, a time stamp when the passage information receiving unit 220 receives information including the ordering command ID and the gate ID from the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340 may be set.
 次に、以上のような構成により実現される管理サーバ100の処理手順について説明する。まず、管理サーバ100がゲート通過情報を受信した際の注残納期更新処理の手順に関して説明する。 Next, the processing procedure of the management server 100 realized by the above configuration will be described. First, the procedure of the remnant delivery date update process when the management server 100 receives the gate passage information will be described.
 図30は、注残納期更新処理を示すフローチャートである。以下、図30に示す処理をステップ番号に沿って説明する。
 [ステップST1]部品工程管理部124は、ライン端末装置200からゲート通過情報を受信する。
FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the note remaining delivery date update process. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 30 will be described in order of step number.
[Step ST1] The part process management unit 124 receives gate passage information from the line terminal device 200.
 [ステップST2]部品工程管理部124は、受信したゲート通過情報に含まれる発注指令IDを参照する。
 [ステップST3]部品工程管理部124は、物品工程情報記憶部115に記憶された工程実績管理テーブル115eの対応する発注指令IDのレコードを更新する。更新対象となる項目は、ゲート通過情報に含まれるゲートIDにより特定できる。例えば、ゲートIDが“Gate01”であれば、工程実績管理テーブル115eの生産開始日時実績を示す項目に通過日時を設定する。また、ゲートIDが“Gate02”であれば、同テーブルの各工程完了実績日時(A工程)を示す項目に通過日時を設定する。
[Step ST2] The part process management unit 124 refers to the ordering command ID included in the received gate passage information.
[Step ST3] The part process management unit 124 updates the record of the corresponding order command ID in the process result management table 115e stored in the article process information storage unit 115. The item to be updated can be specified by the gate ID included in the gate passage information. For example, if the gate ID is “Gate01”, the passage date / time is set in the item indicating the production start date / time result in the process performance management table 115e. If the gate ID is “Gate02”, the passage date and time is set in the item indicating each process completion record date and time (A process) in the table.
 また、部品工程管理部124は、各工程完了実績日時の各工程を示す項目に通過日時を設定するたびに、各工程の実績日数を算出する。例えば、A実績を示す項目であれば、生産開始日時実績からA工程完了実績日時までに要した日数を算出して設定する。また、B実績を示す項目であれば、A工程の工程完了実績日時からB工程の工程完了実績日時までに要した日数を算出して設定する。 Also, the part process management unit 124 calculates the actual number of days of each process every time the passage date and time is set in the item indicating each process of each process completion actual date and time. For example, in the case of an item indicating the A record, the number of days required from the production start date / time record to the A process completion record date / time is calculated and set. If it is an item indicating the B performance, the number of days required from the process completion performance date / time of the A process to the process completion performance date / time of the B process is calculated and set.
 [ステップST4]部品工程管理部124は、工程実績管理テーブル115eの生産開始日時実績を示す項目、各工程完了実績日時の各工程実績(A,B,C実績)を示す項目および配送日数を示す項目に設定された日数に基づいて、全工程合計および注残納期を算出する。なお、各工程実績を示す項目に完了実績日時が設定されていない場合には、物品工程情報記憶部115に記憶された部品標準工程テーブル115b,115c,115dを参照して標準日数を取得し、全工程合計と注残納期とを算出する。 [Step ST4] The part process management unit 124 indicates an item indicating the production start date / time result of the process result management table 115e, an item indicating each process result (A, B, C result) of each process completion result date and time, and the number of delivery days. Based on the number of days set in the item, the total of all processes and the order delivery date are calculated. In addition, when the completion performance date / time is not set in the item indicating each process performance, the standard days are acquired with reference to the part standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d stored in the article process information storage unit 115, Calculate the total of all processes and the remaining delivery date.
 [ステップST5]部品工程管理部124は、算出した注残納期を部品発注情報記憶部113に記憶された部品注残テーブル113aの対応する発注指令IDのレコードの注残納期を示す項目に設定する。 [Step ST5] The part process management unit 124 sets the calculated order delivery date as an item indicating the order delivery date in the record of the corresponding order command ID in the part order remaining table 113a stored in the part order information storage unit 113. .
 このように、部品工程管理部124は、ライン端末装置200からゲート通過情報を受信すると、ゲート通過情報に含まれるゲートIDと通過時間とに基づいて、部品の製造工程の進捗を取得し、注残納期を変更する。 As described above, when the part process management unit 124 receives the gate passage information from the line terminal device 200, the part process management unit 124 acquires the progress of the part manufacturing process based on the gate ID and the passage time included in the gate passage information. Change the remaining delivery date.
 なお、上記ステップST3において、該当の発注指令IDに対する工程実績管理レコードが存在しない場合、工程実績管理テーブル115eに登録のない発注指令IDを新たに受信したタイミングで部品工程管理部124がその発注指令ID用の工程実績管理レコードを生成することが考えられる。また、サプライヤ40,40a,40bに部品の発注を行ったタイミング(発注指令IDが新規生成されたタイミング)で予め生成しておいてもよい。 In step ST3, if there is no process result management record for the corresponding order command ID, the part process management unit 124 receives the order command ID that is not registered in the process result management table 115e and receives the order command. It is conceivable to generate a process result management record for ID. Alternatively, it may be generated in advance at the timing when parts are ordered from the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b (timing when the ordering command ID is newly generated).
 また、上記ステップST5において、部品工程管理部124は注残納期を当初納期よりも後ろに変更する場合には営業端末装置21、発注端末装置22および端末装置41,42に対して部品納期が遅延することを示すアラームを送信することが考えられる。このように部品納期の遅延を報知することにより、製品製造会社20およびサプライヤ40,40a,40bの社員に対してより早期に納期遅延を周知させ、生産計画の見直し、部品生産資源の割り当て拡充などを促すことができる。 In step ST5, the part process management unit 124 delays the parts delivery date with respect to the sales terminal device 21, the ordering terminal device 22, and the terminal devices 41 and 42 when the order delivery date is changed after the initial delivery date. It is conceivable to send an alarm indicating that this is to be done. By notifying the delay of parts delivery in this way, the employees of the product manufacturing company 20 and suppliers 40, 40a, 40b are notified of the delivery delay earlier, reviewing the production plan, expanding the allocation of parts production resources, etc. Can be encouraged.
 以下、サプライヤ40から製造工程の進捗情報を取得する処理の具体例を説明する。なお、以下の説明では、図3において、かんばん60を付された部品ボックス70がA工程、B工程、C工程を順次経て、部品ボックス70の部品が製造される過程を想定する。 Hereinafter, a specific example of the process of acquiring the manufacturing process progress information from the supplier 40 will be described. In the following description, it is assumed that the component box 70 to which the Kanban 60 is attached in FIG. 3 is manufactured through steps A, B, and C in order.
 図31は、ゲート通過情報の取得処理を示すシーケンス図である。以下、図31に示す処理をステップ番号に沿って説明する。
 [ステップST11]ゲート310は、かんばん60と通信して発注指令IDを取得すると、取得した発注指令ID、ゲート310のゲートIDおよび通過日時を含むゲート通過情報をライン端末装置200に送信する。ライン端末装置200は、ゲート通過情報を受信する。
FIG. 31 is a sequence diagram illustrating a process of acquiring gate passage information. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 31 will be described in order of step number.
[Step ST11] When the gate 310 communicates with the Kanban 60 and obtains the ordering instruction ID, the gate 310 transmits to the line terminal device 200 gate passage information including the obtained ordering instruction ID, the gate ID of the gate 310, and the passage date and time. The line terminal device 200 receives the gate passage information.
 [ステップST12]ライン端末装置200は、上記ステップST11で受信したゲート通過情報を管理サーバ100に送信する。管理サーバ100は、ゲート通過情報を受信し、物品工程情報記憶部115に記憶された工程実績管理テーブル115eの対応する発注指令IDのレコードについて、生産開始日時実績を示す項目にゲート310の通過日時を設定する。生産開始日時実績を示す項目に通過日時が設定されることで、部品標準工程テーブル115bを参照して対応する部品の工程完了予定日時や配送日数の情報を設定することができる。また、標準工程から全工程合計や注残納期の情報も設定できる。 [Step ST12] The line terminal device 200 transmits the gate passage information received in step ST11 to the management server 100. The management server 100 receives the gate passage information, and for the record of the corresponding order command ID in the process result management table 115e stored in the article process information storage unit 115, the item indicating the production start date / time record includes the pass date / time of the gate 310. Set. By setting the passage date / time to the item indicating the production start date / time record, it is possible to set information on the scheduled process completion date and delivery date of the corresponding part with reference to the part standard process table 115b. In addition, it is possible to set information on the total process and order delivery date from the standard process.
 [ステップST13]ゲート320は、かんばん60と通信して発注指令IDを取得すると、取得した発注指令ID、ゲート320のゲートIDおよび通過日時を含むゲート通過情報をライン端末装置200に送信する。ライン端末装置200は、ゲート通過情報を受信する。 [Step ST13] When the gate 320 communicates with the Kanban 60 and obtains the ordering instruction ID, the gate 320 transmits gate ordering information including the acquired ordering instruction ID, the gate ID of the gate 320, and the passage date and time to the line terminal device 200. The line terminal device 200 receives the gate passage information.
 [ステップST14]ライン端末装置200は、上記ステップST13で受信したゲート通過情報を管理サーバ100に送信する。管理サーバ100は、ゲート通過情報を受信し、工程実績管理テーブル115eの対応する発注指令IDのレコードについて、各工程完了実績日時(A工程)を示す項目にゲート320の通過日時を設定する。そして、A工程に要した実績日数を算出し、各工程完了実績日時(A実績)を示す項目に設定する。A工程の実績日数は、生産開始日時からA工程の完了実績日時までに要した日数により算出できる。また、その結果、A工程までの完了実績により全工程合計および注残納期を更新する。 [Step ST14] The line terminal device 200 transmits the gate passage information received in step ST13 to the management server 100. The management server 100 receives the gate passage information, and sets the passage date and time of the gate 320 in the item indicating each process completion record date (A process) for the record of the corresponding order command ID in the process record management table 115e. Then, the actual number of days required for the process A is calculated and set in an item indicating each process completion result date (A result). The actual number of days of the A process can be calculated by the number of days required from the production start date and time to the completion actual result date and time of the A process. As a result, the total of all processes and the remaining delivery date are updated based on the completion results up to process A.
 [ステップST15]ゲート330は、かんばん60と通信して発注指令IDを取得すると、取得した発注指令ID、ゲート330のゲートIDおよび通過日時を含むゲート通過情報をライン端末装置200に送信する。ライン端末装置200は、ゲート通過情報を受信する。 [Step ST15] When the gate 330 communicates with the Kanban 60 and obtains the ordering instruction ID, the gate 330 transmits gate passage information including the obtained ordering instruction ID, the gate ID of the gate 330, and the passage date and time to the line terminal device 200. The line terminal device 200 receives the gate passage information.
 [ステップST16]ライン端末装置200は、上記ステップST15で受信したゲート通過情報を管理サーバ100に送信する。管理サーバ100は、ゲート通過情報を受信し、工程実績管理テーブル115eの対応する発注指令IDのレコードについて、各工程完了実績日時(B工程)を示す項目にゲート330の通過日時を設定する。そして、B工程に要した実績日数を算出し、各工程完了実績日時(B実績)を示す項目に設定する。B工程の実績日数は、A工程の完了実績日時からB工程の完了実績日時までに要した日数により算出できる。また、その結果、B工程までの完了実績により全工程合計および注残納期を更新する。 [Step ST16] The line terminal device 200 transmits the gate passage information received in step ST15 to the management server 100. The management server 100 receives the gate passage information, and sets the passage date and time of the gate 330 in the item indicating each process completion result date and time (B process) for the record of the corresponding ordering command ID in the process result management table 115e. Then, the actual number of days required for the process B is calculated, and set in an item indicating each process completion record date (B record). The actual number of days of the B process can be calculated from the number of days required from the completion actual result date / time of the A process to the completion actual result date / time of the B process. As a result, the total of all processes and the remaining delivery date are updated according to the completion results up to the B process.
 [ステップST17]ゲート340は、かんばん60と通信して発注指令IDを取得すると、取得した発注指令ID、ゲート340のゲートIDおよび通過日時を含むゲート通過情報をライン端末装置200に送信する。ライン端末装置200は、ゲート通過情報を受信する。 [Step ST17] When the gate 340 communicates with the Kanban 60 and obtains the ordering command ID, the gate 340 transmits gate passage information including the obtained ordering command ID, the gate ID of the gate 340, and the passage date and time to the line terminal device 200. The line terminal device 200 receives the gate passage information.
 [ステップST18]ライン端末装置200は、上記ステップST17で受信したゲート通過情報を管理サーバ100に送信する。管理サーバ100は、ゲート通過情報を受信し、工程実績管理テーブル115eの対応する発注指令IDのレコードについて、各工程完了実績日時(C工程)を示す項目にゲート340の通過日時を設定する。そして、C工程に要した実績日数を算出し、各工程完了実績日時(C実績)を示す項目に設定する。C工程の実績日数は、B工程の完了実績日時からC工程の完了実績日時までに要した日数により算出できる。また、その結果、C工程までの完了実績により全工程合計および注残納期を更新する。 [Step ST18] The line terminal device 200 transmits the gate passage information received in step ST17 to the management server 100. The management server 100 receives the gate passage information, and sets the passage date and time of the gate 340 in an item indicating each process completion record date and time (C process) for the record of the corresponding order command ID in the process result management table 115e. Then, the actual number of days required for the C process is calculated, and set in an item indicating each process completion actual date and time (C actual result). The actual number of days of the C process can be calculated from the number of days required from the completion actual result date / time of the B process to the completion actual result date / time of the C process. As a result, the total of all processes and the remaining delivery date are updated based on the completion results up to the C process.
 このように、ライン端末装置200は、ゲート310,320,330,340からゲート通過情報を受信する。そして、ライン端末装置200は、受信したゲート通過情報をゲート通過情報記憶部210に格納し、管理サーバ100に送信する。 Thus, the line terminal apparatus 200 receives gate passage information from the gates 310, 320, 330, and 340. Then, the line terminal device 200 stores the received gate passage information in the gate passage information storage unit 210 and transmits it to the management server 100.
 これにより、管理サーバ100は、サプライヤ40における製造工程の進捗状況をリアルタイムに取得することができる。
 次に、管理サーバ100における生産管理処理の手順について説明する。
Thereby, the management server 100 can acquire the progress status of the manufacturing process in the supplier 40 in real time.
Next, a production management process procedure in the management server 100 will be described.
 図32は、生産管理処理を示すフローチャートである。以下、図32に示す処理をステップ番号に沿って説明する。
 [ステップS1]管理サーバ100は、営業端末装置21から新規受注の入力を受け付けると、新規受注レコードを生成して、部品所要情報記憶部112に記憶された受注テーブル112aに格納する。また、管理サーバ100は、物品マスタ記憶部111に記憶された物品マスタ、物品構成テーブルおよび新規受注レコードに基づいて、部品所要レコードを生成し、部品所要情報記憶部112に記憶された部品所要テーブル112bに格納する。
FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing the production management process. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 32 will be described in order of step number.
[Step S1] Upon receiving an input of a new order from the sales terminal device 21, the management server 100 generates a new order record and stores it in the order table 112a stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112. In addition, the management server 100 generates a part requirement record based on the article master, the article configuration table, and the new order record stored in the article master storage unit 111, and the component requirement table stored in the part requirement information storage unit 112. 112b.
 また、管理サーバ100は、発注端末装置22から新規発注の入力を受け付けると、新たに発注した部品につき部品注残レコードを生成し、部品発注情報記憶部113に記憶された部品注残テーブル113aに格納する。また、管理サーバ100は、ライン端末装置200から受信するゲート通過情報に基づいて、部品注残テーブル113aに設定された各部品の注残納期を更新する。 In addition, when receiving an input of a new order from the ordering terminal device 22, the management server 100 generates a part order record for the newly ordered part and stores it in the part order table 113 a stored in the part order information storage unit 113. Store. Also, the management server 100 updates the order delivery date of each part set in the part order remaining table 113a based on the gate passage information received from the line terminal device 200.
 更に、管理サーバ100は、倉庫端末装置26から新規入庫の入力を受け付けると、部品在庫レコードを生成して、部品在庫情報記憶部114に記憶された部品在庫テーブル114aに格納する。 Furthermore, when the management server 100 receives an input of a new warehousing from the warehouse terminal device 26, the management server 100 generates a parts inventory record and stores it in the parts inventory table 114a stored in the parts inventory information storage unit 114.
 [ステップS2]管理サーバ100は、部品所要テーブル112b、部品注残テーブル113aおよび部品在庫テーブル114aの何れかのレコードに更新が発生すると、そのレコードに含まれる部品の図番および版数を取得して、更新図番レコードを生成する。管理サーバ100は、生成した更新図番レコードを引当対象部品情報記憶部116に記憶された更新図番テーブル116aに登録する。 [Step S2] When any of the records in the component requirement table 112b, the component order remaining table 113a, and the component inventory table 114a is updated, the management server 100 acquires the figure number and version number of the component included in the record. To generate an update figure number record. The management server 100 registers the generated update figure number record in the update figure number table 116 a stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
 [ステップS3]管理サーバ100は、更新図番テーブル116aに基づいて、引当対象図番テーブル116bを生成し、引当対象部品情報記憶部116に格納する。
 [ステップS4]管理サーバ100は、引当対象図番テーブル116bに登録された図番および版数の部品について引当処理を行い、引当明細レコードを生成する。管理サーバ100は、生成した引当明細レコードを部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当明細テーブル117aに登録する。なお、管理サーバ100は、引当処理の対象となった製品の受注番号、部品の図番および版数を部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当履歴テーブル117bに登録する。
[Step S3] The management server 100 generates an allocation target figure number table 116b based on the updated figure number table 116a and stores it in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
[Step S4] The management server 100 performs an allocation process for the part of the figure number and version number registered in the allocation target figure number table 116b, and generates an allocation detail record. The management server 100 registers the generated allocation detail record in the allocation detail table 117 a stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117. The management server 100 registers the order number, the figure number, and the version number of the product to be allocated in the allocation history table 117b stored in the component allocation details storage unit 117.
 [ステップS5]管理サーバ100は、引当履歴テーブル117bに基づいて、引当処理が行われた受注番号を特定し、面揃対象管理テーブル118aを生成し、部品面揃情報記憶部118に格納する。 [Step S5] The management server 100 identifies the order number for which the allocation process has been performed based on the allocation history table 117b, generates a surface alignment target management table 118a, and stores it in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118.
 [ステップS6]管理サーバ100は、面揃対象管理テーブル118aに登録された受注番号について面揃処理を行い、部品面揃レコードを生成する。管理サーバ100は、生成した部品面揃レコードを部品面揃情報記憶部118に記憶された部品面揃テーブル118bに登録する。 [Step S6] The management server 100 performs a surface alignment process on the order number registered in the surface alignment target management table 118a, and generates a component surface alignment record. The management server 100 registers the generated component surface alignment record in the component surface alignment table 118b stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118.
 [ステップS7]管理サーバ100は、部品面揃テーブル118bに基づいて製品の製造管理処理を行い、製造計画管理レコードを生成する。管理サーバ100は、生成した製造計画管理レコードを部品面揃情報記憶部118に記憶された製造計画管理テーブル118cに登録する。 [Step S7] The management server 100 performs a manufacturing management process for the product based on the component surface alignment table 118b, and generates a manufacturing plan management record. The management server 100 registers the generated manufacturing plan management record in the manufacturing plan management table 118 c stored in the part surface alignment information storage unit 118.
 [ステップS8]管理サーバ100は、製造計画管理テーブル118cに基づいて納期回答テーブル119aを生成し、納期回答情報記憶部119に格納する。
 [ステップS9]管理サーバ100は、営業端末装置21から納期回答要求を受け付けると、納期回答テーブル119aに基づいて納期回答情報を応答する。営業端末装置21は、納期回答情報に基づいて納期回答画面を生成し、モニタに表示させる。
[Step S8] The management server 100 generates a delivery date reply table 119a based on the manufacturing plan management table 118c and stores it in the delivery date reply information storage unit 119.
[Step S9] When the management server 100 receives a delivery date reply request from the sales terminal device 21, the management server 100 responds with delivery date reply information based on the delivery date reply table 119a. The business terminal device 21 generates a delivery date reply screen based on the delivery date reply information and displays it on the monitor.
 このように、管理サーバ100は、部品所要テーブル112b、部品注残テーブル113aおよび部品在庫テーブル114aでレコードの更新があると、該当の部品について引当処理を行う。管理サーバ100は、その結果に基づいて面揃処理を実行し、製造管理情報や納期回答情報の更新を行う。 Thus, when the record is updated in the component requirement table 112b, the component order remaining table 113a, and the component inventory table 114a, the management server 100 performs an allocation process for the corresponding component. The management server 100 executes surface alignment processing based on the result, and updates manufacturing management information and delivery date reply information.
 以下、ステップS2~S8で示した各処理について詳細に説明する。
 まず、ステップS2の更新図番登録処理を説明する。
 図33は、更新図番登録処理を示すフローチャートである。以下、図33に示す処理をステップ番号に沿って説明する。
Hereinafter, each process shown in steps S2 to S8 will be described in detail.
First, the update figure number registration process in step S2 will be described.
FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing an update diagram number registration process. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 33 will be described in order of step number.
 [ステップS11]引当対象図番取得部131は、部品所要情報記憶部112に記憶された部品所要テーブル112bを参照して、部品所要レコードで更新があったか否かを判定する。部品所要レコードに更新があった場合、処理をステップS12に進める。部品所要レコードに更新がない場合、処理をステップS13に進める。 [Step S11] The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 refers to the component requirement table 112b stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112 and determines whether or not the component requirement record has been updated. If there is an update in the component requirement record, the process proceeds to step S12. If there is no update in the component requirement record, the process proceeds to step S13.
 [ステップS12]引当対象図番取得部131は、更新のあった部品所要レコードから図番・版数を取得する。そして、処理をステップS17に進める。
 [ステップS13]引当対象図番取得部131は、部品発注情報記憶部113に記憶された部品注残テーブル113aを参照して、部品注残レコードで更新があったか否かを判定する。部品注残レコードに更新があった場合、処理をステップS14に進める。部品注残レコードに更新がない場合、処理をステップS15に進める。
[Step S12] The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 acquires the figure number and version number from the updated part requirement record. Then, the process proceeds to step S17.
[Step S13] The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 refers to the component order remaining table 113a stored in the part ordering information storage unit 113, and determines whether or not the part order remaining record has been updated. If there is an update in the part order remaining record, the process proceeds to step S14. If there is no update in the part order remaining record, the process proceeds to step S15.
 [ステップS14]引当対象図番取得部131は、更新のあった部品注残レコードから図番・版数を取得する。そして、処理をステップS17に進める。
 [ステップS15]引当対象図番取得部131は、部品在庫情報記憶部114に記憶された部品在庫テーブル114aを参照して、部品在庫レコードで更新があったか否かを判定する。部品在庫レコードに更新があった場合、処理をステップS16に進める。部品在庫レコードに更新がない場合、処理を完了する。
[Step S14] The allocation target figure number obtaining unit 131 obtains the figure number and version number from the updated part order record. Then, the process proceeds to step S17.
[Step S15] The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 refers to the component inventory table 114a stored in the component inventory information storage unit 114, and determines whether or not the component inventory record has been updated. If there is an update in the parts inventory record, the process proceeds to step S16. If there is no update in the parts inventory record, the process is completed.
 [ステップS16]引当対象図番取得部131は、更新のあった部品在庫レコードから図番・版数を取得する。そして、処理をステップS17に進める。
 [ステップS17]引当対象図番取得部131は、取得した図番・版数を引当対象部品情報記憶部116に記憶された更新図番テーブル116aに登録する。
[Step S16] The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 acquires the figure number and version number from the updated parts inventory record. Then, the process proceeds to step S17.
[Step S17] The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 registers the acquired figure number and version number in the updated figure number table 116a stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
 このように、引当対象図番取得部131は、部品所要テーブル112b、部品注残テーブル113aおよび部品在庫テーブル114aの何れかの更新が検知されたタイミングで、更新図番テーブル116aに更新された部品の図番・版数を登録する。あるいは、引当対象図番取得部131は、定期的に部品所要テーブル112b、部品注残テーブル113aおよび部品在庫テーブル114aを参照して、更新のあったレコードを特定する。 In this way, the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 updates the parts to the updated figure number table 116a at the timing when any update of the parts requirement table 112b, the parts order remaining table 113a, and the parts inventory table 114a is detected. Register the figure number and version number. Alternatively, the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 periodically refers to the component requirement table 112b, the component order remaining table 113a, and the component inventory table 114a to identify an updated record.
 ここで、更新図番テーブル116aには、更新があった部品の図番・版数が登録される。このため、引当を行う対象として同一部品の図番・版数が重複して更新図番テーブル116aに登録され得る。このため、以下に示す引当対象図番生成処理により、重複した図番・版数を集約して、引当処理の対象とする部品を特定するための情報を生成する。 Here, the figure number / version number of the updated part is registered in the updated figure number table 116a. For this reason, the drawing number / version number of the same part can be registered in the updated drawing number table 116a as a target to be allocated. For this reason, the allocation target figure number generation process shown below collects duplicate figure numbers and version numbers, and generates information for identifying the parts that are the targets of the allocation process.
 以下、ステップS3の引当対象図番生成処理を説明する。
 図34は、引当対象図番生成処理を示すフローチャートである。以下、図34に示す処理をステップ番号に沿って説明する。
Hereinafter, the allocation object figure number generation process of step S3 is demonstrated.
FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing allocation target figure number generation processing. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 34 will be described in order of step number.
 [ステップS21]引当対象図番取得部131は、引当対象部品情報記憶部116に記憶された更新図番テーブル116aを取得する。
 [ステップS22]引当対象図番取得部131は、更新図番テーブル116aの各レコードを図番・版数で整列する。例えば、図番・版数の昇順に各レコードをソートする。
[Step S21] The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 acquires the updated figure number table 116a stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116.
[Step S22] The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 arranges the records in the updated figure number table 116a by the figure number and the version number. For example, the records are sorted in ascending order of figure number / version number.
 [ステップS23]引当対象図番取得部131は、整列した各レコードから所定の順序(例えば、格納した配列番号の昇順など)で1つレコードを抽出する。
 [ステップS24]引当対象図番取得部131は、抽出したレコードに含まれる図番・版数が引当対象部品情報記憶部116に記憶された引当対象図番テーブル116bに未登録のものであるか否かを判定する。未登録のものである場合、処理をステップS25に進める。未登録のものでない、すなわち登録済みのものである場合、処理をステップS26に進める。
[Step S23] The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 extracts one record from each of the arranged records in a predetermined order (for example, ascending order of stored array numbers).
[Step S <b> 24] Whether the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 is not registered in the allocation target figure number table 116 b stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116 with the figure number / version number included in the extracted record. Determine whether or not. If it is unregistered, the process proceeds to step S25. If it is not unregistered, that is, if it is registered, the process proceeds to step S26.
 [ステップS25]引当対象図番取得部131は、抽出したレコードに含まれる図番・版数を引当対象図番テーブル116bに登録する。
 [ステップS26]引当対象図番取得部131は、ステップS23で抽出したレコードを更新図番テーブル116aから削除する。なお、例えばソートにより連続して配列中に格納された同一の図番・版数は、本ステップにて一度に削除可能である。
[Step S25] The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 registers the figure number / version number included in the extracted record in the allocation target figure number table 116b.
[Step S26] The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 deletes the record extracted in step S23 from the updated figure number table 116a. For example, the same figure number / version number stored in the array continuously by sorting can be deleted at once in this step.
 [ステップS27]引当対象図番取得部131は、更新図番テーブル116aで整列処理した全てのレコードについて引当対象図番テーブル116bへの登録判定処理(ステップS23~S26の処理)を行ったか否かを判定する。全てのレコードについて処理済の場合、処理を完了する。未処理のレコードが存在する場合、処理をステップS23に進める。 [Step S27] The allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 has performed registration determination processing (processing of steps S23 to S26) in the allocation target figure number table 116b for all the records that have been aligned in the updated figure number table 116a. Determine. If all records have been processed, the process is completed. If there is an unprocessed record, the process proceeds to step S23.
 このように、引当対象図番取得部131は、更新図番テーブル116aに含まれる重複した図番・版数のレコードを集約して引当対象図番テーブル116bを生成する。
 なお、引当対象図番取得部131は、上記引当図番生成処理を所定時間間隔で実行することが考えられる。また、更新図番テーブル116aに所定数のレコードが登録されたタイミングで実行することが考えられる。
As described above, the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 aggregates the duplicated figure number / version number records included in the updated figure number table 116a to generate the allocation target figure number table 116b.
It is conceivable that the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 executes the above allocation figure number generation process at predetermined time intervals. Further, it is conceivable to execute at a timing when a predetermined number of records are registered in the updated figure number table 116a.
 また、引当対象図番取得部131は、更新図番テーブル116aに1つのレコードが登録された場合に、それを引当対象図番テーブル116bと同一視してもよい。この場合には、更新図番テーブル116aを引当対象図番テーブル116bとは同一のものとなるため、上記引当図番生成処理を行わなくてもよい。この場合には、部品所要テーブル112b、部品注残テーブル113aおよび部品在庫テーブル114aの何れかで更新レコードが発生するたびに、当レコードについてそれ以降の引当処理が行われるため、即時性が高まる。 In addition, when one record is registered in the updated figure number table 116a, the allocation target figure number acquisition unit 131 may identify it with the allocation target figure number table 116b. In this case, since the updated figure number table 116a is the same as the allocation target figure number table 116b, the above allocation figure number generation process need not be performed. In this case, every time an update record is generated in any of the component requirement table 112b, the component order remaining table 113a, and the component inventory table 114a, the subsequent allocation process is performed on the record, so that immediacy is improved.
 一方、上述のように更新図番テーブル116aにある程度レコードが溜まってから引当対象図番テーブル116bを生成するものとすると、システムの運用に際して求められる即時性(製造計画や納期回答情報などの更新頻度)を調整することができる。例えば、引当図番生成処理を実行する間隔を10秒、1分、10分などと変更して、業務部門全体に与える影響を考慮した環境構築が可能である。 On the other hand, assuming that the allocation target figure number table 116b is generated after a certain amount of records are accumulated in the update figure number table 116a as described above, the immediacy required when operating the system (the update frequency of the manufacturing plan, delivery date reply information, etc.) ) Can be adjusted. For example, by changing the interval for executing the allocation diagram number generation process to 10 seconds, 1 minute, 10 minutes, etc., it is possible to construct an environment in consideration of the influence on the entire business department.
 次に、ステップS4の引当処理を説明する。
 図35は、引当処理を示すフローチャートである。以下、図35に示す処理をステップ番号に沿って説明する。
Next, the allocation process in step S4 will be described.
FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing the allocation process. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 35 will be described in order of step number.
 [ステップS31]引当方法判定部132は、引当対象部品情報記憶部116に記憶された引当対象図番テーブル116bを参照して、引当対象図番レコードを1つ取得する。
 [ステップS32]引当方法判定部132は、取得した引当対象図番レコードに含まれる図番・版数に基づいて物品マスタ記憶部111に記憶された物品マスタ111aを参照する。そして、引当方法判定部132は、該当の部品がリザーブ引当対象の部品であるか否かを判定する。リザーブ引当対象である場合、その図番・版数をリザーブ引当処理部133に出力して処理をステップS33に進める。リザーブ引当対象でない場合、その図番・版数を数量引当処理部134に出力して処理をステップS35に進める。
[Step S31] The allocation method determination unit 132 refers to the allocation target figure number table 116b stored in the allocation target part information storage unit 116 and acquires one allocation target figure number record.
[Step S32] The allocation method determination unit 132 refers to the article master 111a stored in the article master storage unit 111 based on the figure number / version number included in the acquired allocation target figure number record. Then, the allocation method determination unit 132 determines whether or not the corresponding component is a reserve allocation target component. If it is a reserve allocation target, the figure number / version number is output to the reserve allocation processing unit 133, and the process proceeds to step S33. If it is not a reserve allocation target, the figure number / version number is output to the quantity allocation processing unit 134, and the process proceeds to step S35.
 [ステップS33]リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当方法判定部132から取得した図番・版数に基づいてリザーブ引当前処理を実行する。具体的には、リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当処理用ワーク領域150に部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113、部品在庫情報記憶部114および部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された各情報の一部をスナップショットとして抽出し、引当処理用ワーク領域150に格納する。 [Step S33] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 executes reserve allocation pre-processing based on the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132. Specifically, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 is stored in the allocation processing work area 150 in the component requirement information storage unit 112, the component order information storage unit 113, the component inventory information storage unit 114, and the component allocation detail storage unit 117. A part of each information is extracted as a snapshot and stored in the work area 150 for allocation processing.
 [ステップS34]リザーブ引当処理部133は、リザーブ引当前処理において引当処理用ワーク領域150に設けられたフリー所要、フリー注残およびフリー在庫などの情報を用いてリザーブ引当処理を実行し、引当対象部品の引当明細レコードを生成する。リザーブ引当処理部133は、生成した引当明細レコードを部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当明細テーブル117aに登録する。そして、処理をステップS36に進める。 [Step S34] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 executes reserve allocation processing using information such as free requirements, free inventory, and free stock provided in the allocation processing work area 150 in the reserve allocation pre-processing, Generate an allocation detail record for parts. The reserve allocation processing unit 133 registers the generated allocation details record in the allocation details table 117 a stored in the parts allocation details storage unit 117. Then, the process proceeds to step S36.
 [ステップS35]数量引当処理部134は、引当方法判定部132から取得した図番・版数に基づいて数量引当処理を実行し、引当対象部品の引当明細レコードを生成する。数量引当処理部134は、生成した引当明細レコードを引当明細テーブル117aに登録する。そして、処理をステップS36に進める。 [Step S35] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 executes the quantity allocation process based on the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132, and generates an allocation detail record for the allocation target part. The quantity allocation processing unit 134 registers the generated allocation details record in the allocation details table 117a. Then, the process proceeds to step S36.
 [ステップS36]引当方法判定部132は、引当対象図番テーブル116bの全ての引当対象図番レコードについて引当処理を行ったか否かを判定する。全レコードについて引当処理済みの場合、処理を完了する。引当処理を未実行のレコードが存在する場合、処理をステップS31に進める。 [Step S36] The allocation method determination unit 132 determines whether allocation processing has been performed for all allocation target figure number records in the allocation target figure number table 116b. If all records have been allocated, the process is completed. If there is a record for which the allocation process has not been executed, the process proceeds to step S31.
 このように、引当方法判定部132は、引当対象図番テーブル116bに格納された引当対象図番レコードと物品マスタ111aを参照して部品ごとにリザーブ引当を行うか、数量引当を行うかを判定する。そして、判定された引当処理方法に応じて、リザーブ引当処理部133および数量引当処理部134は各部品の引当処理を行う。 In this way, the allocation method determination unit 132 determines whether to reserve for each part or to allocate a quantity with reference to the allocation target figure number record stored in the allocation target figure number table 116b and the article master 111a. To do. Then, according to the determined allocation processing method, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 and the quantity allocation processing unit 134 perform allocation processing for each component.
 以下では、リザーブ引当処理および数量引当処理の手順を詳細に説明する。
 まず、ステップS33のリザーブ引当前処理を説明する。
 図36は、リザーブ引当前処理を示すフローチャートである。以下、図36に示す処理をステップ番号に沿って説明する。
Below, the procedure of a reserve allocation process and a quantity allocation process is demonstrated in detail.
First, the reserve pre-allocation process in step S33 will be described.
FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing reserve allocation pre-processing. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 36 will be described in order of step number.
 [ステップS41]リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当方法判定部132から取得した図番・版数をキーにして、部品所要情報記憶部112に記憶された部品所要レコードを抽出する。以下、引当方法判定部132から取得した図番・版数をキーにして各処理が実行される。 [Step S41] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 extracts the component requirement record stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112 using the figure number and version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132 as a key. Thereafter, each process is executed using the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132 as a key.
 [ステップS42]リザーブ引当処理部133は、抽出した部品所要レコードをフリー所要記憶部151に格納する。
 [ステップS43]リザーブ引当処理部133は、図番・版数をキーにして、部品発注情報記憶部113に記憶された部品注残テーブル113aと部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当明細テーブル117aを参照して、何れの上位物品に対しても引き当てられていない部品注残レコードを抽出する。具体的には、まず、リザーブ引当処理部133は部品注残テーブル113aを参照して該当の図番・版数の部品注残レコードを特定する。そして、その部品注残レコードに設定された注残IDであって、かつ、引当明細テーブル117aの該当の図番・版数の各レコードに引当源泉として設定されていない(すなわち、在庫ID/注残IDを示す項目に設定されていない)注残IDを特定する。これにより抽出した部品注残レコードを、何れの上位物品に対しても引き当てられていない部品注残レコードと特定できる。
[Step S42] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the extracted component requirement record in the free requirement storage unit 151.
[Step S43] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 uses the figure number / version number as a key, the component order remaining table 113a stored in the component order information storage unit 113, and the allocation detail table stored in the component allocation detail storage unit 117. With reference to 117a, a part order record that is not allocated to any higher order article is extracted. Specifically, first, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the part order remaining table 113a, and identifies the part order remaining record of the corresponding figure number / version number. Then, it is the order ID set in the part order record, and is not set as the allocation source in each record of the corresponding figure number and version number in the allocation details table 117a (ie, inventory ID / note) The note remaining ID (not set in the item indicating the remaining ID) is specified. Thus, the extracted part order record can be identified as a part order record that has not been assigned to any higher-level item.
 また、リザーブ引当処理部133は、図番・版数をキーにして、部品在庫情報記憶部114に記憶された部品在庫テーブル114aと引当明細テーブル117aを参照して、何れの上位物品に対しても引き当てられていない部品在庫レコードを抽出する。具体的には、まず、リザーブ引当処理部133は部品在庫テーブル114aを参照して該当の図番・版数の部品在庫レコードを特定する。そして、その部品在庫レコードに設定された在庫IDであって、かつ、引当明細テーブル117aの該当の図番・版数の各レコードに引当源泉として設定されていない在庫IDを特定する。これにより抽出した部品在庫レコードを、何れの上位物品に対しても引き当てられていない部品在庫レコードと特定できる。そして、リザーブ引当処理部133は、抽出した部品在庫レコードをフリー在庫記憶部153に格納する。 Further, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the component inventory table 114a and the allocation details table 117a stored in the component inventory information storage unit 114 using the figure number and the version number as a key, and for any higher-level article. Extract parts inventory records that have not been allocated. Specifically, first, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the parts inventory table 114a and identifies the parts inventory record of the corresponding figure number / version number. Then, an inventory ID that is set in the part inventory record and that is not set as an allocation source in each record of the corresponding figure number / version number in the allocation detail table 117a is specified. As a result, the extracted parts inventory record can be identified as a parts inventory record that has not been assigned to any higher-level item. Then, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the extracted parts inventory record in the free inventory storage unit 153.
 [ステップS44]リザーブ引当処理部133は、抽出した部品注残レコードをフリー注残記憶部152に格納する。また、リザーブ引当処理部133は、抽出した部品在庫レコードをフリー在庫記憶部153に格納する。 [Step S44] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the extracted part order remaining record in the free order remaining storage unit 152. Also, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the extracted parts inventory record in the free inventory storage unit 153.
 [ステップS45]リザーブ引当処理部133は、図番・版数をキーにして、引当明細テーブル117aから注残部品あるいは在庫部品との対応付けが既に行われている(引当済みの)引当明細レコードを抽出する。リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当明細テーブル117aの該当の図番・版数の引当明細レコードのうち、在庫ID/注残IDを示す項目に設定のあるレコードを引当済みのレコードと特定できる。 [Step S45] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 uses the figure number / version number as a key, and the allocation details record that has already been associated (allocated) with the remaining parts or the inventory components from the allocation details table 117a. To extract. The reserve allocation processing unit 133 can specify a record that is set in the item indicating the inventory ID / remaining ID among the allocation detail records of the corresponding figure number / version number in the allocation detail table 117a as the allocated record.
 [ステップS46]リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当済みの引当明細レコードを引当明細リザーブ記憶部154に格納する。
 [ステップS47]リザーブ引当処理部133は、フリー所要記憶部151に記憶された部品所要レコードのうち、優先区分が“1”のレコードの所要数の総和S1を求める。そして、リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当明細リザーブ記憶部154に格納された引当明細レコードのうち、優先区分“1”に対応する所要IDが設定されたレコードの引当数を示す項目に設定された値の総和S2を求める。そして、総和S1,S2との差S3(S3=S1-S2)を求める。
[Step S46] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the allocated allocation detail record in the allocation detail reserve storage unit 154.
[Step S <b> 47] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 obtains the total S <b> 1 of the required number of records whose priority classification is “1” among the component required records stored in the free requirement storage unit 151. And the reserve allocation process part 133 was set to the item which shows the allocation number of the record by which the required ID corresponding to priority classification "1" was set among the allocation detailed records stored in the allocation detailed reserve memory | storage part 154 The sum S2 of values is obtained. Then, a difference S3 (S3 = S1-S2) from the sum S1, S2 is obtained.
 [ステップS48]リザーブ引当処理部133は、差S3分をフリー在庫から引当可能かを判定する。引当可能でない場合には、引当明細リザーブ記憶部154に記憶された引当明細レコードのうち、その所要IDの対応する部品所要レコードで優先区分が“0”の引当明細レコードを特定する。そして、特定した引当明細レコードのうち、所要日を示す項目に設定された年月日が最も遅い引当明細レコードであって、部品在庫レコードを引当源泉とするものから、不足している数量分(差S3からフリー在庫より引当可能な数量を減算した分)だけ優先区分“1”に対応する引当明細レコードへ引当替を行う。すなわち、優先区分“0”であって、異なる受注番号の引当明細レコードに設定された受注番号と所要IDとを優先区分“1”の該当のレコードの受注番号と所要IDとに変更する。 [Step S48] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 determines whether the difference S3 can be allocated from the free stock. If allocation is not possible, an allocation detail record having a priority classification of “0” in the component requirement record corresponding to the requirement ID is specified among the allocation detail records stored in the allocation detail reserve storage unit 154. Then, among the specified provision detail records, the provision date record set in the item indicating the required date is the latest provision detail record, and the parts inventory record is used as the provision source. Allocation is made to the allocation detail record corresponding to the priority category “1” by the amount obtained by subtracting the amount that can be allocated from the free stock from the difference S3. That is, the order number and the required ID set in the allocation detail record having the priority order “0” and the different order number are changed to the order number and the required ID of the corresponding record in the priority order “1”.
 このように、リザーブ引当処理部133はリザーブ引当処理の前処理として、引当処理用ワーク領域150にフリー所要、フリー注残、フリー在庫および引当済明細の情報を格納する。 As described above, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores information on free requirements, free inventory, free stock, and reserved details in the allocation processing work area 150 as pre-processing for reserve allocation processing.
 これにより、リアルタイムに更新され得る部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113および部品在庫情報記憶部114に記憶された各データと引当結果との整合を保つことができる。 Thereby, it is possible to maintain consistency between the data stored in the part requirement information storage unit 112, the part order information storage unit 113, and the part inventory information storage unit 114, which can be updated in real time, and the allocation result.
 また、リザーブ引当処理部133は、優先引当の対象となっている引当明細レコードについて、必要な引当数をフリー在庫から確保できない場合には、部品在庫を引当源泉とする優先引当の非対象の引当明細レコードから引当替を行う。このとき、優先引当非対象の引当明細レコードのうち所要日の最も遅いものから引当替を行う。このようにすると、各製品の製造計画や納期に対する影響を最小限にすることができる。 In addition, the reserve allocation processing unit 133, when it is not possible to secure the necessary number of allocations from the free stock for the allocation detail record that is the target of the priority allocation, Reserve from the detail record. At this time, the allocation is performed from the latest allocation schedule record that is not subject to priority allocation, from the latest allocation date. In this way, the influence on the production plan and delivery date of each product can be minimized.
 なお、ステップS47において差S3=0である場合には、ステップS48は実行しなくてよい。
 次に、ステップS34のリザーブ引当処理を説明する。
If the difference S3 = 0 in step S47, step S48 need not be executed.
Next, the reserve allocation process in step S34 will be described.
 図37,38は、リザーブ引当処理を示すフローチャートである。以下、図37,38に示す処理をステップ番号に沿って説明する。
 [ステップS51]リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当方法判定部132から取得した図番・版数をキーにして、部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当明細テーブル117aに登録された引当明細レコードを削除する。該当図番・版数の引当明細レコードは引当明細リザーブ記憶部154に複製されており、また、以下の処理により再度引当処理を行うためである。以下、引当方法判定部132から取得した図番・版数をキーにして各処理が実行される。
37 and 38 are flowcharts showing reserve allocation processing. In the following, the process illustrated in FIGS. 37 and 38 will be described in order of step number.
[Step S51] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 uses the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132 as a key, and the allocation details record registered in the allocation details table 117a stored in the parts allocation details storage unit 117 Is deleted. This is because the allocation detail record of the corresponding figure number / version number is duplicated in the allocation detail reserve storage unit 154, and the allocation processing is performed again by the following processing. Thereafter, each process is executed using the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132 as a key.
 [ステップS52]リザーブ引当処理部133は、図番・版数をキーにしてフリー所要記憶部151に記憶された部品所要レコードを1つ取得する。
 [ステップS53]リザーブ引当処理部133は、部品所要レコードに設定された所要IDを取得する。
[Step S52] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 acquires one part requirement record stored in the free requirement storage unit 151 using the figure number and the version number as a key.
[Step S53] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 acquires the required ID set in the component required record.
 [ステップS54]リザーブ引当処理部133は、取得した所要IDをキーにして、引当明細リザーブ記憶部154に記憶された引当明細レコードを検索する。
 [ステップS55]リザーブ引当処理部133は、該当の所要IDが設定された引当明細レコードが存在するか否かを判定する。存在する場合、処理をステップS56に進める。存在しない場合、処理をステップS58に進める。
[Step S54] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 searches the allocation details record stored in the allocation details reserve storage unit 154 using the acquired required ID as a key.
[Step S55] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 determines whether there is an allocation detail record in which the corresponding required ID is set. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S56. If not, the process proceeds to step S58.
 [ステップS56]リザーブ引当処理部133は、検索の結果抽出された全引当明細レコードを引当ワーク情報記憶部155に格納する。
 [ステップS57]リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当ワーク情報記憶部155に格納された引当明細レコードを参照して、該当の部品所要レコードに対する所要残数があるか否かを判定する。所要残数がない場合、処理をステップS70に進める。所要残数がある場合、処理をステップS58に進める。なお、所要残数の有無は、引当明細レコードに設定された引当前所要残数と引当数との差から判定することができる。例えば、引当明細レコードの引当前所要残数が“60”であり引当数が“10”である場合、これらの差は“50”である。これは、その部品が数量“50”だけ足りないことを示している。したがって、この場合、所要残数があると判定できる。一方、引当前所要残数が“50”で引当数が“50”である場合、これらの差は“0”であるので、所要残数はないと判定できる。以下、同様にして各部品について所要残数の有無を判定することができる。
[Step S56] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores all allocation detail records extracted as a result of the search in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
[Step S57] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the allocation detail record stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 and determines whether there is a required remaining number for the corresponding component required record. If there is no required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S70. If there is a required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S58. The presence / absence of the required remaining number can be determined from the difference between the required remaining number before allocation set in the allocation detail record and the allocated number. For example, when the required remaining number before allocation of the allocation detail record is “60” and the allocation number is “10”, the difference between these is “50”. This indicates that the number of parts is insufficient by “50”. Therefore, in this case, it can be determined that there is a required remaining number. On the other hand, when the required remaining number before allocation is “50” and the allocated number is “50”, these differences are “0”, so that it can be determined that there is no required remaining number. In the same manner, it is possible to determine whether there is a required remaining number for each component in the same manner.
 [ステップS58]リザーブ引当処理部133は、図番・版数をキーにして、フリー在庫記憶部153に記憶された部品在庫レコードを検索する。
 [ステップS59]リザーブ引当処理部133は、該当の図番・版数が設定された部品在庫レコードが存在するか否かを判定する。存在する場合、処理をステップS60に進める。存在しない場合、処理をステップS63に進める。
[Step S58] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 searches the parts inventory record stored in the free inventory storage unit 153 using the figure number and version number as a key.
[Step S59] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 determines whether there is a parts inventory record in which the corresponding figure number / version number is set. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S60. If not, the process proceeds to step S63.
 [ステップS60]リザーブ引当処理部133は、検索の結果取得した部品在庫レコードに基づいて、該当の受注番号、所要ID、部品図番・版数に対する引当明細レコードを生成する。なお、引当明細レコードは部品在庫レコードに対応付けて生成される。すなわち、部品在庫レコードが複数取得できた場合には、リザーブ引当処理部133は、各部品在庫レコードの在庫IDごとに引当区分が“在庫”の複数の引当明細レコードを生成する。また、各引当明細レコードの引当前所要残数を示す項目には、引当明細レコードを生成した順に、所要数からそれまでの引当数の総和を引いた値が設定される。 [Step S60] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 generates an allocation detail record for the corresponding order number, required ID, component diagram number / version number based on the component inventory record acquired as a result of the search. The allocation detail record is generated in association with the parts inventory record. That is, when a plurality of parts inventory records can be acquired, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 generates a plurality of allocation detail records whose allocation category is “inventory” for each inventory ID of each parts inventory record. In addition, in the item indicating the required remaining number before allocation of each allocation detail record, a value obtained by subtracting the total number of allocations from the required number is set in the order in which the allocation detail records are generated.
 [ステップS61]リザーブ引当処理部133は、生成した引当明細レコードを引当ワーク情報記憶部155に格納する。
 [ステップS62]リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当ワーク情報記憶部155に格納された引当明細レコードを参照して、該当の部品所要レコードに対する所要残数があるか否かを判定する。所要残数がない場合、処理をステップS70に進める。所要残数がある場合、処理をステップS63に進める。
[Step S61] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the generated allocation detail record in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
[Step S62] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the allocation detail record stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 and determines whether there is a required remaining number for the corresponding component required record. If there is no required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S70. If there is a required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S63.
 [ステップS63]リザーブ引当処理部133は、図番・版数をキーにしてフリー注残記憶部152に記憶された部品注残レコードを検索する。
 [ステップS64]リザーブ引当処理部133は、該当の図番・版数が設定された部品注残レコードが存在するか否かを判定する。存在する場合、処理をステップS65に進める。存在しない場合、処理をステップS67に進める。
[Step S <b> 63] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 searches the part order remaining record stored in the free order remaining storage unit 152 using the figure number / version number as a key.
[Step S64] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 determines whether there is a part order remaining record in which the corresponding figure number / version number is set. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S65. If not, the process proceeds to step S67.
 [ステップS65]リザーブ引当処理部133は、検索の結果取得した部品注残レコードに基づいて、該当の受注番号、所要ID、部品図番・版数に対する引当明細レコードを生成する。なお、引当明細レコードは部品注残レコードに対応付けて生成される。すなわち、リザーブ引当処理部133は、各部品注残レコードの注残IDごとに引当区分が“注残”の複数の引当明細レコードを生成する。また、各引当明細レコードの引当前所要残数を示す項目には、引当明細レコードを生成した順に所要数から、それまでの引当数の総和を引いた値が設定される。 [Step S65] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 generates an allocation detail record for the corresponding order number, required ID, part diagram number / version number, based on the part order record acquired as a result of the search. The allocation detail record is generated in association with the part order record. In other words, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 generates a plurality of allocation detail records whose allocation category is “Notes” for each item ID of each component note record. In addition, in the item indicating the required remaining number before allocation of each allocation detail record, a value obtained by subtracting the sum of the allocation numbers so far from the required number in the order in which the allocation detail records are generated is set.
 [ステップS66]リザーブ引当処理部133は、生成した引当明細レコードを引当ワーク情報記憶部155に格納する。
 [ステップS67]リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当ワーク情報記憶部155に格納された引当明細レコードを参照して、該当の部品所要レコードに対する所要残数があるか否かを判定する。所要残数がある場合、処理をステップS68に進める。所要残数がない場合、処理をステップS69に進める。
[Step S66] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 stores the generated allocation detail record in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
[Step S67] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 refers to the allocation detail record stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 to determine whether there is a required remaining number for the corresponding component required record. If there is a required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S68. If there is no required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S69.
 [ステップS68]リザーブ引当処理部133は、所要残数と引当数“0”とを設定した、引当区分“欠品”の引当明細レコードを生成して、引当ワーク情報記憶部155に格納する。 [Step S68] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 generates an allocation detail record for the allocation category “shortage” in which the required remaining number and the allocation number “0” are set, and stores the allocation detail record in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
 [ステップS69]リザーブ引当処理部133は、新たに生成した引当明細レコードの受注番号、図番・版数を部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当履歴テーブル117bに登録する。 [Step S69] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 registers the order number and figure number / version number of the newly generated allocation detail record in the allocation history table 117b stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117.
 [ステップS70]リザーブ引当処理部133は、フリー所要記憶部151に記憶された全ての部品所要レコードについてリザーブ引当処理を実行したか否かを判定する。全部品所要レコードについて処理済みの場合、処理をステップS71に進める。未処理の部品所要レコードがある場合、処理をステップS52に進める。なお、今回リザーブ引当処理を行った部品所要レコードは処理済み扱いとされ、ステップS52におけるレコード取得処理の対象外となる。 [Step S70] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 determines whether or not reserve allocation processing has been executed for all the component requirement records stored in the free requirement storage unit 151. If all the component requirement records have been processed, the process proceeds to step S71. If there is an unprocessed part requirement record, the process proceeds to step S52. Note that the part requirement record for which the reserve allocation process is performed this time is treated as being processed, and is excluded from the record acquisition process in step S52.
 [ステップS71]リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当ワーク情報記憶部155に記憶された全ての引当明細レコードを部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当明細テーブル117aに登録する。 [Step S71] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 registers all allocation details records stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 in the allocation details table 117a stored in the part allocation details storage unit 117.
 [ステップS72]リザーブ引当処理部133は、引当処理用ワーク領域150に記憶された情報をクリアする。
 このようして、リザーブ引当処理部133は、在庫あるいは注残からの引当が既に行われた引当済品を考慮した引当を行うことができる。
[Step S72] The reserve allocation processing unit 133 clears information stored in the allocation processing work area 150.
In this way, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 can perform allocation in consideration of the allocated products that have already been allocated from inventory or inventory.
 すなわち、リザーブ引当を行うことで、一度ある製品に対して引き当てた部品は、その後、その製品に引き当てられた状態を維持する。このため、ある部品を再引当する際に、その部品につきリザーブ引当結果が既に存在する場合には、そのリザーブ引当結果に加えて、不足分などを追加で引き当てることができる。また、リザーブ引当された部品は、原則として他の製品に引き当てられることがない。このため、リザーブ引当処理は所要量の変動が大きい部品について確実に引当源泉を確保するために適している。 That is, by making a reserve allocation, a part once allocated to a certain product is maintained in a state allocated to that product thereafter. For this reason, when a part is re-allocated, if a reserve allocation result already exists for the part, in addition to the reserve allocation result, a shortage can be additionally allocated. In addition, the reserved parts are not allocated to other products in principle. For this reason, the reserve allocation process is suitable for ensuring the allocation source for the parts with large fluctuations in the required amount.
 なお、リザーブ引当処理部133は、所要日の近いものから優先してリザーブ引当処理を行う。その際、リザーブ引当処理部133は、フリー注残からは注残納期が近いものから引当を行うようにする。これにより、部品の所要日が迫っているにも関わらず、注残納期が間に合わなくなるという事態を抑止できる。 Note that the reserve allocation processing unit 133 performs the reserve allocation processing with priority from the closest to the required date. At that time, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 allocates from the free order remaining from the order with the short remaining order. As a result, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the order delivery date is not in time even though the required date for parts is approaching.
 次に、ステップS35の数量引当処理を説明する。
 図39は、数量引当処理を示すフローチャートである。以下、図39に示す処理をステップ番号に沿って説明する。
Next, the quantity allocation process in step S35 will be described.
FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing the quantity allocation process. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 39 will be described in order of step number.
 [ステップS81]数量引当処理部134は、引当方法判定部132から取得した図番・版数をキーにして、部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当明細テーブル117aに登録された引当明細レコードを削除する。該当図番・版数の引当明細レコードは以下の処理により再作成されるためである。以下、引当方法判定部132から取得した図番・版数をキーにして各処理が実行される。 [Step S81] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 uses the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132 as a key, and the allocation details record registered in the allocation details table 117a stored in the part allocation details storage unit 117 Is deleted. This is because the allocation detail record of the corresponding figure number / version number is recreated by the following processing. Thereafter, each process is executed using the figure number / version number acquired from the allocation method determination unit 132 as a key.
 [ステップS82]数量引当処理部134は、図番・版数をキーにして部品所要情報記憶部112に記憶された部品所要テーブル112bから部品所要レコードを1つ取得する。 [Step S82] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 acquires one component requirement record from the component requirement table 112b stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112 using the figure number / version number as a key.
 [ステップS83]数量引当処理部134は、部品所要レコードに設定された所要数を取得する。
 [ステップS84]数量引当処理部134は、図番・版数をキーにして部品在庫情報記憶部114に記憶された部品在庫テーブル114aから部品在庫レコードを検索する。
[Step S83] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 acquires the required number set in the component required record.
[Step S84] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 searches for a component inventory record from the component inventory table 114a stored in the component inventory information storage unit 114 using the figure number and the version number as a key.
 [ステップS85]数量引当処理部134は、該当の図番・版数が設定された部品在庫レコードが存在するか否かを判定する。存在する場合、処理をステップS86に進める。存在しない場合、処理をステップS89に進める。 [Step S85] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 determines whether there is a parts inventory record in which the corresponding figure number / version number is set. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S86. If not, the process proceeds to step S89.
 [ステップS86]数量引当処理部134は、検索の結果取得した部品在庫レコードに基づいて、該当の部品所要レコードの受注番号、所要ID、部品図番・版数に対する引当明細レコードを生成する。なお、引当明細レコードは図37のステップS60で説明したように部品在庫レコードに対応付けて生成される。 [Step S86] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 generates an allocation detail record for the order number, required ID, part diagram number / version number of the corresponding part requirement record, based on the part inventory record acquired as a result of the search. The allocation detail record is generated in association with the parts inventory record as described in step S60 of FIG.
 [ステップS87]数量引当処理部134は、生成した引当明細レコードを引当ワーク情報記憶部155に格納する。
 [ステップS88]数量引当処理部134は、引当ワーク情報記憶部155に格納された引当明細レコードを参照して、該当の部品所要レコードに対する所要残数があるか否かを判定する。所要残数がない場合、処理をステップS95に進める。所要残数がある場合、処理をステップS89に進める。
[Step S87] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 stores the generated allocation detail record in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
[Step S88] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 refers to the allocation detail record stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 to determine whether there is a required remaining number for the corresponding component required record. If there is no required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S95. If there is a required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S89.
 [ステップS89]数量引当処理部134は、図番・版数をキーにして部品発注情報記憶部113に記憶された部品注残テーブル113aから部品注残レコードを検索する。
 [ステップS90]数量引当処理部134は、該当の図番・版数が設定された部品注残レコードが存在するか否かを判定する。存在する場合、処理をステップS91に進める。存在しない場合、処理をステップS93に進める。
[Step S89] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 searches for a part order record from the part order table 113a stored in the part order information storage unit 113 using the figure number and the version number as a key.
[Step S90] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 determines whether there is a part order remaining record in which the corresponding figure number / version number is set. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S91. If not, the process proceeds to step S93.
 [ステップS91]数量引当処理部134は、検索の結果取得した部品注残レコードに基づいて、該当の部品所要レコードの受注番号、所要ID、部品図番・版数に対する引当明細レコードを生成する。なお、引当明細レコードは図38のステップS65で説明したように部品注残レコードに対応付けて生成される。 [Step S91] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 generates an allocation detail record for the order number, the required ID, and the part diagram number / version number of the corresponding part requirement record based on the part order remaining record acquired as a result of the search. The allocation detail record is generated in association with the component order remaining record as described in step S65 of FIG.
 [ステップS92]数量引当処理部134は、生成した引当明細レコードを引当ワーク情報記憶部155に格納する。
 [ステップS93]数量引当処理部134は、引当ワーク情報記憶部155に格納された引当明細レコードを参照して、該当の部品所要レコードに対する所要残数があるか否かを判定する。所要残数がある場合、処理をステップS94に進める。所要残数がない場合、処理をステップS95に進める。
[Step S92] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 stores the generated allocation detail record in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
[Step S93] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 refers to the allocation detail record stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 to determine whether there is a required remaining number for the corresponding component required record. If there is a required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S94. If there is no required remaining number, the process proceeds to step S95.
 [ステップS94]数量引当処理部134は、所要残数と引当数“0”とを設定した、引当区分“欠品”の引当明細レコードを生成して、引当ワーク情報記憶部155に格納する。 [Step S94] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 generates an allocation detail record for the allocation category “shortage” in which the required remaining number and the allocation number “0” are set, and stores the allocation detail record in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
 [ステップS95]数量引当処理部134は、新たに生成した引当明細レコードの受注番号、図番・版数を部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当履歴テーブル117bに登録する。 [Step S95] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 registers the order number and figure number / version number of the newly generated allocation detail record in the allocation history table 117b stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117.
 [ステップS96]数量引当処理部134は、部品所要テーブル112bのうち同一の図番・版数についての全部品所要レコードについて数量引当処理を実行したか否かを判定する。同一の図番・版数についての全部品所要レコードで処理済みの場合、処理をステップS97に進める。未処理の部品所要レコードがある場合、処理をステップS82に進める。なお、今回数量引当処理を行った同一の図番・版数についての部品所要レコードは処理済み扱いとされ、ステップS82におけるレコード取得処理の対象外となる。 [Step S96] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 determines whether or not the quantity allocation process has been executed for all the part requirement records for the same drawing number / version number in the component requirement table 112b. If all parts required records for the same drawing number / version number have been processed, the process proceeds to step S97. If there is an unprocessed part requirement record, the process proceeds to step S82. It should be noted that the part requirement records for the same drawing number / version number that have undergone the current quantity allocation process are treated as processed and are excluded from the record acquisition process in step S82.
 [ステップS97]数量引当処理部134は、引当ワーク情報記憶部155に記憶された全ての引当明細レコードを部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当明細テーブル117aに登録する。そして、数量引当処理部134は、引当ワーク情報記憶部155に記憶された情報をクリアする。 [Step S97] The quantity allocation processing unit 134 registers all the allocation details records stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155 in the allocation details table 117a stored in the parts allocation details storage unit 117. Then, the quantity allocation processing unit 134 clears the information stored in the allocation work information storage unit 155.
 このようにして、数量引当処理部134は、ある部品に対して必要な所要分を全て引当しなおすことで数量引当処理を行う。このとき、数量引当処理部134は、所要日の近いものから優先して数量引当処理を行う。その際、リザーブ引当処理部133は、部品注残テーブル113aからは注残納期が近いものから引当を行うようにする。これにより、リザーブ引当処理の場合と同様に、部品の所要日が迫っているにも関わらず、注残納期が間に合わなくなるという事態を抑止できる。 In this way, the quantity allocation processing unit 134 performs the quantity allocation process by reallocating all necessary parts for a certain part. At this time, the quantity allocation processing unit 134 performs the quantity allocation process with priority from the closest date. At that time, the reserve allocation processing unit 133 allocates from the component order remaining table 113a in the order of the remaining order delivery date. As a result, as in the case of the reserve allocation process, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the due date is not in time even though the required date for the parts is approaching.
 数量引当を利用することで、注残部品の納期が前倒しになった場合や注残部品の納期が遅延するような場合など、発注している部品の製造工程の進捗に応じて、他の引当源泉からの引当替えを柔軟に行うことができる。このため、数量引当は納期が前後し易い部品を使用する場合に適している。 Depending on the progress of the manufacturing process of the ordered parts, such as when the delivery date of the remaining parts is advanced or when the delivery date of the remaining parts is delayed, It is possible to flexibly change the provision from the source. For this reason, quantity allocation is suitable when using parts that are likely to be delivered quickly.
 以上のようにして、引当対象図番テーブル116bに登録された各図番・版数の部品について引当処理が順次実行される。
 次に、ステップS5の面揃対象抽出処理を説明する。
As described above, the allocation process is sequentially executed for the parts of each figure number / version number registered in the allocation target figure number table 116b.
Next, the surface alignment target extraction process in step S5 will be described.
 図40は、面揃対象抽出処理を示すフローチャートである。以下、図40に示す処理をステップ番号に沿って説明する。
 [ステップS101]面揃情報更新処理部141は、部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当履歴テーブル117bを参照し、引当明細テーブル117aで更新のあった引当明細レコードの受注番号を取得する。なお、引当履歴テーブル117bに同一受注番号の複数の引当履歴レコードが存在する場合には、集約して1つのレコードとする。そのための処理は、例えば図34に示した引当対象図番生成処理と同様の方法で実行できる。
FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing surface alignment target extraction processing. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 40 will be described in order of step number.
[Step S101] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 refers to the allocation history table 117b stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117, and acquires the order number of the allocation detail record updated in the allocation detail table 117a. If there are a plurality of allocation history records with the same order number in the allocation history table 117b, they are aggregated into one record. The process for that can be performed by the same method as the allocation object figure number generation process shown, for example in FIG.
 [ステップS102]面揃情報更新処理部141は、取得した受注番号を部品面揃情報記憶部118に記憶された面揃対象管理テーブル118aに登録する。
 [ステップS103]面揃情報更新処理部141は、取得した受注番号の引当履歴レコードを引当履歴テーブル117bから削除する。
[Step S <b> 102] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 registers the acquired order number in the surface alignment target management table 118 a stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118.
[Step S103] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 deletes the allocation history record for the acquired order number from the allocation history table 117b.
 このように、面揃情報更新処理部141は、引当履歴テーブル117bに含まれる重複した受注番号のレコードを集約して、面揃対象管理テーブル118aを生成する。面揃情報更新処理部141は、面揃対象管理テーブル118aを参照することで、面揃処理の対象とする受注番号を特定することができる。 As described above, the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 aggregates the records of the duplicate order numbers included in the allocation history table 117b to generate the surface alignment target management table 118a. The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 can identify an order number to be subjected to surface alignment processing by referring to the surface alignment object management table 118a.
 次に、ステップS6の面揃処理を説明する。
 図41は、面揃処理を示すフローチャートである。以下、図41に示す処理をステップ番号に沿って説明する。
Next, the surface alignment process in step S6 will be described.
FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing the surface alignment process. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 41 will be described in order of step number.
 [ステップS111]面揃情報更新処理部141は、部品面揃情報記憶部118に記憶された面揃対象管理テーブル118aから面揃対象レコードを1つ取得する。
 [ステップS112]面揃情報更新処理部141は、面揃対象レコードに含まれる受注番号を取得する。
[Step S <b> 111] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 acquires one surface alignment target record from the surface alignment target management table 118 a stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118.
[Step S112] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 acquires an order number included in the surface alignment target record.
 [ステップS113]面揃情報更新処理部141は、取得した受注番号をキーにして、部品面揃情報記憶部118に記憶された部品面揃テーブル118bに登録された部品面揃レコードを削除する。該当の受注番号の部品面揃レコードは、以下の処理により再作成されるためである。 [Step S113] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 deletes the component surface alignment record registered in the component surface alignment table 118b stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118 using the acquired order number as a key. This is because the part surface alignment record of the corresponding order number is re-created by the following processing.
 [ステップS114]面揃情報更新処理部141は、受注番号をキーにして、部品引当明細記憶部117に記憶された引当明細テーブル117aから引当明細レコードを取得する。面揃情報更新処理部141は、取得した引当明細レコードから同一の受注番号、図番・版数および所要数を設定した1つの部品面揃レコードを生成する。すなわち、面揃情報更新処理部141は、引当明細テーブル117aから受注番号は同一だが、図番・版数の異なる複数の引当明細レコードを取得した場合、各図番・版数について1つずつ部品面揃レコードを生成する。例えば、引当明細テーブル117aにおいて受注番号“OR001”である引当明細レコードは、図番が“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”と3種類(何れも版数は“V01”)存在する。したがって、面揃情報更新処理部141は、受注番号“OR001”に対して3種の図番に対応する3つの部品面揃レコードを生成する。 [Step S114] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 acquires an allocation detail record from the allocation detail table 117a stored in the part allocation detail storage unit 117 using the order number as a key. The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 generates one component surface alignment record in which the same order number, figure number / version number, and required number are set from the acquired allocation detail record. That is, when the plane order information update processing unit 141 acquires a plurality of allocation detail records having the same order number from the allocation detail table 117a but having different figure numbers / version numbers, one part is assigned to each figure number / version number. Generate a flush record. For example, the allocation detail record having the order number “OR001” in the allocation detail table 117a has three types of figure numbers “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” (all version numbers are “V01”). Accordingly, the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 generates three component surface alignment records corresponding to the three types of figure numbers for the order number “OR001”.
 [ステップS115]面揃情報更新処理部141は、取得した引当明細レコードのうち、引当区分が“在庫”である引当明細レコードが存在するか否かを判定する。存在する場合、処理をステップS116に進める。存在しない場合、処理をステップS118に進める。 [Step S115] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 determines whether there is an allocation detail record whose allocation category is “inventory” among the acquired allocation detail records. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S116. If not, the process proceeds to step S118.
 [ステップS116]面揃情報更新処理部141は、引当区分が“在庫”である引当明細レコードに含まれる引当数の合計を図番・版数ごとに算出し、算出した値を生成した各部品面揃レコードの在庫引当数を示す項目に設定する。例えば、引当明細テーブル117aにおいて、図番“DR011”の部品について、引当区分が“在庫”であるものが3レコード存在する。そして、各引当明細レコードに設定された引当数の合計から、在庫引当数を“30+10+10=50”と求めることができる。 [Step S116] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 calculates the total number of allocations included in the allocation detail record whose allocation category is “inventory” for each figure number / version number, and generates the calculated values. Set in the item indicating the number of inventory reserves in the side-by-side record. For example, in the allocation detail table 117a, there are 3 records for the part with the drawing number “DR011” whose allocation classification is “inventory”. Then, from the total number of allocations set in each allocation detail record, the inventory allocation number can be calculated as “30 + 10 + 10 = 50”.
 [ステップS117]面揃情報更新処理部141は、各図番・版数の部品面揃レコードの在庫部品面揃年月日を示す項目に引当明細レコードに設定された所要日の日付を設定する。例えば、引当明細テーブル117aにおいて、図番“DR011”の部品の所要日は“2009/9/1”である。したがって、在庫部品面揃年月日として“2009/9/1”を設定する。 [Step S117] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 sets the date of the required date set in the allocation detail record in the item indicating the inventory component surface alignment date of the component surface alignment record of each figure number / version number. . For example, in the allocation details table 117a, the required date of the part with the drawing number “DR011” is “2009/9/1”. Therefore, “2009/9/1” is set as the inventory part surface alignment date.
 [ステップS118]面揃情報更新処理部141は、取得した引当明細レコードのうち、引当区分が“注残”である引当明細レコードが存在するか否かを判定する。存在する場合、処理をステップS119に進める。存在しない場合、処理をステップS121に進める。 [Step S118] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 determines whether there is an allocation detail record whose allocation classification is “remaining” among the acquired allocation detail records. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S119. If not, the process proceeds to step S121.
 [ステップS119]面揃情報更新処理部141は、引当区分が“注残”である引当明細レコードについて、以下の処理を実行する。
 (A1)面揃情報更新処理部141は、注残納期が当初納期内であるものの引当数の合計を図番・版数ごとに算出し、算出した値を生成した各部品面揃レコードの注残引当数(納期内)を示す項目に設定する。例えば、引当明細テーブル117aにおいて、図番“DR011”の部品につき引当区分が“注残”であるものが1レコード存在する。そして、その引当明細レコードに設定された注残納期は“2009/8/31”であり、当初納期(所要日)“2009/9/1”に間に合う。したがって、その引当数“50”を図番“DR011”の部品面揃レコードの注残引当数(納期内)に設定する。ここで、引当明細テーブル117aの所要日を当初納期として扱っている(以下同様)。
[Step S119] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 executes the following processing for the allocation detail record whose allocation classification is “remaining order”.
(A1) The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 calculates the total number of allocations for each drawing number / version number even though the remaining delivery date is within the initial delivery date. Set in the item indicating the number of remaining reserves (within delivery date). For example, in the allocation detail table 117a, there is one record in which the allocation classification is “Note” for the part of the drawing number “DR011”. The order delivery date set in the allocation detail record is “2009/8/31”, which is in time for the initial delivery date (required date) “2009/9/1”. Therefore, the allocation number “50” is set to the remaining allocation number (within the delivery date) of the part surface alignment record of the figure number “DR011”. Here, the required date of the allocation details table 117a is treated as the initial delivery date (the same applies hereinafter).
 (A2)面揃情報更新処理部141は、注残納期が当初納期よりも遅延するものの引当数の合計を図番・版数ごとに算出し、算出した値を生成した各部品面揃レコードの注残引当数(遅延)を示す項目に設定する。例えば、引当明細テーブル117aにおいて、図番“DR012”の部品につき引当区分が“注残”であるものが2レコード存在する。そして、その引当明細レコードに設定された注残納期には“2009/9/1”のものと“2009/9/2”のものが存在する。“2009/9/1”のレコードは、当初納期(所要日)“2009/9/1”に間に合うので、上記(A1)の場合に該当する。一方、“2009/9/2”のレコードは、当初納期(所要日)“2009/9/1”に間に合わない(A2の場合である)。したがって、その引当数“10”を図番“DR012”の部品面揃レコードの注残引当数(遅延)に設定する。 (A2) The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 calculates the total number of allocations for each drawing number / version number, although the remaining order delivery date is delayed from the initial delivery date, and generates the calculated value for each component surface alignment record. Set in the item indicating the number of remaining reserves (delay). For example, in the allocation detail table 117a, there are two records whose allocation classification is “Note” for the part of the figure number “DR012”. Then, there are “2009/9/1” and “2009/9/2” in the remaining order delivery date set in the allocation detail record. Since the record “2009/9/1” is in time for the initial delivery date (required date) “2009/9/1”, it corresponds to the case of (A1) above. On the other hand, the record “2009/9/2” is not in time for the initial delivery date (required date) “2009/9/1” (in the case of A2). Accordingly, the allocation number “10” is set as the remaining allocation number (delay) of the part surface alignment record of the figure number “DR012”.
 なお、各図番・版数の部品について、注残納期が最も遅い日付を各部品面揃レコードの注残納期を示す項目に設定する。例えば、引当明細テーブル117aにおいて、図番“DR012”の部品につき注残納期が“2009/9/1”のものと“2009/9/2”のものが存在する。この場合、図番“DR012”の部品面揃レコードについて最も遅い日付である“2009/9/2”を注残納期に設定する。 For each part number and version number, set the date with the latest order delivery date in the item indicating the order delivery date in each part alignment record. For example, in the allocation details table 117a, there are those with a part number “DR012” of the drawing number “2009/9/1” and “2009/9/2” for the order remaining delivery date. In this case, “2009/9/2”, which is the latest date for the part surface alignment record of the drawing number “DR012”, is set as the order delivery date.
 [ステップS120]面揃情報更新処理部141は、受注番号が同一の部品面揃レコードのうち、注残納期が最も遅い日付を取得する。面揃情報更新処理部141は、取得した日付を各図番・版数の部品面揃レコードの注残部品面揃年月日を示す項目に設定する。例えば、部品面揃テーブル118bでは、受注番号が“OR001”である3つのレコードのうち、注残納期の最も遅い日付は“2009/9/2”である。したがって、これら3つのレコードの注残部品面揃年月日に“2009/9/2”を設定する。 [Step S120] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 acquires a date with the latest order delivery date among the component surface alignment records having the same order number. The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 sets the acquired date as an item indicating the remaining part surface alignment date of the component surface alignment record of each drawing number / version number. For example, in the part surface alignment table 118b, the latest date of the order delivery date is “2009/9/2” among the three records having the order number “OR001”. Therefore, “2009/9/2” is set for the remaining part surface alignment date of these three records.
 [ステップS121]面揃情報更新処理部141は、取得した引当明細レコードのうち未手配のもの、すなわち、引当区分が“欠品”である引当明細レコードが存在するか否かを判定する。存在する場合、処理をステップS122に進める。存在しない場合、処理をステップS124に進める。 [Step S121] The surface arrangement information update processing unit 141 determines whether or not there is an unallocated item among the acquired allocation details records, that is, an allocation details record whose allocation category is “out of stock”. If it exists, the process proceeds to step S122. If not, the process proceeds to step S124.
 [ステップS122]面揃情報更新処理部141は、引当区分が“未手配”である引当明細レコードについて、以下の処理を実行する。
 (B1)面揃情報更新処理部141は、想定納期が当初納期内であるものの合計を図番・版数ごとに算出し、算出した値を生成した各部品面揃レコードの未手配(納期内)を示す項目に設定する。ここで、想定納期とは、現時点からサプライヤ40,40a,40bに発注を行ったとして、予想される納期である。例えば、物品工程情報記憶部115に記憶された部品標準工程テーブル115b,115c,115dに設定された各部品の製造から配送に要する合計日数をその部品の入庫までの標準のリードタイムとみなして想定納期を算出することができる。
[Step S122] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 executes the following processing for an allocation detail record whose allocation classification is “unallocated”.
(B1) The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 calculates the total of the estimated delivery date within the initial delivery date for each figure number and version number, and has not arranged each component surface alignment record that generated the calculated value (within the delivery date) ). Here, the assumed delivery date is an expected delivery date when an order is placed with the suppliers 40, 40a and 40b from the present time. For example, it is assumed that the total number of days required for manufacturing and delivery of each part set in the part standard process tables 115b, 115c, and 115d stored in the article process information storage unit 115 is regarded as a standard lead time until the part is received. The delivery date can be calculated.
 (B2)面揃情報更新処理部141は、想定納期が当初納期よりも遅延するものの合計を図番・版数ごとに算出し、算出した値を生成した各部品面揃レコードの未手配(遅延)を示す項目に設定する。例えば、引当明細テーブル117aにおいて、図番“DR013”の部品につき“欠品”のものが存在する。ここで、図番“DR013”の部品の標準リードタイムは部品標準工程テーブル115bから“4日”掛かることが分かる。したがって、現日付が2009年8月30日であるとすれば、“DR013”の部品について現時点からサプライヤ40に発注を行うとすると、その想定納期は“2009/9/3”と算出できる。しかし、この想定納期は当初納期“2009/9/1”に間に合わない。このため、図番“DR013”の部品面揃レコードの未手配(遅延)に欠品分の数量“10”を設定する。 (B2) The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 calculates, for each drawing number / version number, the total of the estimated delivery date delayed from the initial delivery date, and has not arranged each component surface alignment record that generated the calculated value (delay ). For example, in the allocation details table 117a, there is a “out of stock” part for the part number “DR013”. Here, it can be seen that the standard lead time for the part number “DR013” takes “4 days” from the part standard process table 115b. Therefore, assuming that the current date is August 30, 2009, if an order is placed with the supplier 40 for the part “DR013” from the present time, the estimated delivery date can be calculated as “2009/9/3”. However, this estimated delivery date is not in time for the initial delivery date “2009/9/1”. For this reason, the quantity “10” for the shortage is set in the unallocated (delayed) part surface alignment record of the drawing number “DR013”.
 なお、各図番・版数の部品について想定納期が最も遅い日付を各部品面揃レコードの未手配部品納期を示す項目に設定する。部品面揃テーブル118bの例では、“欠品”状態のものが含まれるのは“DR013”の部品のみである。このため、未手配部品納期には、“DR013”の未手配(遅延)分の想定納期である“2009/9/3”を設定する。その他のレコードについては、“-”(設定なし)となる。 In addition, the date with the latest expected delivery date for each part number / version number is set in the item indicating the undelivered part delivery date of each part alignment record. In the example of the component surface alignment table 118b, only the component “DR013” includes those in the “out of stock” state. For this reason, “2009/9/3”, which is an assumed delivery date for “DR013” not yet arranged (delayed), is set as the unallocated parts delivery date. For other records, "-" (no setting) is displayed.
 [ステップS123]面揃情報更新処理部141は、受注番号が同一の部品面揃レコードのうち、想定納期(未手配部品納期)が最も遅い日付を取得する。面揃情報更新処理部141は、取得した日付を各図番・版数の部品面揃レコードの未手配部品面揃年月日を示す項目に設定する。部品面揃テーブル118bの例では、受注番号“OR001”の3つのレコードのうち、未手配部品納期が設定されているのは“DR013”の部品のみである。このため、各レコードの未手配部品面揃年月日には、その日付“2009/9/3”を設定する。 [Step S123] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 acquires a date with the latest estimated delivery date (unarranged component delivery date) among the component surface alignment records having the same order number. The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 sets the acquired date as an item indicating the unarranged component surface alignment date of the component surface alignment record of each drawing number / version number. In the example of the part surface alignment table 118b, of the three records of the order number “OR001”, only the part “DR013” has the unarranged part delivery date set. For this reason, the date “2009/9/3” is set as the unarranged parts alignment date of each record.
 [ステップS124]面揃情報更新処理部141は、面揃対象管理テーブル118aに登録された全ての面揃対象レコードについて面揃処理済であるか否かを判定する。処理済みである場合、処理を完了する。処理済みでない場合、処理をステップS111に進める。なお、今回面揃処理を行った面揃対象レコードは処理済みとして扱われる。すなわち、該当レコードはステップS111においてレコード取得処理の対象外となる。また、処理を完了する場合、面揃情報更新処理部141は、面揃対象管理テーブル118aに登録された情報をクリアする。 [Step S124] The surface alignment information update processing unit 141 determines whether or not the surface alignment processing has been completed for all the surface alignment target records registered in the surface alignment object management table 118a. If it has been processed, the process is completed. If not, the process proceeds to step S111. Note that the surface alignment target record that has been subjected to the surface alignment processing this time is treated as processed. That is, the corresponding record is excluded from the record acquisition process in step S111. When the process is completed, the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 clears information registered in the surface alignment target management table 118a.
 このように、面揃情報更新処理部141は、引当明細テーブル117aのうち更新が行われた受注番号の引当明細レコードについて面揃処理を行う。
 なお、ある受注番号に対応する全ての部品で注残部品・未手配部品の面揃年月日が当初納期よりも前倒しになることが考えられる。その場合、注残部品・未手配部品の面揃年月日が遅い方を在庫部品の面揃年月日とすることが考えられる。このようにすると、後述の処理により、製品の製造着手を前倒して設定可能となる。このため、他の製品の製造スケジュールとの調整をより早い期日から可能となり、より効率的に製造資源を活用できるようになる。
In this way, the surface alignment information update processing unit 141 performs surface alignment processing for the allocation detail record of the order number that has been updated in the allocation detail table 117a.
It should be noted that it is conceivable that the date of surface preparation of unreserved parts / unarranged parts will be ahead of the original delivery date for all parts corresponding to a certain order number. In that case, it is conceivable that the surface finish date of the remaining parts / unarranged parts is the later one for the stock parts. If it does in this way, it will become possible to set up the manufacture start of a product ahead of time by the below-mentioned processing. For this reason, adjustment with the manufacturing schedule of other products becomes possible from an earlier date, and manufacturing resources can be utilized more efficiently.
 製造管理部142は、このようにして生成された部品面揃テーブル118bに基づいて製品の製造計画を生成することができる。
 次に、ステップS7の製造管理情報生成処理を説明する。
The manufacturing management unit 142 can generate a product manufacturing plan based on the component surface alignment table 118b generated as described above.
Next, the manufacturing management information generation process in step S7 will be described.
 図42は、製造管理情報生成処理を示すフローチャートである。以下、図42に示す処理をステップ番号に沿って説明する。
 [ステップS131]製造管理部142は、部品面揃情報記憶部118に記憶された部品面揃テーブル118bのうち、更新のあった受注番号の部品面揃レコードを取得する。このとき、製造管理部142は、同一の受注番号の部品面揃レコードを全て取得する。
FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing manufacturing management information generation processing. In the following, the process illustrated in FIG. 42 will be described in order of step number.
[Step S <b> 131] The manufacturing management unit 142 acquires a component surface alignment record of the updated order number from the component surface alignment table 118 b stored in the component surface alignment information storage unit 118. At this time, the manufacturing management unit 142 acquires all the component surface alignment records having the same order number.
 [ステップS132]製造管理部142は、受注番号をキーにして部品面揃情報記憶部118に記憶された製造計画管理テーブル118cに登録された製造計画管理レコードを削除する。該当の受注番号の製造計画管理レコードは、以下の処理により再作成されるためである。 [Step S132] The manufacturing management unit 142 deletes the manufacturing plan management record registered in the manufacturing plan management table 118c stored in the part surface alignment information storage unit 118 using the order number as a key. This is because the production plan management record of the corresponding order number is recreated by the following processing.
 [ステップS133]製造管理部142は、ステップS131で取得した部品面揃レコードの受注番号、各図番・版数ごとに製造計画管理レコードを生成する。そして、製造管理部142は、取得した部品面揃レコードの各部品に設定された在庫引当数に基づき製品の製造に使用可能な各部品の数量を算出する。製造管理部142は、算出した各部品の数量を新たに生成した各製造計画管理レコードの使用数(在庫)を示す項目に設定する。 [Step S133] The manufacturing management unit 142 generates a manufacturing plan management record for each order number and each drawing number / version number of the part surface alignment record acquired in step S131. Then, the manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the quantity of each part that can be used for manufacturing the product based on the inventory allocation number set for each part in the acquired part surface alignment record. The manufacturing management unit 142 sets the calculated quantity of each part to an item indicating the number of used (inventory) of each newly generated manufacturing plan management record.
 例えば、部品面揃テーブル118bには受注番号“OR001”の3つのレコードが存在する。“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の在庫引当数は“50”、“30”、“20”である。製造管理部142は、物品マスタ記憶部111に記憶された物品マスタ111aおよび物品構成テーブル111bを参照して、製品“PD001”を生成するためにこれらの各部品が数量比で2:1:1必要であることを検知する。これにより、製造管理部142は、“DR013”の使用可能数“20”が在庫部品による製品の製造上限数を決めていることを認識できる。そして、各部品の使用数を“40”、“20”、“20”と特定できる。したがって、受注番号“OR001”の“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の製造計画管理レコードの使用数(在庫)を示す項目には“40”、“20”、“20”を設定する。 For example, there are three records of the order number “OR001” in the part surface alignment table 118b. The inventory allocation numbers of the parts “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” are “50”, “30”, and “20”. The manufacturing management unit 142 refers to the article master 111a and the article configuration table 111b stored in the article master storage unit 111, and in order to generate the product “PD001”, each of these parts is in a 2: 1: 1 ratio. Detect that it is necessary. As a result, the manufacturing management unit 142 can recognize that the usable number “20” of “DR013” determines the upper limit number of products manufactured by inventory parts. The number of parts used can be specified as “40”, “20”, and “20”. Accordingly, “40”, “20”, and “20” are set in the items indicating the number of used (inventory) of the manufacturing plan management records of the parts “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” of the order number “OR001”. Set.
 以下、製造管理部142は新たに生成した製造計画管理レコードの各項目に対する設定を行う。
 [ステップS134]製造管理部142は、着手可能年月日(在庫)を示す項目に部品面揃レコードの在庫部品面揃年月日を示す項目に設定された日付を設定する。また、製造管理部142は、着手可能年月日(在庫)の日付に製造着手したとして、試済までの日付を算出し、試済年月日(在庫)を示す項目に設定する。製造管理部142は、物品工程情報記憶部115に記憶された製品標準工程テーブル115aを参照して、着手可能年月日(在庫)の日付に試済までの合計日数を加算することで、この計算を行うことができる。
Hereinafter, the manufacturing management unit 142 performs setting for each item of the newly generated manufacturing plan management record.
[Step S134] The production management unit 142 sets the date set in the item indicating the inventory part surface alignment date of the component surface alignment record in the item indicating the date of commencement (stock). In addition, the manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the date until the trial has been completed and sets it as an item indicating the date of trial (inventory), assuming that the production has started on the date of commencement date (inventory). The production management unit 142 refers to the product standard process table 115a stored in the article process information storage unit 115, and adds the total number of days until the trial to the date of the start date (stock). Calculations can be made.
 製造計画管理テーブル118cの例では、受注番号“OR001”の製造計画管理レコードについて、着手可能年月日(在庫)が“2009/9/1”である。また、対応する製品“PD001”は製品標準工程テーブル115aによれば試済まで“15日”を要する。したがって、試済年月日(在庫)には“2009/9/15”を設定する。 In the example of the manufacturing plan management table 118c, the start date (inventory) for the manufacturing plan management record with the order number “OR001” is “2009/9/1”. Further, the corresponding product “PD001” requires “15 days” until trial is completed according to the product standard process table 115a. Therefore, “2009/9/15” is set as the date of trial (inventory).
 [ステップS135]製造管理部142は、納期内注残部品を含めて製品の製造に使用可能な各部品の数量を算出する。製造管理部142は、算出した各部品の数量を各製造計画管理レコードの使用数(注残納期内)を示す項目に設定する。 [Step S135] The manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the quantity of each part that can be used for manufacturing the product including the remaining parts in the delivery date. The production management unit 142 sets the calculated quantity of each part as an item indicating the number of use of each production plan management record (within the order delivery date).
 製造計画管理テーブル118cの例では、受注番号“OR001”の製造計画管理レコードについて、在庫部品と納期内注残部品とからの“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の総引当数であって、使用済数を除いた値(使用可能数)は、“50+50-40=60”、“30+10-20=20”、“20+20-20=20”である。製品“PD001”を製造するためには各部品が数量比2:1:1で必要であるので、各部品の注残納期内部品を含めた使用数は“40”、“20”、“20”となる。したがって、各部品の使用数(注残納期内)を示す項目には、“40”、“20”、“20”を設定する。 In the example of the production plan management table 118c, for the production plan management record of the order number “OR001”, the total number of provisions for each part of “DR011”, “DR012”, “DR013” from the inventory parts and the remaining parts within the due date The values excluding the used number (usable number) are “50 + 50−40 = 60”, “30 + 10−20 = 20”, and “20 + 20−20 = 20”. In order to manufacture the product “PD001”, each part is required in a quantity ratio of 2: 1: 1. Therefore, the number of parts used, including parts within the remaining delivery date, is “40”, “20”, “20”. " Therefore, “40”, “20”, and “20” are set in the items indicating the number of used parts (within the order delivery date).
 [ステップS136]製造管理部142は、納期遅延注残部品を含めて製品の製造に使用可能な各部品の数量を算出する。製造管理部142は、算出した各部品の数量を各製造計画管理レコードの使用数(注残遅延)を示す項目に設定する。 [Step S136] The production management unit 142 calculates the quantity of each part that can be used in the production of the product, including the delivery delay delayed parts. The production management unit 142 sets the calculated quantity of each part as an item indicating the number of uses (remaining delay) of each production plan management record.
 製造計画管理テーブル118cの例では、受注番号“OR001”の製造計画管理レコードについて、在庫部品、納期内注残部品および納期遅延注残部品からの“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の総引当数であって、使用済数を除いた値(使用可能数)は、“60-40=20”、“20-20+10=10”、“20-20=0”である。このため、製品“PD001”を製造するに足る部品を確保できない。したがって、各部品の使用数(注残遅延)を示す項目には、“0”、“0”、“0”を設定する。 In the example of the production plan management table 118c, each of the “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” from the inventory part, the in-delivery-ordered remaining part, and the delivery-date-delayed-ordered part for the production plan management record of the order number “OR001” The total number of parts allocated and excluding the number of used parts (usable number) is “60−40 = 20”, “20−20 + 10 = 10”, and “20−20 = 0”. For this reason, it is not possible to secure enough parts to manufacture the product “PD001”. Therefore, “0”, “0”, and “0” are set in the item indicating the number of parts used (note remaining delay).
 [ステップS137]製造管理部142は、以下のようにして着手可能年月日(注残)を示す項目の設定を行う。
 (C1)製造管理部142は、納期遅延注残部品を含めて製品の製造が可能な場合、着手可能年月日(注残)を示す項目に納期遅延注残部品の注残納期のうち最も遅い日付を設定する。
[Step S137] The manufacturing management unit 142 sets an item indicating the date (starting) that can be started as follows.
(C1) The manufacturing management unit 142, when the product can be manufactured including the undelivered parts with late delivery date, includes the item with the delivery date delayed with the remaining delivery date in the item indicating the start date. Set a later date.
 (C2)製造管理部142は、納期遅延注残部品を含めて製品の製造が行えず、納期内注残部品を含めて製品の製造が可能な場合、着手可能年月日(注残)を示す項目に納期内注残部品の注残納期のうち最も遅い日付を設定する。 (C2) If the manufacturing management unit 142 cannot manufacture the product including the undelivered parts due to the delivery date and can manufacture the product including the unordered parts within the due date, the manufacturing management unit 142 will indicate the date when the product can start. The latest date is set in the item to be indicated.
 (C3)C1,C2以外の場合、着手可能年月日(注残)を示す項目は、“-”(設定なし)となる。
 製造計画管理テーブル118cの例では、受注番号“OR001”の製造計画管理レコードについて、納期遅延注残部品を含めて製品の製造が行えず、納期内注残部品を含めて製品の製造が可能な場合(C2の場合)である。このため、製造管理部142は、納期内注残部品のうち、注残納期の最も遅い“2009/9/1”を引当明細テーブル117aより取得し、着手可能年月日(注残)に設定する。
(C3) In cases other than C1 and C2, the item indicating the start date (note remaining) is “-” (no setting).
In the example of the production plan management table 118c, the production plan management record of the order number “OR001” cannot be manufactured including the late delivery due part and the product can be produced including the remaining part within the delivery date. This is the case (case C2). For this reason, the manufacturing management unit 142 obtains “2009/9/1” with the latest order delivery date out of the remaining parts within the delivery date from the allocation details table 117a, and sets it as the start date (out of order). To do.
 また、製造管理部142は、着手可能年月日(注残)の日付に製造着手したとして、試済までの日付を算出し、試済年月日(注残)を示す項目に設定する。製造管理部142は、製品標準工程テーブル115aを参照して着手可能年月日(注残)の日付に試済までの合計日数を加算することで、この計算を行うことができる。 Also, the manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the date until the trial has been completed and sets the item indicating the date of trial (the remainder), assuming that the production has started on the date of the commencement date (the remainder). The manufacturing management unit 142 can perform this calculation by referring to the product standard process table 115a and adding the total number of days until the trial is completed to the date of the start date (note remaining).
 製造計画管理テーブル118cの例では、受注番号“OR001”の製造計画管理レコードについて、着手可能年月日(注残)が“2009/9/1”である。また、対応する製品“PD001”は製品標準工程テーブル115aによれば試済まで“15日”を要する。したがって、試済年月日(注残)には“2009/9/15”を設定する。 In the example of the manufacturing plan management table 118c, the start date (note) is “2009/9/1” for the manufacturing plan management record of the order number “OR001”. Further, the corresponding product “PD001” requires “15 days” until trial is completed according to the product standard process table 115a. Therefore, “2009/9/15” is set as the date of trial (note remaining).
 [ステップS138]製造管理部142は、納期内未手配部品を含めて製品の製造に使用可能な各部品の数量を算出する。製造管理部142は、算出した各部品の数量を各製造計画レコードの使用数(未手配納期内)を示す項目に設定する。 [Step S138] The manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the quantity of each part that can be used for manufacturing the product, including unarranged parts within the delivery date. The production management unit 142 sets the calculated quantity of each part as an item indicating the number of use of each production plan record (within an unallocated delivery date).
 製造計画管理テーブル118cの例では、受注番号“OR001”の製造計画管理レコードについて、在庫部品、納期内注残部品、納期遅延注残部品および納期内未手配部品からの“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の総引当数であって、使用済数を除いた値(使用可能数)は、“20-0=20”、“10-0=10”、“0-0=0”である。ただし、未手配部品からの製品への割り当てもここでは“引当”と称している(以下同様)。このため、製品“PD001”を製造するに足る部品を確保できない。したがって、各部品の使用数(未手配納期内)を示す項目には、“0”、“0”、“0”を設定する。 In the example of the manufacturing plan management table 118c, “DR011” and “DR012” from the inventory parts, the remaining parts within the due date, the remaining due parts within the due date, and the unarranged parts within the due date for the manufacturing plan management record of the order number “OR001”. , “DR013” is the total number of parts allocated, and the value excluding the used number (usable number) is “20-0 = 20”, “10-0 = 10”, “0-0 = 0 ". However, allocation from unallocated parts to products is also referred to herein as “reserve” (the same applies hereinafter). For this reason, it is not possible to secure enough parts to manufacture the product “PD001”. Accordingly, “0”, “0”, and “0” are set in the item indicating the number of parts used (within the unordered delivery date).
 [ステップS139]製造管理部142は、納期遅延未手配部品を含めて製品の製造に使用可能な各部品の数量を算出する。製造管理部142は、算出した各部品の数量を各製造計画レコードの使用数(未手配遅延)を示す項目に設定する。 [Step S139] The manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the quantity of each part that can be used in the manufacture of the product, including parts that have not yet been delivered. The production management unit 142 sets the calculated quantity of each part as an item indicating the number of uses (unarranged delay) of each production plan record.
 製造計画管理テーブル118cの例では、受注番号“OR001”の製造計画管理レコードについて、在庫部品、納期内注残部品、納期遅延注残部品および納期内未手配部品からの“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の総引当数であって、使用済数を除いた値(使用可能数)は、“20+0=20”、“10+0=10”、“0+10=10”である。製品“PD001”を製造するためには各部品が数量比2:1:1で必要であるので、各部品の注残納期内部品を含めた使用数は“20”、“10”、“10”となる。したがって、各部品の使用数(未手配遅延)を示す項目には、“20”、“10”、“10”を設定する。 In the example of the manufacturing plan management table 118c, “DR011” and “DR012” from the inventory parts, the remaining parts within the due date, the remaining parts due to the due date, and the unarranged parts within the due date for the manufacturing plan management record of the order number “OR001”. , “DR013” is the total number of parts allocated, and the values excluding the used number (usable number) are “20 + 0 = 20”, “10 + 0 = 10”, and “0 + 10 = 10”. In order to manufacture the product “PD001”, each part is required in a quantity ratio of 2: 1: 1. Therefore, the number of parts used, including parts within the remaining delivery date, is “20”, “10”, “10”. " Therefore, “20”, “10”, and “10” are set in the item indicating the number of parts used (unarranged delay).
 [ステップS140]製造管理部142は、以下のようにして着手可能年月日(未手配)を示す項目の設定を行う。
 (D1)製造管理部142は、納期遅延未手配部品を含めて製品の製造が可能な場合、着手可能年月日(未手配)を示す項目に納期遅延未手配部品の想定納期のうち最も遅い日付を設定する。
[Step S140] The manufacturing management unit 142 sets an item indicating the date (unarranged) that can be started as follows.
(D1) When the manufacture management unit 142 can manufacture a product including undelivered parts, the latest delivery date of the undelivered parts in the item indicating the start date (unarranged) is the latest. Set the date.
 (D2)製造管理部142は、納期遅延未手配部品を含めて製品の製造を行わず、納期内未手配部品を含めて製品の製造が可能な場合、着手可能年月日(未手配)を示す項目に納期内未手配部品の想定納期のうち最も遅い日付を設定する。 (D2) The manufacturing management unit 142 does not manufacture the product including the parts that are not yet delivered due to delivery, and if the product can be manufactured including the parts that are not yet delivered within the delivery date, The latest date of the assumed delivery date of the parts not yet arranged within the delivery date is set in the item shown.
 (D4)D1、D2以外の場合、着手可能年月日(未手配)を示す項目は、“-”(設定なし)となる。
 製造計画管理テーブル118cの例では、受注番号“OR001”の製造計画管理レコードについて、納期遅延未手配部品を含めて製品の製造が可能な場合(D1の場合)である。このため、製造管理部142は、納期遅延未手配部品のうち、想定納期の最も遅い“2009/9/3”を部品面揃レコードから取得し着手可能年月日(未手配)に設定する。
(D4) In the case other than D1 and D2, the item indicating the date (unarranged) that can be started is “-” (no setting).
In the example of the production plan management table 118c, the production plan management record of the order number “OR001” can be manufactured including the parts that have not been delivered due to the delivery date (in the case of D1). For this reason, the manufacturing management unit 142 obtains “2009/9/3” having the latest estimated delivery date from the parts surface alignment record among the undelivered parts that have not been delivered, and sets them as possible start dates (unarranged).
 また、製造管理部142は、着手可能年月日(未手配)の日付に製造着手したとして、試済までの日付を算出し、試済年月日(未手配)を示す項目に設定する。製造管理部142は、製品標準工程テーブル115aを参照して着手可能年月日(未手配)の日付に試済までの合計日数を加算することで、この計算を行うことができる。 Also, the manufacturing management unit 142 calculates the date until the trial has been completed and sets it as an item indicating the date of trial (unarranged), assuming that the manufacturing has started on the date of commencement (unarranged). The production management unit 142 can perform this calculation by referring to the product standard process table 115a and adding the total number of days until the trial is completed to the date of commencement date (unarranged).
 製造計画管理テーブル118cの例では、受注番号“OR001”の製造計画管理レコードについて、着手可能年月日(未手配)が“2009/9/3”である。また、対応する製品“PD001”は製品標準工程テーブル115aによれば試済まで“15日”を要する。したがって、試済年月日(未手配)には“2009/9/17”を設定する。 In the example of the manufacturing plan management table 118c, the start date (unarranged) for the manufacturing plan management record of the order number “OR001” is “2009/9/3”. Further, the corresponding product “PD001” requires “15 days” until trial is completed according to the product standard process table 115a. Therefore, “2009/9/17” is set as the date of trial (unarranged).
 [ステップS141]製造管理部142は、部品面揃テーブル118bの更新のあった全ての受注番号の部品面揃レコードについて製造計画情報を生成済みであるか否かを判定する。未処理の部品面揃レコードがある場合、処理をステップS131に進める。すべての部品面揃レコードについて処理済みの場合、処理を完了する。なお、今回製造計画情報の生成処理を行った部品面揃レコードは処理済みとして扱われる。すなわち、該当レコードはステップS131においてレコード取得処理の対象外となる。 [Step S141] The manufacturing management unit 142 determines whether or not the production plan information has been generated for the part surface alignment records of all the order numbers for which the component surface alignment table 118b has been updated. If there is an unprocessed part surface alignment record, the process proceeds to step S131. If all the component surface alignment records have been processed, the processing is completed. Note that the part surface alignment record for which the production plan information generation process is performed this time is handled as processed. That is, the corresponding record is excluded from the record acquisition process in step S131.
 このように、製造管理部142は、部品面揃テーブル118bに基づいて、製造計画管理テーブル118cを生成することができる。ここで、製造計画管理テーブル118cは、サプライヤ40,40a,40bにおける部品の工程進捗を即時に反映したものである。したがって、製造管理部142は、製造計画管理テーブル118cにより各製品の製造に着手できる日付などを精度良く管理することが可能となる。 In this way, the manufacturing management unit 142 can generate the manufacturing plan management table 118c based on the component surface alignment table 118b. Here, the manufacturing plan management table 118c reflects the process progress of parts in the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b immediately. Therefore, the production management unit 142 can accurately manage the date when the production of each product can be started by the production plan management table 118c.
 また、製造管理部142は、製造計画管理テーブル118cに基づいて、他の製品との製造スケジュールの競合状況を管理することもできる。また、その結果により工場ラインの各製品への振分を行う、製造着手の予定を変更する、製品の製造指示を行うなどの製造管理を行うことができる。また、製造管理部142は、工場ラインの工程を管理し、製造が完了した製品の出荷指示を行うこともできる。これにより、製品の製造から出荷までの管理を効率的に行うことが可能となる。 Also, the manufacturing management unit 142 can manage the competition status of manufacturing schedules with other products based on the manufacturing plan management table 118c. In addition, it is possible to perform manufacturing management such as assigning to each product on the factory line, changing the schedule for starting the manufacturing, and giving a product manufacturing instruction. In addition, the manufacturing management unit 142 can manage the process of the factory line and issue a shipping instruction for a product that has been manufactured. This makes it possible to efficiently manage from product manufacture to shipment.
 更に、製造計画管理テーブル118cは納期回答情報の生成に用いられる。
 次に、ステップS8の納期回答情報生成処理を説明する。
 図43は、納期回答情報生成処理を示すフローチャートである。
Further, the manufacturing plan management table 118c is used for generating delivery date reply information.
Next, the delivery date reply information generation process in step S8 will be described.
FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing delivery date reply information generation processing.
 [ステップS151]納期回答情報生成部143は、部品面揃情報記憶部118に記憶された製造計画管理テーブル118cのうち更新のあった受注番号の製造計画管理レコードを取得する。このとき、納期回答情報生成部143は、同一の受注番号の製造計画管理レコードを全て取得する。 [Step S151] The delivery date reply information generation unit 143 obtains a production plan management record of the updated order number in the production plan management table 118c stored in the part surface alignment information storage unit 118. At this time, the delivery date response information generation unit 143 acquires all the production plan management records of the same order number.
 [ステップS152]納期回答情報生成部143は、受注番号をキーにして納期回答情報記憶部119に記憶された納期回答テーブル119aに登録された納期回答レコードを削除する。該当の受注番号の納期回答レコードは、以下の処理により再作成されるためである。 [Step S152] The delivery date reply information generation unit 143 deletes the delivery date reply record registered in the delivery date reply table 119a stored in the delivery date reply information storage unit 119 using the order number as a key. This is because the delivery date response record of the corresponding order number is recreated by the following processing.
 [ステップS153]納期回答情報生成部143は、ステップS151で取得した製造計画管理レコードの受注番号で1つの納期回答レコードを生成する。納期回答情報生成部143は、この納期回答レコードに取得した各製造計画管理レコードに設定された1つの製品図番・版数を設定する。そして、納期回答情報生成部143は、取得した製造計画管理レコードの各部品に設定された使用数(在庫)に基づき製造可能な製品の数量を算出する。納期回答情報生成部143は、算出した数量を新たに生成した各納期回答レコードの製造可能数(在庫)を示す項目に設定する。 [Step S153] The delivery date response information generation unit 143 generates one delivery date response record with the order number of the manufacturing plan management record acquired in step S151. The delivery date response information generation unit 143 sets one product drawing number / version number set in each manufacturing plan management record acquired in this delivery date response record. Then, the delivery date response information generation unit 143 calculates the quantity of products that can be manufactured based on the number of uses (inventory) set for each part of the acquired manufacturing plan management record. The delivery date response information generation unit 143 sets the calculated quantity as an item indicating the production possible number (inventory) of each newly created delivery date response record.
 納期回答テーブル119aの例では、受注番号“OR001”のレコードに対し、製造計画管理テーブル118cに“OR001”の3つのレコードが存在する。各製造計画管理レコードの“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の使用数(在庫)は“40”、“20”、“20”である。納期回答情報生成部143は、物品マスタ記憶部111に記憶された物品マスタ111aおよび物品構成テーブル111bを参照して、製品“PD001”を生成するためにこれらの各部品がそれぞれ数量“10”、“5”、“5”だけ必要であることを検知する。これにより、納期回答情報生成部143は、在庫部品により製造可能な製品の数量が“4”であると特定できる。したがって、製造可能数(在庫)を示す項目に“4”を設定する。 In the example of the delivery date reply table 119a, there are three records “OR001” in the production plan management table 118c for the record of the order number “OR001”. The number of parts used (inventory) of “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” in each production plan management record is “40”, “20”, and “20”. The delivery date response information generation unit 143 refers to the article master 111a and the article configuration table 111b stored in the article master storage unit 111, and each of these parts has a quantity “10” in order to generate the product “PD001”. It detects that only “5” and “5” are necessary. Thereby, the delivery date reply information generation part 143 can specify that the quantity of the product which can be manufactured with stock parts is "4". Therefore, “4” is set in the item indicating the production possible number (inventory).
 以下、納期回答情報生成部143は新たに生成した納期回答レコードの各項目に対する設定を行う。
 [ステップS154]納期回答情報生成部143は、納期内注残部品を含めて製造可能な製品の数量を算出する。納期回答情報生成部143は、算出した数量を製造可能数(注残納期内)を示す項目に設定する。
Hereinafter, the delivery date response information generation unit 143 performs setting for each item of the newly generated delivery date response record.
[Step S154] The delivery date reply information generating unit 143 calculates the quantity of products that can be manufactured including the remaining parts within the delivery date. The delivery date reply information generation unit 143 sets the calculated quantity as an item indicating the number that can be manufactured (within the remaining delivery date).
 納期回答テーブル119aの例では、受注番号“OR001”のレコードに対応する各製造計画管理レコードの“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の使用数(注残納期内)は“40”、“20”、“20”である。これにより、納期回答情報生成部143は、納期内注残部品を含めて製造可能な製品の数量が“4”であると特定できる。したがって、製造可能数(注残納期内)を示す項目に“4”を設定する。 In the example of the delivery date reply table 119a, the number of parts used in “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” of each production plan management record corresponding to the record of the order number “OR001” is “40”. "20" and "20". Thereby, the delivery date reply information generation unit 143 can specify that the quantity of products that can be manufactured including the remaining parts in the delivery date is “4”. Therefore, “4” is set in the item indicating the number of products that can be manufactured (within the order delivery date).
 [ステップS155]納期回答情報生成部143は、納期遅延注残部品を含めて製造可能な製品の数量を算出する。納期回答情報生成部143は、算出した数量を製造可能数(注残遅延)を示す項目に設定する。 [Step S155] The delivery date response information generation unit 143 calculates the quantity of products that can be manufactured including the delivery date delayed remaining parts. The delivery date reply information generating unit 143 sets the calculated quantity as an item indicating the number of manufacturable products (remaining delay).
 納期回答テーブル119aの例では、受注番号“OR001”のレコードに対応する各製造計画管理レコードの“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の使用数(注残遅延)は“0”、“0”、“0”である。したがって、製造可能数(注残遅延)を示す項目に“0”を設定する。 In the example of the delivery date reply table 119a, the number of parts used (“remaining delay”) of “DR011”, “DR012”, “DR013” in each manufacturing plan management record corresponding to the record of the order number “OR001” is “0”. , “0”, “0”. Therefore, “0” is set in the item indicating the number of manufacturable products (remaining delay).
 [ステップS156]納期回答情報生成部143は、納期内未手配部品を含めて製造可能な製品の数量を算出する。納期回答情報生成部143は、算出した数量を製造可能数(未手配納期内)を示す項目に設定する。 [Step S156] The delivery date reply information generating unit 143 calculates the quantity of products that can be manufactured including unarranged parts within the delivery date. The delivery date reply information generation unit 143 sets the calculated quantity as an item indicating the number that can be manufactured (within the unallocated delivery date).
 納期回答テーブル119aの例では、受注番号“OR001”のレコードに対応する各製造計画管理レコードの“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の使用数(未手配納期内)は“0”、“0”、“0”である。したがって、製造可能数(未手配納期内)を示す項目に“0”を設定する。 In the example of the delivery date reply table 119a, the number of parts used in “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” of each production plan management record corresponding to the record of the order number “OR001” is “0”. "," 0 "," 0 ". Therefore, “0” is set in the item indicating the number of manufacturable products (within the unallocated delivery date).
 [ステップS157]納期回答情報生成部143は、納期遅延未手配部品を含めて製造可能な製品の数量を算出する。納期回答情報生成部143は、算出した数量を製造可能数(未手配遅延)を示す項目に設定する。 [Step S157] The delivery date reply information generation unit 143 calculates the quantity of products that can be manufactured including parts that have not been delivered yet. The delivery date reply information generating unit 143 sets the calculated quantity as an item indicating the number that can be manufactured (unarranged delay).
 納期回答テーブル119aの例では、受注番号“OR001”のレコードに対応する各製造計画管理レコードの“DR011”、“DR012”、“DR013”の各部品の使用数(未手配遅延)は“20”、“10”、“10”である。したがって、製造可能数(未手配遅延)を示す項目に“2”を設定する。 In the example of the delivery date reply table 119a, the number of used parts (unarranged delay) of “DR011”, “DR012”, and “DR013” in each production plan management record corresponding to the record of the order number “OR001” is “20”. , “10”, “10”. Therefore, “2” is set in the item indicating the number of manufacturable products (unarranged delay).
 [ステップS158]納期回答情報生成部143は、取得した製造計画管理レコードのうち、着手可能年月日の最も遅い日付を取得し、最終面揃(着手)予定日を示す項目に設定する。 [Step S158] The delivery date response information generation unit 143 acquires the latest date of the start date of the start of the acquired production plan management record, and sets it as an item indicating the final surface alignment (start) scheduled date.
 納期回答テーブル119aの例では、受注番号“OR001”のレコードに対応する在庫、注残、未手配のそれぞれの着手可能年月日は“2009/9/1”、“2009/9/1”、“2009/9/3”である。したがって、最終面揃(着手)予定日を示す項目に“2009/9/3”を設定する。 In the example of the delivery date reply table 119a, the available dates of stock, remnant, and unarranged corresponding to the record of the order number “OR001” are “2009/9/1”, “2009/9/1”, “2009/9/3”. Therefore, “2009/9/3” is set in the item indicating the final surface alignment (start) scheduled date.
 [ステップS159]納期回答情報生成部143は、取得した製造計画管理レコードのうち、試済年月日の最も遅い日付を取得し、最終試済予定日を示す項目に設定する。
 納期回答テーブル119aの例では、受注番号“OR001”のレコードに対応する在庫、注残、未手配のそれぞれの試済年月日は“2009/9/15”、“2009/9/15”、“2009/9/17”である。したがって、最終試済予定日を示す項目に“2009/9/17”を設定する。
[Step S159] The delivery date reply information generating unit 143 acquires the latest date of the date of trial from the acquired production plan management record, and sets it as an item indicating the scheduled date of final trial.
In the example of the delivery date reply table 119a, the respective dates of inventory, remnant, and unarranged corresponding to the record of the order number “OR001” are “2009/9/15”, “2009/9/15”, “2009/9/17”. Therefore, “2009/9/17” is set in the item indicating the scheduled final trial date.
 なお、納期回答情報生成部143は、ステップS158で取得した最終面揃(着手)予定日に製品の標準工程日数を加算して最終試済予定日を求めることもできる。
 [ステップS160]納期回答情報生成部143は、製造計画管理テーブル118cの更新のあった全ての受注番号の製造計画管理レコードについて納期回答情報を生成済みであるか否かを判定する。未処理の製造計画管理レコードがある場合、処理をステップS151に進める。更新のあった全ての製造計画管理レコードについて処理済みの場合、処理を完了する。なお、今回納期回答情報の生成処理を行った製造計画管理レコードは処理済みとして扱われる。すなわち、該当レコードはステップS151においてレコード取得処理の対象外となる。
Note that the delivery date reply information generation unit 143 can also obtain the scheduled final date by adding the standard process days of the product to the final surface alignment (start) scheduled date acquired in step S158.
[Step S160] The delivery date response information generation unit 143 determines whether delivery date response information has been generated for the production plan management records of all the order numbers for which the production plan management table 118c has been updated. If there is an unprocessed manufacturing plan management record, the process proceeds to step S151. If all the production plan management records that have been updated have been processed, the processing is completed. Note that the manufacturing plan management record for which the delivery date reply information is generated this time is treated as processed. That is, the corresponding record is excluded from the record acquisition process in step S151.
 このようにして、納期回答情報生成部143は、納期回答テーブル119aを生成する。納期回答テーブル119aは、サプライヤ40,40a,40bにおける部品の製造工程の進捗を即時に反映したものである。このため、納期回答処理部144は、納期回答テーブル119aに基づいて納期回答を行うことで、現時点の状況に即した精度の高い納期回答が可能となる。 In this way, the delivery date response information generation unit 143 generates the delivery date response table 119a. The delivery date reply table 119a immediately reflects the progress of the parts manufacturing process in the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b. For this reason, the delivery date reply processing unit 144 makes a delivery date reply based on the delivery date reply table 119a, thereby enabling a highly accurate delivery date reply in accordance with the current situation.
 更に、納期回答情報生成部143は、部品の仕入れ状況(在庫品・注残品・未手配品)によって製品の製造可能数を管理する。これにより、顧客への製品納期の遅延が発生する場合には納期遅延注残部品によるものなのか、納期遅延未手配部品によるものなのかを把握することができる。これにより、部品面揃テーブル118bや製造計画管理テーブル118cを参照してネックとなっている注残部品あるいは未手配部品を特定し、その部品の調達を早期にフォローすることができる。例えば、他のサプライヤへの新規発注依頼や部品製造資源の拡充あるいは代替部品の適用の検討などの対策を行うことが考えられる。 Furthermore, the delivery date response information generation unit 143 manages the number of products that can be manufactured according to the purchase status of parts (stocked items, unordered items, unordered items). As a result, when a delay in the delivery date of the product to the customer occurs, it is possible to grasp whether it is due to a delivery delay delayed remaining part or due to an undelivered part. As a result, it is possible to identify an unreserved part or an unarranged part that is a bottleneck by referring to the part surface alignment table 118b or the manufacturing plan management table 118c, and to follow procurement of the part at an early stage. For example, it may be possible to take measures such as requesting new orders from other suppliers, expanding parts manufacturing resources, or considering application of alternative parts.
 なお、製品製造会社20で製造されたものが中間品である場合が考えられる。ここで、中間品とは図12で説明したように、製品製造会社20で製造される物品であるが他の上位物品の部品となる物品である。中間品も製品製造会社20で製造される物品であるため、他の製品と同様に物品マスタ記憶部111等で管理することができる。 It should be noted that the product manufactured by the product manufacturing company 20 may be an intermediate product. Here, as described with reference to FIG. 12, the intermediate product is an article manufactured by the product manufacturing company 20, but is an article that is a part of another higher-level article. Since the intermediate product is also an article manufactured by the product manufacturing company 20, it can be managed by the article master storage unit 111 and the like as with other products.
 この場合、中間品を部品注残テーブル113aで管理することができる(例えば、発注先を自社工場として管理する)。このため、中間品の試済予定日の変更は、その中間品の部品としての納期変更となる。したがって、このような場合には、試済予定日の変更をその中間品の納期変更として、部品注残テーブル113aの注残納期を変更する。これにより、中間品の試済予定日が変更となった場合にも、その影響を上位物品の製造工程に即座に反映することができる。 In this case, the intermediate product can be managed by the parts order remaining table 113a (for example, the ordering party is managed as its own factory). For this reason, a change in the scheduled date of trial of an intermediate product is a change in delivery date as a part of the intermediate product. Therefore, in such a case, the change in the scheduled delivery date of the part purchase remaining table 113a is changed by changing the scheduled date of trial as the change in the delivery date of the intermediate product. As a result, even when the scheduled date for trial of the intermediate product is changed, the influence can be immediately reflected in the manufacturing process of the upper article.
 図44は、納期回答画面を示す図である。納期回答画面400は、営業端末装置21などからの納期回答要求に応じて、納期回答処理部144により納期回答情報記憶部119に記憶された納期回答テーブル119aに基づいて生成される。納期回答画面400は、営業端末装置21のモニタなどに表示される。納期回答要求には、納期回答を確認したい受注を示す受注番号が含まれる。納期回答処理部144は、その受注番号に基づいて、納期回答テーブル119aから該当する納期回答レコードを抽出できる。 FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a delivery date reply screen. The delivery date reply screen 400 is generated based on the delivery date reply table 119a stored in the delivery date reply information storage unit 119 by the delivery date reply processing unit 144 in response to a delivery date reply request from the sales terminal device 21 or the like. The delivery date reply screen 400 is displayed on the monitor of the sales terminal device 21 or the like. The delivery date response request includes an order number indicating an order for which the delivery date response is to be confirmed. The delivery date response processing unit 144 can extract a corresponding delivery date response record from the delivery date response table 119a based on the order number.
 納期回答画面400には、受注番号、顧客名、製品名、製品番号、数量、回答納期および更新日時などの情報が含まれる。受注番号、顧客名、製品名、製品番号、数量などの情報は、物品マスタ記憶部111に記憶された物品マスタ111aや部品所要情報記憶部112に記憶された受注テーブル112aから取得することができる。また、回答納期は、納期回答テーブル119aの最終試済予定日に基づき、配送に必要な標準日数などを加算して取得することができる。 The delivery date reply screen 400 includes information such as an order number, customer name, product name, product number, quantity, reply delivery date, and update date / time. Information such as the order number, customer name, product name, product number, and quantity can be acquired from the order master table 111 a stored in the article master storage unit 111 and the order table 112 a stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112. . The answer delivery date can be acquired by adding the standard number of days necessary for delivery based on the scheduled final date of the delivery date reply table 119a.
 納期回答画面400の例では、受注番号“OR001”に対して納期回答レコードから最終試済予定日“2009/9/17”を取得することができる。これに配送に必要な標準日数“1日”を加算して、回答納期“2009/9/18”が表示される。なお、配送に必要な標準日数などの諸情報は、納期回答情報記憶部119に予め格納される。 In the example of the delivery date reply screen 400, the scheduled final date “2009/9/17” can be acquired from the delivery date reply record for the order number “OR001”. The standard delivery number “1 day” necessary for delivery is added to this, and the answer delivery date “2009/9/18” is displayed. Note that various information such as the standard number of days necessary for delivery is stored in advance in the delivery date reply information storage unit 119.
 また、更新日時として、納期回答画面400の元とした納期回答レコードの生成日時を示すタイムスタンプが表示される。タイムスタンプは、各納期回答レコードを生成したタイミングで納期回答情報生成部143がその納期回答レコードに付与することが考えられる。例えば、製品製造会社20の社員は、このタイムスタンプを確認することで前回の納期回答確認後から納期の変更があったか否かを把握することができる。 Also, as the update date and time, a time stamp indicating the generation date and time of the delivery date response record based on the delivery date response screen 400 is displayed. It is conceivable that the time stamp response information generation unit 143 assigns the time stamp to the due date response record at the timing when each due date response record is generated. For example, the employee of the product manufacturing company 20 can grasp whether or not the delivery date has changed since the previous delivery date response confirmation by confirming this time stamp.
 図45は、各種データの収集から生産計画への反映を示す図である。管理サーバ100は、営業端末装置21、倉庫端末装置26およびライン端末装置200から新規受注情報、部品の在庫情報および発注した部品の製造工程における進捗情報の更新内容を収集する。 FIG. 45 is a diagram showing the reflection from the collection of various data to the production plan. The management server 100 collects new order information, parts inventory information, and update information of progress information in the manufacturing process of ordered parts from the sales terminal device 21, the warehouse terminal device 26, and the line terminal device 200.
 例えば、受発注品管理部120は、新たな受注入力や受注内容の更新入力を受け付けると、その入力に基づいて部品所要情報記憶部112に記憶された部品所要テーブル112bをリアルタイムに更新する。受発注品管理部120は、不足している部品や定期発注対象の部品などをサプライヤ40に発注すると、部品発注情報記憶部113に記憶された部品注残テーブル113aをリアルタイムに更新する。 For example, upon receiving a new order input or an update input of the order contents, the order receiving / order management unit 120 updates the component requirement table 112b stored in the component requirement information storage unit 112 in real time based on the input. When the ordered / ordered product management unit 120 places an order for a missing part, a part to be regularly ordered, or the like from the supplier 40, it updates the part order remaining table 113 a stored in the part ordering information storage unit 113 in real time.
 また、受発注品管理部120は、倉庫端末装置26から倉庫25に対する部品の入庫があった旨を示す入庫情報を受け付けると、その内容に基づいて部品在庫情報記憶部114に記憶された部品在庫テーブル114aをリアルタイムに更新する。 In addition, when receiving / receiving item information indicating that a part has been received from the warehouse terminal device 26 to the warehouse 25, the order-order-item management unit 120 receives the part inventory stored in the parts inventory information storage unit 114 based on the contents. The table 114a is updated in real time.
 更に、受発注品管理部120は、ライン端末装置200からサプライヤ40に発注している部品の製造工程の進捗情報(ゲート通過情報に対応する)を受け付けると、その内容に基づいて物品工程情報記憶部115に記憶された工程実績管理テーブル115eをリアルタイムに更新する。また、その結果、注残納期に変更が生じる場合には、変更後の納期を部品注残テーブル113aにリアルタイムに反映する。 Further, when receiving / receiving the progress information (corresponding to the gate passing information) of the manufacturing process of the parts ordered from the line terminal apparatus 200 to the supplier 40, the order receiving / order management unit 120 stores the article process information based on the contents. The process performance management table 115e stored in the unit 115 is updated in real time. As a result, when a change occurs in the remaining order delivery date, the changed delivery date is reflected in the parts order remaining table 113a in real time.
 部品引当処理部130は、部品所要情報記憶部112、部品発注情報記憶部113および部品在庫情報記憶部114が記憶する各データが更新されると、更新されたデータに基づいて、製品を製造するための部品の引当を行う。そして、生産計画管理部140は、その引当結果に基づいて、製品の製造計画を管理するための製造計画管理テーブル118cや納期回答を行うための納期回答テーブル119aを生成することができる。 When the data stored in the part requirement information storage unit 112, the part order information storage unit 113, and the part inventory information storage unit 114 are updated, the part allocation processing unit 130 manufactures a product based on the updated data. Provision of parts for Based on the allocation result, the production plan management unit 140 can generate a production plan management table 118c for managing the product production plan and a delivery date reply table 119a for making a delivery date reply.
 ここで、部品引当処理部130による引当のタイミングは運用に応じて変更することが考えられる。例えば、所定時間間隔で実行する、更新データが所定数だけ溜まったタイミングで実行する、何れかのデータで更新を検知したタイミングで実行する、などが考えられる。このようにして引当処理のタイミングを調整することで、システムの運用に際して求められる即時性(製造計画や納期回答情報などの更新頻度)を調整することが可能である。例えば、引当図番生成処理を実行する間隔を10秒、1分、10分などと変更して、業務部門全体に与える影響を考慮した環境構築が可能である。また、更新レコードの数が“100”、“200”、“300”溜まった場合などと変更して、管理サーバ100の引当処理の負荷を調整することも考えられる。 Here, it is conceivable that the allocation timing by the parts allocation processing unit 130 is changed according to the operation. For example, it may be executed at a predetermined time interval, executed at a timing when a predetermined number of update data is accumulated, or executed at a timing when an update is detected with any data. By adjusting the timing of the allocation process in this way, it is possible to adjust the immediacy (update frequency of manufacturing plan, delivery date reply information, etc.) required when operating the system. For example, by changing the interval for executing the allocation diagram number generation process to 10 seconds, 1 minute, 10 minutes, etc., it is possible to construct an environment in consideration of the influence on the entire business department. It is also conceivable to adjust the allocation processing load of the management server 100 by changing the number of update records to “100”, “200”, “300”, etc.
 このようなタイミングの設定変更は、例えば管理サーバ100への操作権限を有する者が管理サーバ100で何れかのタイミングを指定する操作入力を行うことで可能である。あるいは、管理サーバ100は、このような環境設定を行うための権限を有する者のみが操作可能なGUIをネットワーク10を介して端末装置に提供してもよい。 Such a timing setting change can be performed, for example, by an operation input that designates any timing on the management server 100 by a person who has an operation authority to the management server 100. Alternatively, the management server 100 may provide a terminal device via the network 10 with a GUI that can be operated only by a person who has authority to perform such an environment setting.
 図46は、部門間およびサプライヤとの情報連携を示す図である。管理サーバ100は、管理情報記憶部110に各種情報を一元管理する。
 製品製造会社20やサプライヤ40,40a,40bの社員は、営業端末装置21、発注端末装置22、倉庫端末装置26、端末装置41,42およびライン端末装置200などを介して、管理情報記憶部110に記憶されたデータにアクセス可能である。管理情報記憶部110に対して可能な操作は、例えば、その社員が所属する会社・部門・役職などに応じて制限が課される。管理サーバ100は、このようなアクセス制限をその社員の識別情報に対応付けて管理することができる。
FIG. 46 is a diagram showing information linkage between departments and with suppliers. The management server 100 centrally manages various types of information in the management information storage unit 110.
Employees of the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b manage the management information storage unit 110 via the sales terminal device 21, the ordering terminal device 22, the warehouse terminal device 26, the terminal devices 41 and 42, the line terminal device 200, and the like. Can be accessed. The operations that can be performed on the management information storage unit 110 are restricted depending on, for example, the company, department, or position to which the employee belongs. The management server 100 can manage such access restrictions in association with the identification information of the employee.
 また、製品製造会社20とサプライヤ40,40a,40bとの間では、製品製造会社20からサプライヤ40,40a,40bへの発注に応じてBtoB(Business to Business)連携による電子商取引を行うことが考えられる。このようにすると、発注内容に応じた決済を自動化することができる。 In addition, it is considered that electronic commerce is conducted between the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, 40b in accordance with BtoB (Business-to-Business) cooperation in response to an order from the product manufacturing company 20 to the suppliers 40, 40a, 40b. It is done. In this way, settlement according to the order contents can be automated.
 ここで、従来では、例えば同じ社内でも営業部門・業務部門・製造部門・購買部門などと部門が異なれば、各部門で異なるシステムを運用していることが多かった。これは、製品製造会社とサプライヤとの間など、会社が異なれば尚更のことであった。この場合、各部門間および会社間で管理するデータを同期する必要があり、例えば日次などのバッチ処理や人を介したデータ入力などによって、データの共有化を図っていた。その場合、データの不整合が発生すると、製造計画や納期回答の精度が低減していた。 Here, heretofore, for example, if the department is different from the sales department / business department / manufacturing department / purchasing department in the same company, for example, each department often operates different systems. This was especially true if the companies were different, such as between a product manufacturer and a supplier. In this case, it is necessary to synchronize data managed between departments and between companies. For example, data is shared by batch processing such as daily or data input through a person. In that case, if data inconsistency occurred, the accuracy of the manufacturing plan and the delivery date response was reduced.
 一方、上述のように、製品製造会社20の各部門やサプライヤ40,40a,40bは情報を一元管理する管理情報記憶部110へアクセスすることが可能である。このため、各部門・各社でデータを個別に管理する必要がなくなる。これにより、製品製造会社20の各部門やサプライヤ40,40a,40bの間で製品や部品の生産管理情報をリアルタイムに共有することが可能となる。すなわち、各部門・各社で受注から顧客への納品まで一気通貫の生産管理を実現することが可能となる。また、各部門・各社でのデータの整合を考慮する必要もないので、データ管理が容易となると共に、製造計画や納期回答などの各種情報の精度を高めることができる。 On the other hand, as described above, each department of the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, and 40b can access the management information storage unit 110 that centrally manages information. For this reason, it is not necessary to manage data individually in each department / company. This makes it possible to share production management information on products and parts in real time between the departments of the product manufacturing company 20 and the suppliers 40, 40a, 40b. In other words, it is possible to realize comprehensive production management from order receipt to delivery to customers in each department / company. In addition, since it is not necessary to consider the consistency of data in each department / company, data management is facilitated, and accuracy of various information such as manufacturing plans and delivery date responses can be improved.
 以上、本発明の生産管理装置、生産管理システム、生産管理プログラムおよび生産管理方法を図示の実施の形態に基づいて説明したが、これらに限定されるものではなく、各部の構成は同様の機能を有する任意の構成のものに置換することができる。また、他の任意の構成物や工程が付加されてもよい。更に、前述した実施の形態のうちの任意の2以上の構成(特徴)を組み合わせたものであってもよい。 The production management apparatus, production management system, production management program, and production management method of the present invention have been described based on the illustrated embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the configuration of each unit has the same function. It can be replaced with one having any structure. Moreover, other arbitrary structures and processes may be added. Further, any two or more configurations (features) of the above-described embodiments may be combined.
 上記については単に本発明の原理を示すものである。さらに、多数の変形、変更が当業者にとって可能であり、本発明は上記に示し、説明した正確な構成および応用例に限定されるものではなく、対応するすべての変形例および均等物は、添付の請求項およびその均等物による本発明の範囲とみなされる。 The above merely shows the principle of the present invention. In addition, many modifications and changes can be made by those skilled in the art, and the present invention is not limited to the precise configuration and application shown and described above, and all corresponding modifications and equivalents may be And the equivalents thereof are considered to be within the scope of the invention.
 1 生産管理装置
 1a 物品管理情報記憶部
 1b 部品引当明細記憶部
 1c 生産計画情報記憶部
 1d 部品工程管理部
 1e 引当処理部
 1f 生産計画管理部
 2 端末装置
 2a 進捗情報取得部
 5 製造ライン
 5a,5b,5c 製造工程
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Production management apparatus 1a Article management information storage part 1b Parts allocation detail storage part 1c Production plan information storage part 1d Parts process management part 1e Allocation processing part 1f Production plan management part 2 Terminal apparatus 2a Progress information acquisition part 5 Manufacturing line 5a, 5b , 5c Manufacturing process

Claims (20)

  1.  部品の製造工程を管理する端末装置から前記部品が所定のチェックポイントを通過するごとに送信される前記製造工程の進捗情報を受信すると、受信した前記進捗情報に基づいて物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された部品管理情報に含まれる前記部品の納期を更新する部品工程管理部と、
     前記部品工程管理部が前記部品管理情報を更新すると、更新された前記部品管理情報と前記物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された製品に対する前記部品の所要数を示す所要量情報とに基づいて前記製品に対する前記部品の引当を行い当該引当結果を示す引当明細情報を生成して部品引当明細記憶部に格納する引当処理部と、
     前記引当処理部が前記引当明細情報を生成すると、前記部品引当明細記憶部に記憶された前記引当明細情報に基づいて、前記製品の製造スケジュールを管理するための生産計画情報を生成する生産計画管理部と、
     を有することを特徴とする生産管理装置。
    When the progress information of the manufacturing process transmitted every time the part passes a predetermined checkpoint is received from the terminal device that manages the manufacturing process of the part, it is stored in the article management information storage unit based on the received progress information. A part process management unit for updating the delivery date of the part included in the parts management information
    When the part process management unit updates the part management information, the product is based on the updated part management information and requirement information indicating the required number of parts for the product stored in the article management information storage unit. An allocation processing unit for allocating the part to generate allocation detail information indicating the allocation result and storing the allocation detail information in the component allocation detail storage unit;
    When the allocation processing unit generates the allocation details information, production plan management generates production plan information for managing the production schedule of the product based on the allocation details information stored in the parts allocation details storage unit And
    A production management device comprising:
  2.  前記物品管理情報記憶部は、前記部品が何れかの製品に対して引当済である場合に当該製品に対する前記部品の前記引当済の状態を維持して前記部品管理情報の更新後の前記引当を行う引当方法であるリザーブ引当の対象であるか否かを示す情報が前記部品に対応付けられている物品マスタを記憶し、
     前記引当処理部は、前記引当の際に前記物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された前記物品マスタを参照し、前記部品が前記リザーブ引当の対象である場合、前記物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された前記所要量情報、前記部品管理情報および前記部品引当明細記憶部に記憶された前記部品の前記引当明細情報に基づいて前記リザーブ引当を行い、当該リザーブ引当結果に基づいて当該引当明細情報を更新する、
     ことを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の生産管理装置。
    The article management information storage unit maintains the provisioned state of the part for the product and reserves the part after the part management information is updated when the part is provisioned for any product. Information indicating whether or not reserve allocation, which is an allocation method to be performed, is stored in the article master associated with the part;
    The allocation processing unit refers to the article master stored in the article management information storage unit at the time of the allocation, and when the part is a target of the reserve allocation, the allocation processing unit is stored in the article management information storage unit The reserve allocation is performed based on the requirement information, the component management information, and the allocation detail information of the component stored in the component allocation detail storage unit, and the allocation detail information is updated based on the reserve allocation result ,
    The production management device according to claim 1, wherein:
  3.  前記引当処理部は、前記物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された前記所要量情報に含まれる前記部品の前記所要数、前記部品管理情報に含まれる引当可能な前記部品の数量を示す引当可能数、前記納期および前記引当明細情報記憶部に記憶された前記部品の前記引当明細情報を抽出して一時記憶部に格納し、前記一時記憶部に格納した前記部品の所要数、前記引当可能数および前記部品の前記引当明細情報に基づいて前記リザーブ引当を行うことを特徴とする請求の範囲第2項記載の生産管理装置。 The allocation processing unit includes the required number of parts included in the required amount information stored in the article management information storage unit, an allocation possible number indicating the number of parts that can be allocated included in the part management information, The allocation details information of the parts stored in the delivery date and the allocation details information storage unit is extracted and stored in the temporary storage unit, the required number of the parts stored in the temporary storage unit, the allocation possible number, and the 3. The production management apparatus according to claim 2, wherein the reserve allocation is performed based on the allocation details information of parts.
  4.  前記物品管理情報記憶部は、前記部品管理情報として、何れの製品にも引当てられていない前記部品の在庫数を含む在庫情報と、何れの製品にも引当てられていない前記製造工程で製造中である前記部品の注残数を含む注残情報と、を記憶し、
     前記引当処理部は、物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された前記在庫情報および前記注残情報を参照し、前記在庫数および前記注残数に基づいて前記引当可能数を抽出し、前記一時記憶部に格納することを特徴とする請求の範囲第3項記載の生産管理装置。
    The article management information storage unit includes, as the part management information, inventory information including the inventory quantity of the parts not allocated to any product and the manufacturing process not allocated to any product. Memorizing information including the memorized number of the parts in the memory,
    The allocation processing unit refers to the inventory information and the remaining inventory information stored in the article management information storage unit, extracts the possible allocation number based on the inventory quantity and the remaining inventory number, and the temporary storage unit 4. The production management device according to claim 3, wherein the production management device is stored in a storage area.
  5.  前記引当明細記憶部は、前記引当済の状態である前記部品を示す第1の引当明細情報と、何れの前記在庫情報および前記注残情報からも引当がなされていない未引当の状態である前記部品を示す第2の引当明細情報と、を記憶し、
     前記引当処理部は、前記部品引当明細記憶部に記憶された前記第1の引当明細情報を前記一時記憶部に格納し、前記部品引当明細記憶部に記憶された前記第1の引当明細情報と前記第2の引当明細情報を削除し、前記一時記憶部を参照して前記リザーブ引当を行い、当該リザーブ引当の結果として生成した引当明細情報を前記引当明細情報記憶部に格納する、
     ことを特徴とする請求の範囲第4項記載の生産管理装置。
    The allocation detail storage unit is in an unallocated state in which no allocation is made from the first allocation detail information indicating the parts in the allocated state and any of the inventory information and the remaining information. Storing second allocation details information indicating a part;
    The allocation processing unit stores the first allocation details information stored in the parts allocation details storage unit in the temporary storage unit, and the first allocation details information stored in the parts allocation details storage unit Deleting the second allocation detail information, referring to the temporary storage unit, performing the reserve allocation, and storing the allocation detail information generated as a result of the reserve allocation in the allocation detail information storage unit,
    The production management apparatus according to claim 4, wherein:
  6.  前記引当処理部は、前記物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された前記所要量情報、前記部品管理情報および前記引当明細情報から前記部品の前記所要数、前記引当可能数、前記納期および前記引当明細情報を含む情報を同じタイミングで抽出することを特徴とする請求の範囲第3項乃至第5項の何れか1項に記載の生産管理装置。 The allocation processing unit is configured to calculate the required number of parts, the possible allocation number, the delivery date, and the allocation details information from the requirement information, the parts management information and the allocation details information stored in the article management information storage unit. 6. The production management apparatus according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein information including the same is extracted at the same timing.
  7.  前記物品管理情報記憶部は、前記所要量情報として、前記製品に対する前記部品の前記リザーブ引当を他の製品に対する前記部品のリザーブ引当である他製品用リザーブ引当よりも優先して行う優先対象であるか否かを示す情報を含めて記憶し、
     前記引当処理部は、前記リザーブ引当の際に、前記所要量情報を参照し、前記リザーブ引当が前記優先対象である場合、前記優先対象でない前記他製品用リザーブ引当の結果に基づいて前記リザーブ引当を行う、
     ことを特徴とする請求の範囲第2項乃至第6項の何れか1項に記載の生産管理装置。
    The article management information storage unit is a priority object that gives the reserve allocation of the parts for the product as priority information over the reserve allocation for other products that is the reserve allocation of the parts for other products. Including information indicating whether or not
    The allocation processing unit refers to the requirement information at the time of reserve allocation, and when the reserve allocation is the priority target, the reserve allocation unit is based on a result of the reserve allocation for other products that is not the priority target. I do,
    The production management apparatus according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the production management apparatus is any one of claims 2 to 6.
  8.  前記引当処理部は、前記リザーブ引当が前記優先対象である場合、前記優先対象でない複数の前記他の製品のうち、当該他の製品を受注元へ納品する製品納期が最も遅いものから優先して特定し、特定した他の製品に対する前記部品の前記他製品用リザーブ引当の結果に基づいて前記リザーブ引当を行うことを特徴とする請求の範囲第7項記載の生産管理装置。 When the reserve allocation is the priority target, the allocation processing unit gives priority to the product with the latest product delivery date for delivering the other product to the order receiving party among the plurality of other products that are not the priority target. 8. The production management apparatus according to claim 7, wherein the reserve allocation is performed based on a result of the reserve allocation for the other product specified and specified for the specified other product.
  9.  前記引当処理部は、前記引当を行う引当処理タイミングの変更を促す設定入力を受け付けると、当該設定入力で指定されたタイミングに前記引当処理タイミングを変更することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項乃至第8項の何れか1項に記載の生産管理装置。 2. The provision processing unit according to claim 1, wherein the provision processing unit changes the provision processing timing to a timing specified by the setting input when receiving a setting input for prompting a change in the provision processing timing for performing the provision. The production management device according to any one of Items 8 to 8.
  10.  前記引当処理部は、引当の結果、前記所要数に対して前記部品が不足している場合、前記部品について欠品があること、および、欠品数量を示す情報を前記引当明細情報に含めることを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項乃至第9項の何れか1項に記載の生産管理装置。 The allocation processing unit includes, as a result of the allocation, if there is a shortage of the part with respect to the required number, that the part has a shortage, and includes information indicating the shortage quantity in the provision detail information. The production management device according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein:
  11.  前記部品工程管理部は、前記進捗情報に含まれる前記部品の識別情報、前記チェックポイントの識別情報、前記部品が前記チェックポイントを通過した時点を示すタイムスタンプおよび部品標準工程記憶部に記憶された前記部品を製造するために要する各工程の標準日数に基づいて、前記部品の前記納期を算出し、算出した前記納期に基づき前記物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された前記部品管理情報に含まれる前記部品の前記納期を更新することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項乃至第10項の何れか1項に記載の生産管理装置。 The component process management unit is stored in the component identification information, the checkpoint identification information, a time stamp indicating when the component has passed the checkpoint, and a component standard process storage unit included in the progress information. The delivery date of the part is calculated based on a standard number of days required for manufacturing the part, and the part management information stored in the article management information storage unit based on the calculated delivery date is included in the part management information. The production management apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the delivery date of a part is updated.
  12.  前記物品管理情報記憶部は、前記所要量情報に前記部品につき予め定められた所要日を含めて記憶し、
     前記部品工程管理部は、前記納期が前記所要日よりも遅くなる場合、前記部品の入庫が遅れる旨のアラームを報知することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項乃至第11項記載の生産管理装置。
    The article management information storage unit stores the required amount information including a required date predetermined for the part,
    The production management according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the part process management unit issues an alarm that the receipt of the part is delayed when the delivery date is later than the required date. apparatus.
  13.  前記生産計画管理部は、前記引当明細情報に含まれる前記部品の納期に基づいて、前記製品の製造に着手可能となる着手可能時点を特定し、特定した前記着手可能時点を前記生産計画情報に含めることを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項乃至第12項の何れか1項に記載の生産管理装置。 The production plan management unit identifies a startable time point at which the manufacture of the product can be started based on a delivery date of the part included in the allocation details information, and the specified startable time point is used as the production plan information. The production management apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the production management apparatus is included.
  14.  前記引当明細情報記憶部は、前記引当明細情報に、各部品の前記納期と当該各部品から製造される前記製品とを対応付けて記憶し、
     前記生産計画管理部は、前記製品を製造するための前記各部品の前記納期のうち最も遅い納期を前記着手可能時点とする、
     ことを特徴とする請求の範囲第13項記載の生産管理装置。
    The provision detail information storage unit stores the provision detail information in association with the delivery date of each part and the product manufactured from each part,
    The production plan management unit sets the latest delivery time among the delivery times of the parts for manufacturing the product as the startable time point.
    The production management apparatus according to claim 13, wherein
  15.  前記生産計画管理部は、前記引当明細情報に、前記製品の前記所要数に対して前記各部品の何れかが不足している旨を示す情報が含まれている場合、部品標準工程記憶部に記憶された当該不足している部品の発注から入庫までの標準リードタイムを取得して、前記不足している部品につき現時点から前記標準リードタイムにより算出される納期が最も遅い納期を前記着手可能時点とすることを特徴とする請求の範囲第14項記載の生産管理装置。 When the allocation detail information includes information indicating that any one of the parts is insufficient with respect to the required number of the products, the production plan management unit stores the information in the part standard process storage unit. The stored standard lead time from ordering to receipt of the missing part is acquired, and the delivery date with the latest delivery date calculated from the current standard lead time for the missing part is determined as the possible start time. The production management apparatus according to claim 14, wherein:
  16.  前記生産計画管理部は、前記製造工程で製造中の前記各部品および在庫にある前記各部品を使用して前記製品の製造に着手可能となる第1の着手可能時点と、前記第1の着手可能時点で未使用の部品および前記不足している部品を使用して前記製品の製造に着手可能となる第2の着手可能時点と、を前記生産計画情報に含めることを特徴とする請求の範囲第15項記載の生産管理装置。 The production plan management unit includes a first startable point in time at which the manufacture of the product can be started using the parts being manufactured in the manufacturing process and the parts in stock, and the first start The production plan information includes an unused part at a possible time point and a second possible time point at which the production of the product can be started using the missing part. The production management apparatus according to item 15.
  17.  前記生産計画管理部は、在庫にある前記各部品を使用した前記製品の着手予定時点として予め定められた第3の着手可能時点を含めて前記生産計画情報を生成して生産計画情報記憶部に格納しており、前記第3の着手可能時点よりも前記第1の着手可能時点および前記第2の着手可能時点の方が早い時点となった場合、前記生産計画情報記憶部に記憶された前記生産計画情報に含まれる前記第3の着手可能時点を前記第1の着手可能時点および前記第2の着手可能時点の何れか遅いほうの時点に変更することを特徴とする請求の範囲第16項記載の生産管理装置。 The production plan management unit generates the production plan information including a third possible start time that is predetermined as the scheduled start time of the product using the parts in stock, and stores the production plan information in the production plan information storage unit. And when the first startable time point and the second startable time point are earlier than the third startable time point, the production plan information storage unit stores the 16. The range according to claim 16, wherein the third startable time point included in the production plan information is changed to the later one of the first startable time point and the second startable time point. The production management device described.
  18.  部品の識別情報を記憶し前記部品に付与される無線タグと通信し前記部品の製造ラインの所定のチェックポイントに設けられた通信装置から、前記部品の識別情報と前記通信装置が記憶する前記通信装置の識別情報とを受信すると、前記部品の識別情報、前記通信装置の識別情報および前記部品が前記チェックポイントを通過した時点を示すタイムスタンプを含む進捗情報を生成し、生成した進捗情報を送信する進捗情報取得部、
     を備える端末装置と、
     前記端末装置から前記進捗情報を受信すると、受信した前記進捗情報に基づいて物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された部品管理情報に含まれる前記部品の納期を更新する部品工程管理部と、
     前記部品工程管理部が前記部品管理情報を更新すると、更新された前記部品管理情報と前記物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された製品に対する前記部品の所要数を示す所要量情報とに基づいて前記製品に対する前記部品の引当を行い当該引当結果を示す引当明細情報を生成して部品引当明細記憶部に格納する引当処理部と、
     前記引当処理部が前記引当明細情報を生成すると、前記部品引当明細記憶部に記憶された前記引当明細情報に基づいて、前記製品の製造スケジュールを管理するための生産計画情報を生成する生産計画管理部と、
     を備える生産管理装置と、
     を有することを特徴とする生産管理システム。
    The identification information of the component and the communication stored in the communication device are stored from a communication device that stores identification information of the component, communicates with a wireless tag attached to the component, and is provided at a predetermined check point of the production line Upon receipt of device identification information, it generates progress information including the component identification information, the communication device identification information, and a time stamp indicating when the component has passed the checkpoint, and transmits the generated progress information. Progress information acquisition unit,
    A terminal device comprising:
    When the progress information is received from the terminal device, a part process management unit that updates the delivery date of the part included in the part management information stored in the article management information storage unit based on the received progress information;
    When the part process management unit updates the part management information, the product is based on the updated part management information and requirement information indicating the required number of parts for the product stored in the article management information storage unit. An allocation processing unit for allocating the part to generate allocation detail information indicating the allocation result and storing the allocation detail information in the component allocation detail storage unit;
    When the allocation processing unit generates the allocation detail information, the production plan management generates production plan information for managing the production schedule of the product based on the allocation detail information stored in the parts allocation detail storage unit And
    A production management device comprising:
    A production management system comprising:
  19.  コンピュータを、
     部品の製造工程を管理する端末装置から前記部品が所定のチェックポイントを通過するごとに送信される前記製造工程の進捗情報を受信すると、受信した前記進捗情報に基づいて物品管理情報記憶手段に記憶された部品管理情報に含まれる前記部品の納期を更新する部品工程管理手段、
     前記部品工程管理手段が前記部品管理情報を更新すると、更新された前記部品管理情報と前記物品管理情報記憶手段に記憶された製品に対する前記部品の所要数を示す所要量情報とに基づいて前記製品に対する前記部品の引当を行い当該引当結果を示す引当明細情報を生成して部品引当明細記憶手段に格納する引当処理手段、
     前記引当処理手段が前記引当明細情報を生成すると、前記部品引当明細記憶手段に記憶された前記引当明細情報に基づいて、前記製品の製造スケジュールを管理するための生産計画情報を生成する生産計画管理手段、
     として機能させることを特徴とする生産管理プログラム。
    Computer
    When the progress information of the manufacturing process transmitted every time the part passes a predetermined check point is received from the terminal device that manages the manufacturing process of the part, it is stored in the article management information storage unit based on the received progress information. Parts process management means for updating the delivery date of the parts included in the parts management information
    When the part process management means updates the part management information, the product is based on the updated part management information and requirement information indicating the required number of parts for the product stored in the article management information storage means. An allocation processing means for allocating the parts to generate allocation details information indicating the allocation result and store the allocation details information in the parts allocation details storage means,
    When the allocation processing unit generates the allocation detail information, production plan management generates production plan information for managing the production schedule of the product based on the allocation detail information stored in the part allocation detail storage unit means,
    Production management program characterized by functioning as
  20.  生産管理装置の生産管理方法であって、
     前記生産管理装置が、
     部品の製造工程を管理する端末装置から前記部品が所定のチェックポイントを通過するごとに送信される前記製造工程の進捗情報を受信すると、受信した前記進捗情報に基づいて物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された部品管理情報に含まれる前記部品の納期を更新し、
     更新した前記部品管理情報と前記物品管理情報記憶部に記憶された製品に対する前記部品の所要数を示す所要量情報とに基づいて前記製品に対する前記部品の引当を行い当該引当結果を示す引当明細情報を生成して部品引当明細記憶部に格納し、
     生成した前記引当明細情報に基づいて、前記製品の製造スケジュールを管理するための生産計画情報を生成する、
     ことを特徴とする生産管理方法。
    A production management method for a production management device, comprising:
    The production management device is
    When the progress information of the manufacturing process transmitted every time the part passes a predetermined checkpoint is received from the terminal device that manages the manufacturing process of the part, it is stored in the article management information storage unit based on the received progress information. Update the delivery date of the part included in the received parts management information,
    Allocation specification information for allocating the part for the product and indicating the allocation result based on the updated part management information and the requirement information indicating the required number of parts for the product stored in the article management information storage unit Is generated and stored in the part allocation details storage unit,
    Generate production plan information for managing the production schedule of the product based on the generated provision details information,
    A production management method characterized by that.
PCT/JP2009/068727 2009-10-30 2009-10-30 Production management apparatus, production management system, production management program, and production management method WO2011052084A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2009/068727 WO2011052084A1 (en) 2009-10-30 2009-10-30 Production management apparatus, production management system, production management program, and production management method
JP2011538181A JP5355706B2 (en) 2009-10-30 2009-10-30 Production management apparatus, production management system, production management program, and production management method

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2009/068727 WO2011052084A1 (en) 2009-10-30 2009-10-30 Production management apparatus, production management system, production management program, and production management method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011052084A1 true WO2011052084A1 (en) 2011-05-05

Family

ID=43921526

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2009/068727 WO2011052084A1 (en) 2009-10-30 2009-10-30 Production management apparatus, production management system, production management program, and production management method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5355706B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2011052084A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012248057A (en) * 2011-05-30 2012-12-13 Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd In-stock component management system and in-stock component management method
JP2019176444A (en) * 2018-03-29 2019-10-10 サトーホールディングス株式会社 Information processing system and information processing method
CN110383325A (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-10-25 日立建机株式会社 Parts ordering system and parts ordering method
JP2020057341A (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-09 フジキンソフト株式会社 Production management device and production management method
CN111793906A (en) * 2019-04-01 2020-10-20 Juki株式会社 Sewing management system and sewing management method
JP7418973B2 (en) 2019-06-06 2024-01-22 株式会社東芝 Control system and control method

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102221077B1 (en) * 2019-06-26 2021-02-25 (주)일주지앤에스 System of providing coordinates for visualization of vessel process
JP7353416B1 (en) 2022-04-22 2023-09-29 株式会社アマダ Location management device, location management system, and location management method
KR20240072828A (en) * 2022-11-17 2024-05-24 현대자동차주식회사 Integrated production planning system and method of vehicle

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002032111A (en) * 2000-07-14 2002-01-31 Toyota Motor Corp Production system and method, and production information processor
JP2005010914A (en) * 2003-06-17 2005-01-13 Canon Sales Co Inc Print controller, shipping slip print control method and program, and recording medium
JP2006202021A (en) * 2005-01-20 2006-08-03 Ibiken Kk Arrival of merchandise inspection support system
JP2007310614A (en) * 2006-05-18 2007-11-29 Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd System and method for managing manufacturing process of parts
JP2009104399A (en) * 2007-10-23 2009-05-14 Toshiba Corp Manufacturing support system for product, manufacturing system for product, manufacturing support method for product and manufacturing method for product

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05342222A (en) * 1992-06-12 1993-12-24 Honda Motor Co Ltd Production control system
JP2002278616A (en) * 2001-03-22 2002-09-27 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Delivery time predicting and replying system and its method and its program

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002032111A (en) * 2000-07-14 2002-01-31 Toyota Motor Corp Production system and method, and production information processor
JP2005010914A (en) * 2003-06-17 2005-01-13 Canon Sales Co Inc Print controller, shipping slip print control method and program, and recording medium
JP2006202021A (en) * 2005-01-20 2006-08-03 Ibiken Kk Arrival of merchandise inspection support system
JP2007310614A (en) * 2006-05-18 2007-11-29 Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd System and method for managing manufacturing process of parts
JP2009104399A (en) * 2007-10-23 2009-05-14 Toshiba Corp Manufacturing support system for product, manufacturing system for product, manufacturing support method for product and manufacturing method for product

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HISAHIRO ISHIDA: "SoftEther VPN 2.0 wa User Yokyu ni Kotaetaka?, Business Kino o Kyoka shita Shin Version o Kensho", N+I NETWORK, vol. 5, no. 4, 1 April 2005 (2005-04-01), pages 54 - 55 *
NOBUHIRO SUGIMURA: "Production Scheduling", JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL ENGINEERS, vol. 33, no. 7, 10 July 1994 (1994-07-10), pages 585 - 589 *
TAKAYUKI SHIBATA: "RFID Tokushu", NEC TECHNICAL JOURNAL, vol. 59, no. 2, 3 April 2006 (2006-04-03), pages 68 - 71 *

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012248057A (en) * 2011-05-30 2012-12-13 Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd In-stock component management system and in-stock component management method
CN110383325A (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-10-25 日立建机株式会社 Parts ordering system and parts ordering method
CN110383325B (en) * 2017-09-29 2023-12-29 日立建机株式会社 Parts ordering system and parts ordering method
JP2019176444A (en) * 2018-03-29 2019-10-10 サトーホールディングス株式会社 Information processing system and information processing method
JP7085386B2 (en) 2018-03-29 2022-06-16 サトーホールディングス株式会社 Information processing system and information processing method
JP2020057341A (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-09 フジキンソフト株式会社 Production management device and production management method
CN111793906A (en) * 2019-04-01 2020-10-20 Juki株式会社 Sewing management system and sewing management method
JP7418973B2 (en) 2019-06-06 2024-01-22 株式会社東芝 Control system and control method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5355706B2 (en) 2013-11-27
JPWO2011052084A1 (en) 2013-03-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5355706B2 (en) Production management apparatus, production management system, production management program, and production management method
Joshi Information visibility and its effect on supply chain dynamics
TW508516B (en) Warehousing system with optimum process management
US20170053244A1 (en) Automated, integrated and complete computer program/project management solutions standardizes and optimizes management processes and procedures utilizing customizable and flexible systems and methods
US8825534B2 (en) System, method, and computer program for manufacturing estimation production assembly and inventory management
US8326706B2 (en) Providing logistics execution application as enterprise services
US8195532B2 (en) Generating information for use in performing physical operations
KR102211437B1 (en) Production of orders with forecasts, inventory management, integrated planning operating methods
US20130197972A1 (en) System, method and program recording medium for supply capacity estimation
KR102345148B1 (en) Method of set-up interconnection parameters of suppliers and customers for production and logistics ERP automation system
KR102345145B1 (en) Production and logistics ERP automation system by linking and using customer information
US8423429B2 (en) Method, apparatus and program storage device for providing an advanced material management center
KR100425910B1 (en) Enterprise Resource Planning Method and System for performing original cost control using quality control and productivity control
WO2011121703A1 (en) Production management device, production management program, and production management method
JP5613179B2 (en) Production management apparatus, production management system, production management program, and production management method
CN113487134A (en) Material supply and demand tracking method and system, storage medium and electronic equipment
KR20090090005A (en) Field materials management system for manufacturing and repairing aeroplane, and method thereof
AU2011204930B2 (en) Capturing and processing data generated in an ERP interim phase
WO2004085297A1 (en) Supply chain matching management system
Tomaskova Optimization of Production Processes using BPMN and ArchiMate
Kolezakis An ERP Implementation Method: Studying a Pharmaceutical Company
KR101327444B1 (en) Method for the administration of physical distribution using bar code on Enterprise Resource Planning System
US9626643B2 (en) Object-based information collection in operation performance
Jose et al. Real time asset tracking in field services using barcode system: a case study
US20040128177A1 (en) System and method for balancing manufacturing orders

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09850863

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2011538181

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 09850863

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1